Carlos - Fraenkel - Traditions - of - Maimonideanism (2009) PDF
Carlos - Fraenkel - Traditions - of - Maimonideanism (2009) PDF
Carlos - Fraenkel - Traditions - of - Maimonideanism (2009) PDF
General Editors
Markham J. Geller
Ada Rapoport-Albert
François Guesnet
VOLUME 7
Traditions of Maimonideanism
Edited by
Carlos Fraenkel
LEIDEN • BOSTON
2009
This book is printed on acid-free paper.
ISSN 1570-1581
ISBN 978 90 04 17333 0
PART ONE
PART TWO
1
Sirat (1997).
2
See Meyer (forthcoming).
viii introduction
3
For two critical appraisals of Strauss’s impact on the study of medieval Islamic and
Jewish philosophy, see Harvey (2001) and Gutas (2002).
4
See the account of contemporary Maimonidean projects in Harvey (1980).
5
See Fraenkel (2006), (2007a), and (2007b).
introduction ix
Bibliography
Fraenkel, Carlos, “Maimonides’ God and Spinoza’s Deus sive Natura,” Journal of the His-
tory of Philosophy 44, No. 2 (2006), 169–215.
——, “Beyond the Faithful Disciple: Samuel ibn Tibbon’s Criticism of Maimonides,”
in Maimonides after 800 Years: Essays on Maimonides and His Influence, ed. J. Harris, Cam-
bridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2007a, 33–63.
——, “Maimonides, Spinoza, Solomon Maimon and the Completion of the Coper-
nican Revolution in Philosophy,” in Sepharad in Ashkenaz: Medieval Knowledge and
Eighteenth-Century Enlightened Jewish Discourse, eds. R. Fontaine, A. Schatz and I. Zwiep,
Royal Netherlands Academy of Art and Sciences, Amsterdam, 2007b, 193–220.
Gutas, Dimitri, “The Study of Arabic Philosophy in the Twentieth Century,” British
Journal of Middle Eastern Studies 29 (2002), 5–25.
Harvey, Zeev, “The Return of Maimonideanism,” Jewish Social Studies 42 (1980), 249–68.
——, “How Leo Strauss Paralyzed the Scholarship on the Guide of the Perplexed in the
20th Century” [ Hebrew], Iyyun 50 (2001), 387–396.
Meyer, Thomas, Jewish Philosophy and Theology between 1933 and 1938 in Germany. Six
Studies, Leiden: Brill (forthcoming).
Sirat, Colette, “Should We Stop Teaching Maimonides?” in Paradigms of Jewish Philosophy,
ed. Raphael Jospe, London, 1997, 136–144.
PART ONE
Samuel Kottek
1
Max Meyerhof, “Medieval Jewish Physicians in the Near-East, from Arabic Sources”,
Isis 77 (1938), pp. 432–460, see p. 450.
2
Sussman Muntner, Commentary on the Aphorisms of Hippocrates, Jerusalem, 1961, p. 5,
par. 9. We have used the Hebrew translation of Muntner throughout this study.
4 samuel kottek
Maimonides was only one among the many authors who voiced criti-
cal comments on Hippocrates’ Aphorisms. The learned historian of
medicine Charles Daremberg, in his introduction to the Aphorisms,
mentions a long list of commentators, beginning with Diocles of Carys-
tos.10 Galen acknowledged that there were a number of inadequacies
and of apocryphal sentences, particularly in the last (seventh) section.
Incidentally, Daremberg has 89 entries in section VII, whereas Mai-
monides has only 82 entries.11
It should be made clear that the commentary of Maimonides is, as a
matter of fact, a super-commentary of Galen’s work, as were most of
other post-Galenic commentaries, including the one written by Averroes
(Ibn Rushd), Maimonides’ contemporary.12
I. Aphorism II, 20
Paradigmatic of Maimonides’ critical remarks are those on Aphorism II,
20. We shall quote the text of Hippocrates in Jones’ English translation,
and then the commentary of Maimonides, as rendered in Hebrew by
Moses Ibn Tibbon.13 Hippocrates wrote:
9
The late Hippocratic treatise The Art discusses the limits of medical practice, see
Hippocrates, Works (W.H.S. Jones ed. & trans.), vol. II, Loeb Classical Library, 1923,
p. 203.
10
See Hippocrate: Les Aphorismes, Préface et notes du Docteur Daremberg, Les Presses
de l’Opéra, n.d., pp. 34–48.
11
Aphorisms 72 to 82 were missing in the Arabic and Hebrew manuscripts used
by Muntner; he added them in a note.
12
See O. Temkin, Galenism: Rise and Decline of a Medical Philosophy, Ithaca & London,
Cornell Univ. Press, 1973, pp. 121ff.
13
See Hippocrates, Works (W.H.S. Jones ed. & trans.), vol. IV, Loeb Classical Library,
1931, pp. 99–221. The translation of Maimonides’ commentary from the Hebrew (in
Muntner’s edition) is mine.
critical remarks on medical authorities 7
Those whose bowels are loose in youth get constipated as they grow old.
Those whose bowels are constipated in youth have them loose as they
grow old.
Incidentally, the translation of Ibn Tibbon is here closer to the Greek
original than that of Jones: He has ‘watery’ instead of loose (Gr. hugraí ),
and ‘dry’ for constipated (Gr. xēraínontai ).
Maimonides comments as follows:
While seeking the truth, I recognised that this is inconsequent (Heb. bilti
nimshakh), and is therefore an unfounded statement, without any doubt.
And the truth is that Hippocrates saw one or two individuals to whom
this happened, from which he inferred a general statement, as he often
did in his work Epidemics. [. . .] But in case you do not want to say this,
and wish rather to cover this false assertion with some fake-truth, adding
special conditions or understandings, [ just] refer to what Galen said on
this paragraph.14
This is not really a commentary, it is rather an indictment of Hip-
pocrates for passing readily from the particular to the general. As
Maimonides states in his Book on Asthma (chapter 13), experience (Heb.
nisayon) should be based on numerous cases observed, registered, and
verified along several generations.15 Aphorismatic sentences are sup-
posed to be based on vast and sound experience, therefore Maimonides’
criticisms are particularly meaningful.
14
See C.G. Kühn, Galeni Opera Omnia, Leipzig, C. Cnobloch, 1821–1833 (rpt. Hil-
desheim, 1965), vol. XVIIb, pp. 492–498. Galen’s comment thus covers six pages.
15
See Gerrit Bos, Maimonides: On Asthma, Provo, UT, Brigham Young Univ. Press,
2002, pp. 96–98.
16
Hippocrates, Works (cit. note 9), vol. I, pp. 100–102.
17
In other words, it does not allow reliable etiology.
8 samuel kottek
of the medical art the nature of seasons and of individuals, the etiology
of diseases, and that the humours are the source of putrefaction, the
heat working on them being an easy explanation for all things he (Hip-
pocrates) mentioned.
Here again, Maimonides seems to condemn excessive generalisation.
He does not reject the influence of climate and meteorology on health,
neither does he deny the role of the individual constitution. Galen
himself, in his commentary on Aphorism 16, remarks that several ear-
lier commentators, beginning with Diocles, interpreted Hippocrates’
speculations each one in his own way. His (Galen’s) opinion is that the
peculiarities of the seasons should always be taken into consideration.
Maimonides is ready to agree, while considering that the influences of
season, climate, humours, and constitution are too intricate and com-
plicated to be epitomised in a few sentences. His criticism therefore is
here on hyper-simplification.
III. Aphorism V, 65
More difficult to follow and explain is Aphorism V, 65. We read:
When swellings appear on wounds, there are seldom18 convulsions or
delirium. But when the swellings suddenly disappear, wounds behind
are followed by convulsions and tetanus, wounds in front by delirium,
severe pains in the side, or suppuration (Gr. empúēsis), or dysentery, if the
swellings are inclined to be red.
Maimonides comments as follows:
. . . In truth, some of his (Hippocrates’) sentences are (applicable) to a
small number (of cases). Maybe he observed this once and applied to
these (symptoms) an etiology that was inexact. [. . .] Galen explains: As
for the wounds ‘behind’ the body, this is where there are (many) nerves,
whereas the wounds ‘in front’ are (located) where there are many arter-
ies.19 When the humour that causes the abcess rises along the nerves
to the brain, there will be convulsions, but if it rises along the arteries
18
In Maimonides’ version (in its Hebrew translation), it says “It is impossible that”
instead of ‘seldom.’ Jones (cit. note 13) remarks that “there are many difficulties of
meaning in this aphorism” (vol. IV, p. 177, note 4). Littré tries to solve the difficulties,
without convincing evidence. See Oeuvres complètes d’Hippocrate, Paris, Baillière, 1839,
vol. IV, pp. 559–560, note 16.
19
“Many arteries”: Heb. ha-‘orqim ha-dofeqim (the pulsing vessels). Galen has venosae
et arteriosae, see Kühn (cit. note 14), vol. XVII b, p. 878.
critical remarks on medical authorities 9
to the brain, there will be delirium.20 If the humour goes to the chest,
there will be pains in the side, and often in such cases it develops into
purulent matter.
In this case, Maimonides accepts Galen’s interpretation and even quotes,
or rather epitomises them, not withstanding his repeated accusation of
generalisation.
20
Heb. shtut, which is closer to the Greek maínontai than ‘delirium.’ Galen uses the
term mania.
21
‘Inflammation’ renders the Greek phlegmonēs. The Aramaic term mursa (abcess)
seems more accurate than the term ‘inflammation’ chosen by Jones.
22
Lack of context (Heb. aser ha-tenaim), lit. ‘lack of conditions’, and lack of reason-
ing (Heb. belo iyyun), are unacceptable for the philosopher Maimonides.
10 samuel kottek
V. Aphorism V, 53
Maimonides’ comment on Aphorism V, 53 adds an important detail.
The aphorism asserts that if a woman is threatened with miscarriage,
her breasts become thin. However, if they become firm again, there will
be pain in the breasts, or in the hips, or the knees, or the eyes, and she
will not abort. Maimonides once again remarks that this might indeed
happen, but not as a rule. He then adds that such generalisations hap-
pen “for the sage Hippocrates was the initiator of the medical art.”
We stressed this on purpose. Hippocrates’ personal experience could
hardly enable him to attain excellence in aphorismatic literature. We
have seen above how Maimonides defined experience in his Book on
Asthma.23 This statement thus incriminates, as it seems, aphorismatic
literature even more than Hippocrates.
VI. Aphorism V, 48
Hippocrates wrote: “The male embryo is usually on the right, the
female on the left.”
Maimonides translates: “Whenever there is a male embryo, it is
proper (Heb. ra ui ) that it (would) grow on the right (side) and if female
on the left.” Then comes Maimonides’ comment:
This has been explained, for the right side is warmer. And Galen men-
tioned that the female seed that comes from the right side, from her
ovary,24 has more substance and warmness. And what comes from the
left side is tenuous, watery and colder than (what comes) from the other.
I have no idea whether this came to his knowledge by prophecy or by
syllogism (Heb. heqesh), indeed a striking syllogism.
In this case, Maimonides becomes even sarcastic, a rare occurrence
indeed. Galen speaks of the right or left ovary, and of the two sides
of the matrix,25 whereas Hippocrates had only in mind the two sides
23
See note 15.
24
Lit. ‘from one of her eggs’ (Heb. beitsim)-a term used for the testicles, but also for
the ovaries. Galen (De Semine II, 5) remarks that usually male embryos are found “in
the right uterus, [. . .] and rarely in the left uterus.” Cf. Kühn (cit. note 14), vol. IV,
p. 633.
25
In ancient anatomy the uterus was described as having two sinuses often called
‘horns.’ Soranus (2nd cent. AD) however, while quoting Hippocrates about males being
grown in the right part of the uterus etc., added: “we proved this (to be) untrue.” See
O. Temkin, Soranus’ Gynecology, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1956; see Book I, ch.
XIII, pp. 44–45.
critical remarks on medical authorities 11
I.
Let us first take the example of Aphorism II, 36. Jones translates as
follows: “Those with healthy bodies quickly lose strength when they
take purges, as do those who use a bad diet.”
Maimonides’ translation is different. We read:
One whose body is healthy and has been evacuated by purges or by
emetics will soon be worn out.26 The same (will happen) for one who
uses a bad diet.
Maimonides comments on the second part of the aphorism. Galen,
he contends, writes that the bad diet will leave bad residue, which will
be stirred by the medicine (the purge) and manifest itself by causing
weakness.
To me it seems [rather] that constant bad diet will seriously damage his
blood, and its quality will become defective. Therefore the drawing force
[exerted] by the evacuating drugs will put all the blood that is in him
in motion, with the aim of eliminating all its dross. [. . .] This powerful
evacuation will forcefully cause utter weakness [. . .]
Maimonides’ commentary is here based on a more detailed physio-
pathological discussion than that of Galen, which deserves being
emphasised.
II.
Important for its relevance to medical theory is Aphorism II, 52.
Jones’ translation reads as follows:
26
“Worn out” (Heb. ha- iluf ), lit. ‘fainting’, ‘losing all strength’. “Evacuation by
emetics” is added by Maimonides; it appears neither in Hippocrates’ text, nor in
Galen’s commentary.
12 samuel kottek
When acting in all things according to rule (Gr. katà lógon), do not, when
results are not according to rule, change to another course of treatment,
if the original opinion (Gr. dóxa) remains.27
Maimonides’ paraphrase reads;
In case you have done all that is proper, and in the correct way, but the
awaited consequence does not come forth, do not change for another
management, as long as what you have perceived at your initial delibera-
tion persists.
To this he adds the following comment:
Said Moses: This passage contains one of the most important principles
of medicine, and Galen did not comment on it properly.28
Maimonides instead describes a practical case. If you diagnose symp-
toms showing that the patient has to be warmed up and accordingly
prescribe warming drugs, but there is no cure in sight, do not switch
over to cooling drugs. On the contrary, go on with warming drugs;
however, choose another than before, as it happens that the body
becomes accustomed to a certain medicine and its efficiency decreases.
Moreover, alternating drugs of similar action is excellent in principle
as regards the constitution (Heb. mezeg) of the individual,29 of each
organ, and [the nature of ] the disease. This is a major tenet among
the secrets of medicine.
Maimonides could have added here another factor that might explain
the failure of the treatment. In his Book on Asthma he remarks that it
happens that the patient does not apply the prescribed treatment, either
because he consulted other physicians, or because he took some popu-
lar nostrum instead, obviously without informing his physician.30 His
commentary on this aphorism was however already one of the most
extensive, even without adding such ‘external’ considerations.
27
“According to rule” means according to accepted norms. “The original opinion”
means the first judgement that indicated the given treatment.
28
As a matter of fact, Galen’s commentary is rather brief, only nine lines in Kühn’s
edition. He declares that sometimes the treatment may take more time than expected
to work. He illustrates with only one example, and without stressing the importance
of Hippocrates’ statement.
29
This means that certain drugs are more efficient than others of similar action for a
given constitution, a given organ, or a certain form (or severity) of the given disease.
30
See Bos, Book on Asthma (cit. note 15), chap. 13, pp. 108–109. See also what we
said above on the first aphorism, and Maimonides’ comment on the ‘externals’. More
critical remarks on Galen may be found in Maimonides’ comments on Aphorisms III,
30; IV, 44 and 48; VI, 57; VII, 48.
critical remarks on medical authorities 13
Conclusion
31
See The Medical Aphorisms of Moses Maimonides, F. Rosner & S. Muntner eds., New
York, Yeshiva Univ. Press, 1971, vol. II, pp. 171–222.
32
See ibid., p. 387 [XXV, 66]–my translation from Hebrew.
33
There is however a certain similarity between what Maimonides wrote toward the
end of Pirkei Moshe (cit. note 31), vol. II, pp. 190–191 [XXV, 39] and his commentary
on Aphorism IV, 23.
14 samuel kottek
34
Cf. Harry Friedenwald, Jews and Medicine : Essays, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press,
1944, vol. I, p. 216.
critical remarks on medical authorities 15
Bibliography
Lola Ferre
1
By this I mean Steinschneider (1902), p. 221, and Brockelmann, Supplement II
(1938), p. 351, and Supplement III (1942), pp. 644–646, books on Arabic literature
of Jewish authors and on Arabic literature respectively.
18 lola ferre
2
The study of Isaacs and Baker (1994) on medical texts in the Cairo Geniza
and the editions of different books of Maimonides by Meyerhof (1940), Leibowitz
and Marcus (1974), Bos (2002, 2004a, forthcoming) [see under ‘Maimonides’ in the
bibliography].
3
Steinschneider (1902), pp. 213–218.
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 19
Most of the manuscripts used in these modern editions were also found
in European libraries. Many of them were in Judeo-Arabic and some
others in Arabic. But European Jews were not the only ones who sup-
posedly used them, and I wonder whether difficult external conditions
for preservation, classification and researchers’ access or a cultural
conception about preserving texts in the ancient Islamic world caused
this to be the case: namely, that there are so few known manuscripts
from libraries in Arab countries.
The scant number of Arabic manuscripts becomes even more obvious
if we compare them with the Hebrew ones: e.g., his Aphorisms, his major
work, has been preserved in 10 Arabic manuscripts and 38 Hebrew
ones.4 This notable difference between the numbers of manuscripts
in the respective languages baffles me, since the number of people
who could read the Arabic texts was much larger than the number of
Hebrew readers. I wondered whether Maimonides was less appreciated
in the Arab environment.
I therefore decided to compare Maimonides with other physicians.
As a criterion to limit the field, I used some Muslim Spanish authors
for comparison and followed the article “Corpus medicorum arabico-
hispanorum”5 by a group of Spanish researchers on Arabic medicine.
I expected to find a wide circulation of Arabic manuscripts of texts by
the main authors. (Table 1)
First at all, I compared Maimonides with Averroes because they were
living during the same period and their works coincide in subject and
language. Both were born in Cordova, both wrote philosophical and
4
Twenty three of Nathan ha-Meati’s translation and fifteen of the Zerahia Gracian
one. See Richler (1986).
5
Peña et al. (1981).
20 lola ferre
6
See the edition by Fórneas Besteiro and Álvarez de Morales (Averroes (1987)),
and modern Spanish translation by Vázquez de Benito and Álvarez de Morales (Aver-
roes (2003)).
7
Maimonides (1940), ed. Meyerhof, pp. LVII–LXI.
8
Camilo Álvarez de Morales has developed this theme in an unpublished confer-
ence talk: “Antecedentes andalusíes del Kitab al-yami’ li-mufradat al-adwiya wa-l-agdiya de
Ibn al-Baytar: las ausencias de Averroes y Maimónides”. I am most grateful for his
permission to use this work here.
9
Peña et al. (1981), pp. 100–102.
10
Peña et al. (1981), pp. 83–84.
11
Peña et al. (1981).
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 21
51 medical authors are quoted, and only these two authors along with
Averroes and his Kitab Sarh urjuzat Ibn Sin fi l-tibb (Commentary on Avicenna’s
Poem on medicine) (15)12 exceeded the number of ten that we found in
the Aphorisms and the Book on Hemorrhoids by Maimonides.
After these comparisons, the number of Arabic or Judeo-Arabic
manuscripts of Maimonides’ medical works no longer seems so small.
We can assume that their limited diffusion in the context of Arab
medicine was due more to external circumstances than a lack of esteem
for his works.
Many Arabic texts were in Judeo-Arabic, thus they were most likely
intended for Jewish readers. Nevertheless, this does not exclude Muslims
from being readers of Maimonides’ books; in fact some of them were
written for Muslim nobles. Preservation of his medical works was mainly
due to Jews who were Arabic-speakers, but this can also be attributed
to some Muslim authors whose books are known in Hebrew script.13
There are many testimonies to the great prestige which Maimonides
enjoyed in his day.14 We may conclude that Maimonides was quite
well known in the Arabic environment, although he never reached the
popularity of eastern authors such as Avicenna or western ones like
Ibn al-Baytar or Abulcasis. He was a relatively late author in regard
to the golden age of Muslim medical writings. His medical books were
read, mainly but not exclusively, by Jews in Muslim countries and he
influenced the western Jewish world for a long time: there is a Hebrew
manuscript copy of the Book on hemorrhoids in oriental script of the
seventeenth century.15
12
Peña et al. (1981), p. 93.
13
For instance, the only preserved manuscript of Kitāb al-Adwiya al-Mufrada by Ibn
Wāfid was in Judeo-Arabic; the modern editor converted the Hebrew script into Arabic,
see Ibn Wāfid (1995), ed. Aguirre de Cárcer.
14
See Meyerhof (1929) and Ferre (2007).
15
Maimonides (forthcoming), ed. Bos.
22 lola ferre
alive. Moses ibn Tibbon, who belonged to the third generation of this
family, began translating the medical works.
We can observe the same process in regard to Latin translations.
The first book to be translated was the Guide for the Perplexed, and then
the medical works.
This major philosophical work was also translated into some Romance
languages, such as Italian or Spanish,16 but as far as I know, there were
no Romance translations of the medical works.
So we could say that Maimonides’ philosophical work paved the
way for the future translations of his medical treatises. The increasing
appreciation of Maimonides as a philosopher encouraged both Jews
and Christians to read his medical books.
According to Hasselhoff, “the last years of the philosophical and theo-
logical reception overlapped with the first translation of Maimonides’
medical tracts. Here we can see an interesting development. The first
tracts were related to (the) philosophical cure of the soul and afterwards
of the body.”17
The first book translated into Hebrew, as well as into Latin, was the
Regimen of Health,18 a text which, in fact, could be considered a link
between medicine and philosophy, especially the third chapter deal-
ing with mental health. This chapter contains valuable advice that is
closer to philosophy or ethics than to medical art. Maimonides himself
wrote:
In all of these, the skilful physician should place nothing ahead of rec-
tifying the state of the psyche by removing these passions, for truly, this
virtue is to be attained from practical philosophy, and from the admoni-
tions of the Law.19
16
Maimonides (1987), ed. Lazar.
17
Hasselhoff (2001), p. 277.
18
Arabic text: 4 manuscripts/Hebrew text: 6 manuscripts/Latin text: 4 manuscripts
(8 editions from 1472–1838).
19
Maimonides (1964), ed. Bar-Sela et al., p. 25.
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 23
20
Specifically Moses ibn Tibbon and Gracian Hen, who promoted the dissemination of
Aristotle’s philosophy through their translations. See Tamani and Zonta ( 1997), pp. 57–60.
24 lola ferre
There were three main stages in the Latin translation of Arabic medical
texts. The first stage was represented by the work of Constantine the
African in the middle of the eleventh century in Italy, and the second
21
On identification problems and the various hypotheses that have been suggested,
see the introduction in Maimonides (1996), ed. Ferre, pp. 13–14.
22
Ferre (2003).
23
According to the colophon of MS Munich 280; quoted in Maimonides (2002)
ed. Bos, p. xxxvi.
24
Maimonides (2002) ed. Bos, p. xxxvi.
25
Shatzmiller (1994), pp. 49–50.
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 25
26
Jacquart (1990).
27
See McVaugh and Ferre (2000), p. 3.
26 lola ferre
but in Hebrew script. The same method could have been used with
the other translations.28
Giovanni of Capua was a Jew who converted to Christianity. He
declared this fact and also admitted in the prologue to the Regimen
sanitatis that he had to study Latin and Hebrew in order to produce his
translations.29 This implies two significant facts. First, he did not use
Arabic original texts but the Hebrew versions. Secondly, he was not
the kind of convert that refused or angrily rejected his former religion.
On the contrary, by translating Maimonides he was bringing one of
the best Jewish authors into Christian culture.
With regard to Galenism, Maimonides was a true and faithful admirer
of Galen as a doctor. Indeed, he was understood and recognized within
Christian circles first and foremost as a scholar of Galenism, as is
evident in the Latin title of his Aphorisms: Aphorismi secundum Doctrinam
Galeni. Muntner listed 87 works of Galen.30 I believed also that the
Commentary on Hippocrates’ Aphorisms was never translated into Latin
because the Christian physicians preferred the Commentary by Galen to
this one by Maimonides.
Besides those translations, the authors of which are known, several
anonymous versions were produced. Some of the treatises, such as De
venenis, were translated three times.31
After the period that runs from the end of the thirteenth to the
beginning of the fourteenth centuries, there emerged a new interest in
Maimonides, particularly at the end of the fourteenth and the beginning
of the fifteenth century, when some of his books were again translated:
De coitu, De asmate, De venenis and perhaps Regimen Sanitatis.
Nevertheless, and despite the fact that most of his medical books
were translated into Latin, I have not found many quotations from
Maimonides among the Christian authors I have worked on, including
such well-known doctors as Arnau de Vilanova, Bernard de Gordon or
Gerard de Solo, as well as unknowns like Johannes de Parma.
28
A list of common compound medicines written by Blaise was translated into
Hebrew by Estori ha-Parhi. See McVaugh and Ferre (2000), pp. 1–3. We have found
some more examples of this kind of collaboration between translators, such as Simon
Januensis who translated from the Arabic, or more probably from the Hebrew, the
materia medica of Abulcasis’ Kitāb al-ta rif (Liber servitoris), and the Kitāb al-adwiya al-mufrada
(Liber de simplici medicina) of ibn Sarabi with the help of Abraham ben Shem Tob acting
as dragoman, see Sarton (1927–1948), vol. 2, pt. 2 (1931), p. 1085.
29
Hasselhoff (2001), pp. 277–278.
30
Maimonides (1964), ed. Bar-Sela et al., p. 7.
31
Hasselhoff (2001), p. 276.
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 27
32
Arnau’s Repetitio super canone Vita brevis is being edited by Michael McVaugh and
Fernando Salmon for the Arnaldi de Villanova Opera Medica Omnia, and they have dis-
covered that the version printed in the Renaissance editions is incomplete; almost all
of the first of the work’s three parts was omitted in the first (1504) and subsequent
editions, and this is where Arnau’s discussion of Maimonides occurs. The quotation
has therefore been taken from the fuller text in MS Munich, CLM 14245, fol. 16v.
The McVaugh-Salmon edition has not been published yet. I sincerely thank Michael
McVaugh who provided me with all these data about the references to Maimonides
in works by Christian authors.
33
Arnaldus (1520), fol. 264va.
28 lola ferre
34
Henri (1892) ed. Pagel, p. 303.
35
Klebs (1937).
36
Sarton (1938).
37
This was for the academic course of 1405. Apparently there were no problems
for Jews to become students on this course. See Cosmacini (2001), p. 215.
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 29
Conclusions
Bibliography
Averroes (Abū-l-Walīd ibn Rušd) (1987) Al-Kulliyāt fī l- ibb, eds. J.M. Fórneas Besteiro
and C. Álvarez de Morales, 2 vols., Madrid.
—— (2003) Vázquez de Benito, M.C. and Álvarez de Morales, C. (trans.), El libro de
las generalidades de la medicina [Kitāb al-Kulliyāt fī l- ibb]. Madrid: Trotta.
Brockelmann, C. (1937–1942) Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur. Supplement, 3 vols.,
Leiden: Brill.
Cosmacini, G. (2001) Medicina e mondo ebraico. Dalla Bibbia al secolo dei ghetti, Roma-Bari:
Editori Laterza.
38
See Federici Vescovini (1983), p. 237.
30 lola ferre
Federici Vescovini, G. (1983) “Arti” e filosofia nel secolo XIV. Studi sulla tradizione aristotelica
e i “moderni”, Firenze: Nuovedizioni Enrico Vallecchi.
Ferre, L. (2003) “Avicena hebraico: la traducción del Canon de medicina”, Miscelánea
de Estudios Árabes y Hebraicos, Sección Hebreo, 52, 161–180.
—— (2007) “Apreciación de Maimónides médico en la Edad Media”, Maimónides y su
época, Madrid: Ministerio de Cultura-SECC, 381–394.
Hasselhoff, G. (2001) “The reception of Maimonides in the Latin world: the evidence
of the Latin translations in the 13th–15th century”, Materia Giudaica 6, 258–280.
Henri de Mondeville (1892) Die Chirurgie des Heinrich von Mondeville, ed. and trans. J.L.
Pagel, Berlin.
Ibn Wāfid (1995) Kitāb al-Adwiya al-Mufrada (Libro de los medicamentos simples), ed. and
trans. L.F. Aguirre de Cárcer, 2 vols., Madrid: CSIC-AECI. (Fuentes Arábico-
Hispanas 11).
Isaacs, H.D. and C.F. Baker, (1994) Medical and Para-medical Manuscripts in the Cambridge
Genizah Collections, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Cambridge University
Library Genizah series 11).
Jacquart, D. (1990) “Principales étapes dans la transmission des textes de médecine
(XIe–XIVe siècle)”, in J. Hamesse and M. Fattori, eds., Rencontres de cultures dans la
philosophie médiévale 1. Traductions et traducteurs de l’Antiquité tardive au XIV e siecle, Louvain-
La-Neuve and Cassino: Publications de l’Institut d’Études Médiévales, 251–271.
Klebs, A.C. (1937) “Incunabula scientifica et medica. Short title List”, Osiris, 4, 1–359.
Maimonides (1940) Sharh asma al- uqqar (L’explication des noms des drogues): Un glosarie de
matière médicale composé par Maïmonide, ed. M. Meyerhof, Cairo.
—— (1964) Moses Maimonides’ two treatises on the regimen of health. eds. and trans. A. Bar-
Sela, H. Hof and E. Faris, Philadelphia: The American Philosophical Society.
—— (1974) Moses Maimonides on the causes of Symptoms, eds. J.O. Leibowitz and S. Marcus,
Berkeley: University of California Press.
—— (1987) Text and Concordance of Pedro de Toledo’s Spanish Translation of Mostrador e ense-
ñador de los turbados (Guide to the perplexed), Biblioteca Nacional MS. 10289, ed. M. Lazar,
Madison. 8pp + 4 microfiches.
—— (1996) Obras médicas II. El libro del asma, ed. and trans. L. Ferre, Córdoba: El
Almendro.
—— (2002) On asthma, ed. and trans. G. Bos, Provo UT: Brigham Young University
Press.
—— (2004a) Medical Aphorisms. Treatises 1–5, ed. and trans. G. Bos, Provo UT: Brigham
Young University Press.
—— (2004b) Obras medicas III. El comentario a los Aforismos de Hipócrates, ed. and trans.
L. Ferre, Córdoba: El Almendro.
—— (forthcoming), On hemorrhoids, ed. and trans. G. Bos.
McVaugh, M. and Ferre, L. (2000) “The Tabula Antidotarii of Armengaud Blaise and
Its Hebrew Translation”, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, New Series,
vol. 90, no. 6 (2000), i–218.
Meyerhof, M. (1929) “Notes sur quelques médecins juifs égyptiens qui se sont illustrés
à l’époque arabe”, ISIS, No. 37 (vol. XII, I), 113–131
Peña, Carmen et al. (1993) “Corpus medicorum arabico-hispanorum”, Awrāq, 4,
79–111.
Richler, B. (1986) “Manuscripts of Moses ben Maimon’s Pirke Moshe in Hebrew transla-
tion”, Koroth, vol. 9, no. 3–4, 345–356 [in Hebrew].
Sarton, G. (1927–1948) Introduction to the History of Science, 3 vols. in 5, Baltimore:
Williams & Wilkins.
Sarton, G. (1938) “The Scientific Literature transmitted by Incunabula”, Osiris, 5,
1938, 42–245.
Shatzmiller, J. (1994) Jews, Medicine and Medieval Society, University of California Press,
Berkeley, Los Angeles and London.
dissemination of maimonides’ medical writings 31
Steinschneider, M. (1902) Die Arabische Literatur der Juden. Ein Beitrag zur Literaturgeschichte
der Araber, grossenteils aus handschriftlichen Quellen, Frankfurt a. M.: Kaufmann.
Tamani, G. and M. Zonta (eds.) (1997) Aristoteles Hebraicus. Versioni, commenti e compendi
del Corpus Aristotelicum nei manoscritti ebraici delle biblioteche italiane, Venezia: Supernova.
(Euroasiatica, vol. 46).
MAIMONIDES’ CONTRIBUTION TO WOMEN’S
HEALTHCARE AND HIS INFLUENCE ON THE HEBREW
GYNAECOLOGICAL CORPUS
Carmen Caballero-Navas
1
Maimonides (2002) xxi.
2
Steinberg and Muntner (1965); Bercovy (1966); Barkai (1998) 64–67.
3
On Maimonides’ stance regarding medicine see Davidson (2005), Sezgin (1996)
and Maimonides (2002). For an analysis of the impact of Aristotelian philosophy on
the articulation of notions on women throughout the Middle Ages, see Allen (1997)
and Cadden (1995).
34 carmen caballero-navas
4
Maimonides (1961); Rosner (1987); Maimonides (2004b).
5
Maimonides (1959); Steinberg and Muntner (1965). I am deeply indebted to Gerrit
Bos, who has generously shared with me his unpublished English translation from the
Arabic of Chapter Sixteen of Maimonides’ Medical Aphorisms.
6
Davidson (2005) 436–438.
7
Ibn Al-Jazzār (1997) 51; Green (1985) 71–129.
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 35
8
Green (1985) 73.
9
Green (2001) 19–22; Ibn al-Jazzār (1997); King (1998).
10
Green (1985) 71–129.
11
Galen’s vast written production had been almost entirely translated into Arabic
by the second half of that century. See Jacquart and Micheau (1996) 32–44; Gutas
(1998); Abbatouny, Renn and Weining (2001) 3.
12
Maimonides (1961); See also Lola Ferre’s contribution to this volume “Dissemina-
tion of Maimonides’ medical writings in the Middle Ages”.
36 carmen caballero-navas
13
Green (1985) 44.
14
A superb study by Sharon Faye Koren (Koren (2004) 322–324) points to the use
that the Provençal kabbalist Isaac the Blind (1165–1235) made of contemporary medi-
cal theory to support his ideas about the evil nature of niddah, based upon the belief
that impure blood originates in the left chamber of the uterus.
15
Green (1985) 40–46.
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 37
16
Aristotle (1943) 726a26–30.
17
In relation to Ibn Rushd’s stance see Bos and Fontaine (1999) 53–57.
18
TB Niddah 31a.
19
Aristotle (1943) 729a34–730a35. See also Koren (2004) 327.
20
Maimonides (2004) xx; Davidson (2005) 446.
21
Maimonides (1959) xiii.
22
Davidson (2005) 444; Zonta (2004) 2.
38 carmen caballero-navas
23
Maimonides (2004) xxi–xxii.
24
Green (1985) 110; Ibn al-Jazzār (1997) 41.
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 39
25
Caballero-Navas (2008) 50–55; Shail and Howie (2005).
26
Nissim ben Reuben Girondi (Ran) (1840) 42a–b.
27
As in aphorism 48 of the Commentary on the Aphorisms of Hippocrates. See above
notes 14 and 15.
40 carmen caballero-navas
28
Green (1985) 32–34; Soranus of Ephesus (1956) 40–42.
29
Green (1985) 85–101
30
See above note 13.
31
Barkai (1998) 68–76, and 118 and 139, for the edition and English translation.
32
Meyerhoff and Joannides (1938) 66; Ibn Sīnā (2002a) 392.
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 41
and mirror male external organs.33 Finally, aphorism 20 deals with the
female temperament.
Maimonides’ Aphorisms were translated twice into Hebrew: by Nathan
ben Eliezer ha-Me ati between 1279–1283 in Rome, and by Zera ya
ben Isaac ben Shealtiel en also in Rome in 1277. The wide circula-
tion that the Hebrew translations enjoyed is attested by the number
of copies in this language that are still extant. According to Benjamin
Richler, there are 23 extant manuscripts of ha-Me ati’s translation (17
of them in Spanish or Provençal script) and 15 (10 in Italian script) of
Zera ya en’s version.34 Consequently, the latter seems to have circulated
among Italian Jews, while Ha-Me ati’s was most appreciated in Spain and
France.35 Actually, and following Lola Ferre’s words, this is a medical
work written originally in a different language by a Jewish writer that,
once translated into Hebrew, enjoyed wider circulation.36
Furthermore, sometime after its translation into Hebrew, an unknown
copyist, compiler or translator—since it is still uncertain whether the
independent text belongs to the endeavour of one of the two known
translators or is a new version—detached Chapter 6 from the rest of
the work and put it in circulation under the title Liqu ei Rabbenu Mošeh
be- inyanei weset we-herayon (Maimonides’ Compilation on Menstruation
and Pregnancy). According to Barkai, two manuscript copies from the
fourteenth and fifteenth centuries are still extant.37 He identified a manu-
script kept in Parma38 and mentioned the existence of another one in
Oxford. I have recently identified the copy from Oxford. The extract
was apparently copied by a reader or one of the owners of a copy
of the thirteenth-century medical encyclopaedia Sefer ha-yosher, in the
margins of the section on women’s conditions.39 The copyist organized
it as a short treatise, divided into 29 chapters that follow almost the
same order that they have in the original composition, although there
is a gap between aphorism 21 and 30, which passes almost unnoticed
because the scribe has correlated the numbers.
33
Green (1985) 42.
34
Richler (1986).
35
Zonta (2005) 4.
36
Prof. Ferre made this statement when delivering her paper “Maimonides’ Medical
Works in Medieval Languages”, at the International Conference Maimonides’ Medical
Work: Context and Consequences (Part I), held in London in June 2004.
37
Barkai (1998) 65–67 and 223.
38
Parma, Ms. 1339/2 (3169), ff. 185r–186v.
39
Oxford, Bodleian, MS Oppenheim 180 (Cat. 2134), ff. 44v–46r.
42 carmen caballero-navas
40
Caballero-Navas (forthcoming).
41
Green (2000) and (2001); Barkai (1998); Caballero-Navas (2003) and (2004).
42
See above note 41, and Caballero-Navas (2006).
43
Caballero-Navas (2003).
44
Barkai (1994); Barkai (1998) 24.
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 43
Book IV, ch. 34), and the aetiology of suffocation of the womb (Part I,
Book IX, ch. 39), together with the richness of the materia medica—and
the sophistication of its preparation—proposed in therapy, had a signifi-
cant impact on later medieval medical traditions.45 All this knowledge,
widely disseminated throughout medieval Europe, became instrumental
in the development of notions on women’s healthcare until the end
of the Middle Ages. It reached Hebrew writings by means of an early
translation from Constantine’s Latin rendition, but also by an indirect
route: the translation into Hebrew of the Liber de sinthomatibus mulierum,46
one of the three treatises that made up the famous Latin compendium
attributed to Trota of Salerno, in whose aetiology and therapeutics the
impact of al-Majūsī’s gynaecology was patent.47
Actually, most of the notions and theories about the female body
and its care developed by the Arabs were taken into Hebrew indirectly,
predominantly through three routes: Latin translations of Arabic general
medical works; Hebrew medical encyclopaedias that included sections
on women; and gynaecological treatises written at Salerno, or under
the influence of Salernitan authors, which circulated in Latin and in
a number of vernacular languages.
To the first category belongs, besides al-Majūsī’s Kāmil, Constantine
the African’s Latin version of Ibn al-Jazzār’s Zād al-musāfir wa-qūt al- ādir
(Provisions for the Traveller and Nourishment for the Sedentary), known
throughout the Middle Ages as Viaticum peregrinantis.48 It was also trans-
lated into Hebrew in 1197–99, in fact by the same anonymous translator
that rendered al-Majūsī’s encyclopaedia, under the title Sefer ya ir nativ.
Around the thirteenth century a new Hebrew version was produced
by Abraham ben Isaac, who entitled it edāh la-ore im, also made from
the eleventh-century Latin version of Constantine the African.49 The
relevance of this encyclopaedia for Hebrew medicine can be measured
by the fact that it was translated once more in 1259, this time from
Arabic, by Moshe ibn Tibbon, who entitled it edat ha-derakhim.50 The
Sixth Book of Zād al-musāfir is devoted to diseases affecting sexual organs,
and contains numerous chapters (9 to18) on women’s ailments.51 In my
45
Green (1985) 109–117; Green (2001).
46
Barkai (1998) 61–64 and 181–191; Caballero-Navas (2006).
47
Green (1996) 128–131.
48
Ibn al-Jazzār (1997).
49
Steinschneider (1893) 705; Ibn al-Jazzār (1997) 10.
50
Steinschneider (1989) 703–704; Ibn al-Jazzār (1997) 10.
51
Ibn al-Jazzār (1997).
44 carmen caballero-navas
52
Caballero-Navas (2004) 87–88; Caballero-Navas (2003).
53
Oxford, Bodleian, Ms Oppenheim 180, fols. 39v–51v.
54
See above, note 53.
55
Falaquerah (2004).
56
Bos and Fontaine (1999).
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 45
57
Barkai (1991) 27, 54–56, 95–97.
58
Bos and Fontaine (1999) 30.
59
Barkai (1998) 43 and 64; Caballero-Navas (2004) 88.
60
Barkai (1998) 53–55; Zonta (2003).
61
Koningsveld (1991) and (1992); García-Ballester (1994).
62
Barkai (1998) 109–144.
46 carmen caballero-navas
in the Sixth Book of his Zad al-musafir. A close reading of the chapters
on women’s conditions of the Zikhron also reveals that its author knew
Ibn Sīnā’s Canon very well. This can be appreciated in many of the
explanations and remedies, which follow closely part of the contents
of Fann XXI of Book III.63 For instance, a procedure for difficult birth,
for which the author even advises recourse to embryotomy if the size
of the foetus’ head endangers the life of the woman in labour, is also
recommended in Book III, Fann XXI, maqala II, chap. 28 of Ibn Sīnā’s
Canon.64 Nonetheless, embryotomies were accepted by Jewish Law, as
Maimonides himself discusses in his Mishneh Torah, Hilkot Rotsea 1,
9. This and other sources of this treatise, whatever they were, were
certainly read in Arabic,65 as its linguistic influence is obvious on the
Hebrew used by the author, who does not hesitate in resorting to Arabic
grammatical expressions, loan translations or even Arabic words trans-
literated into Hebrew letters.
In short, most of these texts share, though in different measures,
the influence of Galen’s theories—such as his humoral pathology and
the centrality of abnormal menstruation in women’s disease—adapted
in many cases by Arab authors and afterwards translated into Latin
and/or Hebrew. This is not to say that Hebrew literature on women’s
healthcare owes its theoretical and practical medical knowledge solely
to Arabic gynaecology, or that this was the only path of penetration of
Greek medicine. The heterogeneous contents of the Hebrew texts so far
identified, as well as the different notions on female physiology, health
and disease that they convey, show not only a disparity of concerns,
but the confluence of different traditions which can be traced in the
study of the sources. That makes of the Hebrew corpus on women’s
healthcare a rich set of knowledge and practices harmonised together
to a point where it is difficult to delimit boundaries clearly. Nevertheless,
I believe that the weight of Arabic gynaecology in the Hebrew corpus
of literature on women is evident.
63
Meyerhoff and Joannides (1938); Ibn Sīnā (2002); Ferre (2002).
64
Meyerhoff and Joannides (1938) 46–47; Ibn Sīnā (2002a) 387r.
65
The Canon was translated for the first time into Hebrew in the second half of the
thirteenth century: by Nathan ha-Me ati in 1279 and, coinciding in time, by Zera ya
ben Yi aq en, who translated Books I and II. Richler (1982); Tamani (1988); Ferre
(2002).
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 47
66
Garcia-Ballester (1994), 375; Koningsveld (1991).
67
Shem Tov Ibn Falaquera (1779) 36; Shem Tov Ibn Falaquera (1976) 47–48.
68
Bos (1995) 225.
48 carmen caballero-navas
will probably contribute new data that might offer us a more com-
plete picture of the configuration of the Hebrew production in this
field. Research work in this direction should include the analysis of
Maimonides’ contribution to the field. Gerrit Bos’ translations from
the Arabic are playing the leading role in the better understanding
of his work. However, in my view, a new critical edition of the extant
manuscripts of the Hebrew translation is required. I also believe that
the study of every individual copy as the distinct product of a copyist
or scribe addressing a particular audience would enhance our under-
standing of the diffusion and reception of medical knowledge within
the Jewish communities and its relation to actual practice.
Second, Maimonides was widely acknowledged as a medical authority
and a philosopher by his co-religionists, some of whom were certainly
interested in the way that he integrated Aristotelian philosophy with
Jewish thought and tradition. His Aristotelian conceptions of female
physiology surely attracted learned Jews who were interested in his posi-
tion regarding issues such as the existence of female sperm and the role
of women in generation. On the other hand, both his Aphorisms and
his Commentary on the Aphorisms of Hippocrates circulated widely, accord-
ing to the number of copies preserved. The great number of copies
in Spanish and Provençal script contextualize their reception in the
same area where the majority of identified Hebrew texts on women’s
healthcare circulated throughout the thirteenth and fifteenth centuries.
As I noted above, the main ideas of female physiology found in Graeco-
Arabic medicine did not reach Hebrew writings through monographs.
On the contrary, general medical works played a substantial role in the
reception of gynaecological ideas. And it is in this context that we may
understand Maimonides’ contribution to Hebrew gynaecology, as an
agent of transmission of Graeco-Arabic medicine. By adopting Galen’s
nosology and aetiology of women’s diseases, based on his humoral
pathology, Maimonides contributed further to the Galenization of
Jewish understanding of medicine.
maimonides’ contribution to women’s healthcare 49
Bibliography
Ibn al-Jazzār (1997), Ibn al-Jazzār on Sexual Diseases and Their Treatment. A critical edition of
Zād al-musāfir wa-qūt al ā ir (Provisions for the Traveller and Nourishment for the Sedentary),
ed., trans. and annotated by G. Bos (London and New York: 1997).
Ibn Sīnā (2002a), Canūn fi a - ib. Hebrew translation. Facsimile edition of MS 2197,
Biblioteca Universitaria di Bologna (Madrid: 2002).
—— (2002b), Canon medicinae: estudio y edición facsímil del ms. 2197 de la Biblioteca Univer-
sitaria de Bolonia. Companion book (Madrid: 2002).
Jacquart D. and Micheau F. (1996), La médicine arabe et l’Occident médiéval (Paris: 1996).
King H. (1998), Hippocrates’ Woman: Reading the Female Body in Ancient Greece (London:
1998).
Koningsveld P. Sj. van (1991), “Andalusian Arabic Manuscripts from Medieval Chris-
tian Spain: Some Supplementary Notes”, in Forstner, M., ed. Festgabe für H.R. Singer
(Frankfurt: 1991) 811–823.
—— (1992) “Andalusian Arabic Manuscripts from Christian Spain: A Comparative,
Intercultural Approach”, Israel Oriental Studies 12 (1992) 75–110.
Koren Sh.F. (2004), “Kabbalistic Physiology: Isaac the Blind, Nahmanides, and Moses
de Leon on Menstruation”, AJS Review (2004) 317–339.
Maimonides (2007), Medical Aphorisms. Treatises 6–9, vol. 2. Additions and Supplements
to vol. 1; next to critical edition of the Hebrew translations by Gerrit Bos and Latin
translations by Michael McVaugh (Provo, Ut.: 2007).
—— (2004a), Medical Aphorisms. Treatises 1–5. A Parallel Arabic-English Text. Edited,
Translated and Annotated by Gerrit Bos (Provo, Ut.: 2004).
—— (2004b), Obras médicas III. El comentario a los Aforismos de Hipócrates. Trans. Lola
Ferre (Córdoba: 2004).
—— (2002), On Asthma. A Parallel Arabic-English Text. Edited, Translated and Annotated
by Gerrit Bos (Provo, Utah: 2002).
—— (1987), Maimonides’ Medical Writings. Vol. 2. Maimonides’ Commentary on the Aphorisms
of Hippocrates, ed. F. Rosner (Haifa: 1987).
—— (1961), Perush le-firqē Abuqra , ed. S. Muntner ( Jerusalem: 1961).
—— (1959), Pirqē Mosheh bā-refu ah, ed. S. Muntner ( Jerusalem: 1959).
Meyerhoff M. and Joannides D. (1938), La Gynécologie et l’obstétrique chez Aviccene (Ibn Sina)
et leurs rapports avec celles des grecs (Cairo: 1938).
Nissim ben Reuben Girondi (Ran) (1840), Sefer she elot u-teshubot (Königsberg: 1840).
Richler B. (1986), “Manuscripts of Moses ben Maimon’s ‘Pirke Moshe’ in Hebrew
translation”, Korot 9, 3–4 (1986) 345–356.
—— (1982), “Manuscripts of Avicenna’s Kanon in Hebrew Translations, a Revised
and Up-to-date List”, Korot 8 (1982) 145–168.
Sezgin F. (1996), (comp.) Mūsā ibn Maymūn (Maimonides) (d. 601/1204): Texts and Studies
(Frankfurt am Main: 1996).
Shail A. and Howie G. (2005) (eds.), Menstruation: A Cultural History (Basingstoke, Hants.
and New York: 2005).
Shem Tov Ibn Falaquera (1976), Falaquera’s Book of the Seeker (Sefer Ha-Mebaqqesh) trans.
M. Herschel Levine (New York: 1976).
—— (1779), Sefer ha-mebaqqesh (The Hague: 1779).
Soranus of Ephesus (1956), Gynecology, trans. O. Temkin, (Baltimore: 1956).
Steinberg W. and Muntner, S. (1965), “Maimonides’ Views on Gynecology and Obstret-
ics. English Translation of Chapter Sixteen of his Treatise, ‘Pirke Moshe’ (Medical
Aphorisms)”, American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 91, 3 (1965) 443–448.
Steinschneider M. (1893), Die Hebräischen Übersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als
Dolmetscher (Berlin: 1893).
Tamani G. (1988), Il Canon medicinae di Avicenna nella tradizione ebraica. Le miniature del
manoscrito 2197 della Biblioteca Universitaria di Bologna (Padova: 1988).
Zonta M. (2005), “Review of Maimonides: Medical Aphorisms. Treatises 1–5. A Parallel Arabic-
English Edition Edited, Translated, and Annotated by Gerrit Bos”, Aestimatio 2 (2005) 1–6.
—— (2003), “A Hebrew Translation of Hippocrates’ De superfoetatione: Historical Intro-
duction and Critical Edition”, Aleph 3 (2003) 97–143.
THE STRUCTURE OF MISHNEH TORAH
Joseph Tabory
1. Introduction
1
Bernhard Ziemlich, “Plan und Anlage des Mischne Thora”, Moses ben Maimon:
Sein Leben, seine Werke und sein Einfluss, ed. W. Bacher et al., Leipzig: Gustav Fock, 1908,
I, pp. 248–315. The first part of the second chapter appeared in Bernhard Ziemlich,
“Plan und Anlage des Mischne Thora”, MGWJ, 45 (1921), pp. 322–336. The first
publication, which bears the date of 1908, must have appeared much later for it refers
to the publication of 1921.
2
Boaz Cohen, “The Classification of the Law: Mishneh Torah”, JQR, 1935, pp.
519–540.
3
Isaac Herzog, “The Order of the Books in Mishneh Torah” [Hebrew], Rabeinu
Moshe ben Maimon, ed. Yehudah Leib Fishman, Jerusalem, 1935, pp. 257–264.
4
Ch. Tchernowitz (Rav Tzair), Toledoth Ha-Poskim: History of the Jewish Codes [ Hebrew],
New York: The Jubilee Committee, I, 1946, pp. 208–217.
52 joseph tabory
5
Menachem Elon, Jewish Law: History, Sources, Principles [Hebrew], Jerusalem: Magnes
Press, 1973, pp. 955–988.
6
Isadore Twersky, “The Structure of Mishneh Torah: Juridical and Philosophical
Guidelines” [Hebrew], Proceedings of the Sixth World Congress of Jewish Studies, III, Jerusa-
lem: World Union of Jewish Studies, 1977, pp. 179–189; Soloveitchik (next note).
7
Haym Soloveitchik, “Thoughts About the Classification of the Rambam in
Mishneh Torah: Real Problems and Imagined Ones” [Hebrew], Maimonidean Studies,
4 (2000), pp. 107–115.
8
Soloveitchik (above, n. 7), p. 107.
9
See Meir Benayahu, “Rabbi Yehudah ben Moshe Al Butini and his Book ‘Yesod
Mishneh Torah’” [Hebrew], Sinai, 36 (1955), pp. 240–274.
10
Yehudah Avida, “Mnemonic Devices for the Fourteen Maimonidean Books”
[ Hebrew], Sinai, 35 (1944), pp. 104–108; Israel Davidson, “Mnemonic Devices Con-
cerning the Works of Maimonides”, JQR, 25 (1934–1935), pp. 429–439.
11
Isadore Twersky, Introduction to the Code of Maimonides (Mishneh Torah), New Haven
and London: Yale University Press, 1980, pp. 238–275.
the structure of mishneh torah 53
12
See Avinoam Cohen, “The Saboraic Halakha in Light of bKiddushin 2a–3b
and the Geonic Tradition” [Hebrew], Dinέ Israel, 24 (2007), pp. 161–214 with full
references to earlier literature.
13
Sherira Gaon, Igeret Rav Sherira Gaon (ed. Binyamin Menashe Levin), Frankfurt a.
Main – Berlin, 1921, pp. 33–34.
14
The total number of books is fourteen, a number for which Maimonides had a
special affinity. See Yehudah Shaviv, “The Secret of 14” [Hebrew], ¶ohar, 22 (2005),
pp. 55–59.
15
Twersky, loc. cit. Rabbi Nahum Rabinowitz pointed out that the classification
of the commandments in the Book of Commandments matches, with one exception,
the classification of the fourteen books of MT but the order of the groups is different
(Nahum Eliezer Rabinowitz, Introduction to Moses Maimonides, Haqdamah leperush
hamishnah . . . with a commentary [entitled] Yad Peshutah [Hebrew], Jerusalem: Ma’aliyot,
1997, pp. 57–61).
54 joseph tabory
in the book and each of the subsections of the book, the halakhot,
opens with a list of the commandments in it.16
16
For a comparison of the lists of commandments in these last two works see Ben-
zion Bokser, “Sefer Ha-Mitzvot and Mishneh Torah” [Hebrew], Bizaron, 10 (1949),
pp. 85–95.
17
Moses Maimonides, Mishnah im Perush Rabeinu Moshe ben Maimon (ed. and translated
by Yosef Kafih, Jerusalem: Mosad Harav Kuk, 1963, Seeds, p. 13; cf. Yizchak Shilat,
Haqdamot Harambam lamishnah, Jerusalem: Ma’aliyot, 1992, p. 49.
the structure of mishneh torah 55
Exodus deals with these four subjects, that is: the content of the order
of Seeds, and the order of Appointed Times, and the order of Women
and the order of Damages. And then he went from the book of Exodus
to the book of Leviticus in the order of the Torah and, after Damages,
he put the order of Sacrifices and after that—the order of Purity for that
is the order of the Bible which put the laws of sacrifices before the laws
of purity, for the Bible only begins the laws of purity with “and it was
on the eighth day” (Lev. 22:29).18
The importance of this explanation is that Maimonides did not think
it necessary to give one theory that would explain all the problems. It
is true that the order of the Bible was the main consideration for the
order of the mishnah but logical considerations, such as the primacy
of the laws connected with food, for without food one can do nothing,
could overcome biblical considerations.
18
Kafih and Shilat, loc. cit.
19
For details see Ya’akov Naum ha-Lei Epstein, Mavo le-nusa ha-Mishnah, Jeru-
salem: Magnes Press, 1964, pp. 985–988.
20
Epstein, loc. cit.
21
Indeed, it has been claimed that the arrangement according to length is significant.
R. Judah put first those subjects which were most important and devoted more chapters
to them. But this does not explain the variants in tractates of the same size.
56 joseph tabory
22
Ed. Kafih, p. 17; Shilat, p. 49.
23
Ed. Kafih, p. 18; Shilat, p. 49.
the structure of mishneh torah 57
theoretical nature and may never have any practical application. This
is because most of the tractate deals with problems arising from the
intermingling of different types of birds.
An interesting application of the principle that the mishnah follows
the arrangement of the Bible is that laws that have no biblical source
will be placed at the end. This is the reason, according to Maimonides,
that the tractates of Megillah and Ta‘anit are placed at the end of the
order of Appointed Times, since neither of them are ordained by the
Torah although Megillah, of course, may be derived from the book of
Esther. Although Maimonides explained much of the arrangement of
the mishnah based on the biblical model, we have already remarked
that he had to have recourse to other explanations. This is most obvious
in his explanation of the arrangement of the order of Zeraim:
And he arranged the matters in Zeraim as I shall explain. He opened
with Berakhot (Blessings), and the reason for this is that an expert doctor
who wishes to protect the health of a healthy person, will first concern
himself with proper diet, and therefore, he who was assisted by God
[R. Judah] saw fit to start with Blessings for he who wishes to eat may
not do so until he blesses God. Therefore, he found it appropriate to
start with blessings, in order to give the food an ethical aspect. So that
nothing should be lacking in any subject, he discussed all the blessings,
those over food and those of the commandments, and there is no com-
mandment that everyone is obligated to fulfill every day other than the
reading of Shema, and it is not proper to discuss the blessings of Shema
before he discusses the Shema itself, and therefore he began “From
what time does one read the Shema” and all that is relevant to it. Then
he returned to the original topic of the order, i.e. the commandments
related to plants. And he began with Pe’ah after blessings, because all
the [other] required gifts from the plants are obligatory only after they
are harvested and pe’ah is obligatory while the crop is still in the ground.
And that is why it came first. Pe’ah is followed by Demai (laws pertaining
to agricultural produce about which there is a doubt whether it has been
properly tithed), for poor people have special prerogatives here just as in
Pe’ah, as it is said that one may serve Demai to poor people. And after
Demai—Kilayim (laws pertaining to the prohibition of planting mixed
seeds) for that is the the order of the verses in the “kedoshim” portion
of the Torah “you shall not reap all the way to the edges of your field”
(Lev. 19:9) and after this “you shall not sow your field with two kinds of
seed” (Lev. 19:19). And after Kilayim, Shvi‘it (the seventh year). It would
have been appropriate that Orlah (the prohibition from eating fruits from
a tree’s first three years) should follow Kilayim for that is the order of
the verses, if not for the fact that Orlah is not inevitable for, as long as
one does not plant a tree, there is no obligation of Orlah but Shvi‘it is
inevitable and Shvi‘it has a special section of the Torah devoted to it, so
58 joseph tabory
24
Ed. Kafih, p. 14; Shilat, pp. 44–45.
the structure of mishneh torah 59
25
Maimonides ignores, apparently, the short reference to the sabbatical year in
Ex. 23:10–11.
60 joseph tabory
Table 1.
26
Twersky, Introduction (above, n. 11) p. 183.
27
See Shamma Friedman, “The Organizational Pattern of the Mishneh Torah”,
Jewish Law Annual, 1 (1978), pp. 37–41.
28
Cohen (above, n. 2), p. 524.
the structure of mishneh torah 61
Table 2.
Boaz Cohen has already remarked on the affinity between the orga-
nization of the Mishnah and that of Mishneh Torah.29 The table
shows us that the six orders of the mishnah served as the basis for
Maimonides’ division of Jewish law into thirteen books—except for the
Book of Knowledge. This book, which treats of those commandments
which are the foundation of the Mosaic religion, has no parallel in
the Mishnah—certainly not as an independent subject. It is clear that
Maimonides’ philosophical and theological stance compelled him to
create such a work and to put it at the head of MT. Thus he writes,
in his introduction to MT about the commandments in this book, that
one must put them first, before everything else.30
The thirteen other books are based on the six orders of the Mishnah.
The names of four of the orders are retained as names of books of
MT. A fifth, the order of Appointed Times, was changed to Times,
perhaps because the term “appointed times” is not appropriate for
those special times which are not specified in the Bible as “appointed
times”. The only title of a mishnaic order which was not retained in
MT is that of Holy Things.
29
Cohen, loc. cit.
30
From the introduction to MT, ed. Shabtai Frankel, Jerusalem – Bnei Braq, 2001,
p. 21.
62 joseph tabory
31
Shamma Friedman, Sefer Hilkhot Rabbati leRabeinu Yizhak Alfasi, Jerusalem: Maqor
1974, Introduction, pp. 36–37.
32
See Jeffrey R. Woolf, “Reflections on the Place of Maimonides’ Mishneh Torah in
the Tradition of the Medieval Encyclopedia”, The Medieval Hebrew Encyclopedia of Sci-
ence and Philosophy (ed. S. Harvey), Kluwer Academic Publishers: Netherlands, 2000,
pp. 123–139. But Maimonides did not include in his work laws which were no longer
practical. The Talmud had already rejected discussion of these laws, declaring “what
was, was!”.
33
There are manuscripts of MT which include only ten books. They omit Seeds,
Service, Sacrifices and Purity because they have no practical application.
the structure of mishneh torah 63
Table 3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Knowledge Love Times Women Holy Things Asseveration Seeds
33 42.5 84 53 48 33 59.5
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Service Sacrifices Purity Damages Acquisitions Laws Courts
62.5 27.5 84.5 38.5 43 44 41
34
Sefer Mishneh Torah, Jerusalem: Ketuvim, 1986.
35
Maimonides, Guide to the Perplexed [Hebrew], ed. Yosef Kafih, p. 354.
64 joseph tabory
Table 4.
36
Introduction to Mishneh Torah (above n. 30), p. 21.
the structure of mishneh torah 65
37
Cf. Rabinowitz (above, n. 15), p. 128. According to Rabinowitz, the first section
deals with the individual while the second section deals with society.
38
See Twersky (above, n. 6), p. 185, n. 19. Perhaps we should distinguish between
classification and arrangement. Cf. Soloveitchik (above, n. 7) for a similar distinction.
66 joseph tabory
Table 5.
The most frequent time is Shabbat so it, and its companion Eruvin,
appear first. However, the appearance of the laws of the Day of
Atonement immediately afterwards show that frequency was not the
only consideration. Maimonides created a group of halakhot whose
common denominator is the concept of refraining from work. This
group includes three subjects: laws of Shabbat; laws of the Day of
Atonement and laws of other festivals. The common denominator is
stressed by including the root “ShBT” in each of the titles. Although
the Day of Atonement is less frequent than the festivals which follow
it, its sanctity is greater, although less than the sanctity of Shabbat.
The next group consists of those festivals which take place once a
year, following the order of the year, beginning with Passover. It should
be pointed out that the arrangement of festivals based on frequency and
chronology appears in the Torah itself. The list of sacrifices in Numbers
29 follows this principle: first appear the daily sacrifices, followed by
Shabbat (some 50 times a year), followed by the New Moon (12 times
a year) and the rest, the once-a-year festivals, appear in chronological
order. This order serves as the basis for the order of the Tur and the
Shulchan Aruch.
A closer connection between the Mishnah and MT may be discerned
in three places. The first is the inclusion of the laws of Shekalim in the
book of Times. This subject is more appropriate for the book of Temple
the structure of mishneh torah 67
Service since the contribution of the half shekel is part of the obligation
of the daily sacrifices (see Shekalim 4:1).39 Maimonides explained that
R. Judah put Shekalim immediately after Pesahim because that is the
order in the Bible. But he does not explain why it should be included
in the order of Appointed Times. It might be argued that Shekalim
does belong to appointed times because Maimonides defined this com-
mandment as an obligation “to give a half shekel every year” and it
could thus be considered a time-related commandment, just as any of
the festivals in the Torah. But sacrifices which were to be offered once
a year on a particular date, such as the paschal lamb, do not appear in
the book of Times but rather in the book of Sacrifices.40 It would thus
seem likely that the fact that this tractate appears in Appointed Times
in the Mishnah influenced its inclusion in the book of Times.
The second point is the division of the laws of Shabbat into two
sections: Shabbat and Eruvin. The division into two tractates in the
Mishnah is apparently due to the length of the tractate. Shabbat has
twenty four chapters and Eruvin has ten. We may compare this to
the tractate of Nezikin, which originally included thirty chapters, but
was broken up into three tractates, each one numbering ten chapters.41
The division into three sections of ten is purely mechanical and a divi-
sion into subjects would have produced a somewhat different division.
Thus, the division of the laws of Shabbat into two tractates seems to
be solely due to the inordinate length of the tractate. Was the length of
the halakhot also the factor which influenced Maimonides to divide up
Shabbat and Eruvin? Shabbat is the longest of the halakhot; second to
it is Gerushin, which is about 80% the length of Shabbat.42 It is pos-
sible, therefore, that the extraordinary length of the halakhot required a
division into two sections. On the other hand, the creation of a separate
section for Eruvin is anomalous in the work of Maimonides for two
reasons. Firstly, it breaks up the threefold section of rest days which open
the book of Times. Secondly, it necessitated placing a set of halakhot
which had no biblical commands in the second place in the book of
Times. Maimonides opens these halakhot with the statement that we
39
Twersky (above, n. 6, p. 262) already remarked on this difficulty but did not sug-
gest a solution.
40
Tchernovitz has already remarked that Shekalim was included in Times due to
the influence of the Mishnah (above n. 4, p. 211).
41
Epstein (above, n. 19), p. 994.
42
The count is based on the Ketuvim edition (above, n. 34).
68 joseph tabory
43
Maimonides counted, in his introduction to the list of commandments at the
beginning of MT, five positive commandments of rabbinic origin: reading the Megil-
lah, lighting Chanukkah candles, fasting on the Ninth of Av, washing hands and eruvin
(pp. 20–21). The first two were discussed in a separate set of halakhot in the book of
Times, the Ninth of Av was included in the halakhot of fast days which include one
positive commandment of biblical origin: to cry out to God in time of trouble. In the
laws of Blessings he mentions hand washing and lighting Shabbat candles(!) as com-
mandments ordained by the sages.
44
See J. Tabory, Jewish Festival in the Time of the Mishnah and Talmud [ Hebrew], 3rd
ed., Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 2000, pp. 396–401.
the structure of mishneh torah 69
45
Twersky (The Structure, [above, n. 6], p. 185) points out that it would have been
made more sense to put the laws of writing a Torah before the laws of tefillin for the
latter are a subset of the former. However, tefillin were placed first because that subject
is more appropriate for the book of Love.
46
Cf. Tchernowitz (above, n. 4, p. 211) who thinks that beginning the book with
the laws of Sh’ma is directly influenced by the Mishnah.
70 joseph tabory
prayer, and even the basic obligation to recite one hundred blessings
every day, are all included in the laws of prayer.
Thus, in spite of the superficial similarity of the arrangement of
tractate Blessings and that of the book of Love, the theoretical concept
behind the two is quite different. Of course, we do not know what the
actual reasons were for R. Judah’s arrangement of the tractate Blessings.
It is very likely that his arrangement was chronological and practical.
Although the Babylonian Talmud explained that the Mishnah opens
with the evening Shema rather than with the morning Shema for that
is the order of the biblical verse that commands the reading of Shema
“when you lie down and when you get up” (Berakhot 2a), it is perhaps
more likely that R. Judah opened with the Shema of the evening, for
that is the beginning of the day. He continued with the laws of amidah,
morning and evening, for the amidah immediately follows the reading of
Shema. The Mishnah then continues with blessings pertaining to meals
for one eats after the morning amidah. The Mishnah closes with the
laws of occasional blessings. This arrangement was followed by many
decisors in the following generations, culminating in the comprehensive
work of the thirteenth-century R. Yaakov ben Asher, in his Tur Orah
Hayyim, which was the basis for almost all of the halakhic works which
came after him. Although Maimonides explained the arrangement of
the Mishnah as based on other principles,47 he himself apparently used
another set of principles in arranging the laws of Blessings, arriving at
results which are similar to those of the Mishnah.
In summary, we have seen that there is a close relationship between
the arrangement of the Mishnah and that of Mishneh Torah. The com-
pass of this study does not permit us to examine all the laws of MT in
comparison to the Mishnah. I think that I have shown the importance
of this comparison and the necessity of distinguishing between various
sets of principles which may have led to similar results.
Bibliography
Avida, Y., “Mnemonic Devices for the Fourteen Maimonidean Books” [Hebrew], Sinai,
35 (1944), pp. 104–108.
Benayahu, M., “Rabbi Yehudah ben Moshe Al Butini and his Book ‘Yesod Mishneh
Torah’ ” [Hebrew], Sinai, 36 (1955), pp. 240–274.
47
See above, n. 24.
the structure of mishneh torah 71
Bokser, B., “Sefer Ha-Mitzvot and Mishneh Torah” [Hebrew], Bizaron, 10 (1949), pp.
85–95.
Cohen, A., “The Saboraic Halakha in Light of bKiddushin 2a–3b and the Geonic
Tradition” [Hebrew], Dinέ Israel, 24 (2007), pp. 161–214.
Cohen, B., “The Classification of the Law: Mishneh Torah”, JQR, 1935, pp. 519–540.
Davidson, I., “Mnemonic Devices Concerning the Works of Maimonides”, JQR, 25
(1934–1935), pp. 429–439.
Elon, M., Jewish Law: History, Sources, Principles [Hebrew], Jerusalem: Magnes Press,
1973.
Epstein, Y.N., Mavo le-nusa ha-Mishnah, Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 1964.
Friedman, Sh., “The Organizational Pattern of the Mishneh Torah”, Jewish Law Annual,
1 (1978), pp. 37–41.
——, Sefer Hilkhot Rabbati leRabeinu Yizhak Alfasi, Jerusalem: Maqor, 1974.
Herzog, I., “The Order of the Books in Mishneh Torah” [Hebrew], in Rabeinu Moshe
ben Maimon, ed. Yehudah Leib Fishman, Jerusalem, 1935, pp. 257–264.
Maimonides, Moses, Guide to the Perplexed [Hebrew], ed. Yosef Kafih, Jerusalem: Mosad
Harv Kook, 1977.
——, Mishnah im Perush Rabeinu Moshe ben Maimon, ed. and translated by Yosef Kafih,
Jerusalem: Mosad Harav Kook, 1963.
——, Mishneh Torah, ed. Shabtai Frankel, Jerusalem – Bnei Braq, 2001.
——, Sefer Mishneh Torah, Jerusalem: Ketuvim, 1986.
——, Haqdamah leperush hamishnah . . ., ed. and with a commentary [entitled] Yad Peshutah
[Hebrew] by N.E. Rabinowitz, Jerusalem: Ma‘aliyot, 1997, pp. 57–61.
Shaviv, Y., “The Secret of 14” [Hebrew], ¶ohar, 22 (2005), pp. 55–59.
Sherira Gaon, Igeret Rav Sherira Gaon, ed. Binyamin Menashe Levin, Frankfurt a. Main –
Berlin, 1921.
Shilat, Y., Haqdamot Harambam lamishnah, Jerusalem: Ma‘aliyot, 1992.
Soloveitchik, H., “Thoughts about the Classification of the Rambam in Mishneh
Torah: Real Problems and Imagined Ones” [Hebrew], Maimonidean Studies, 4 (2000),
pp. 107–115.
Tabory, J., Jewish Festival in the Time of the Mishnah and Talmud [Hebrew], 3rd ed., Jeru-
salem: Magnes Press, 2000.
Tchernowitz, Ch. (Rav Zair), Toledoth Ha-Poskim: History of the Jewish Codes [Hebrew],
New York: The Jubilee Committee, I, 1946.
Twersky, I., “The Structure of Mishneh Torah: Juridical and Philosophical Guidelines”
[Hebrew], Proceedings of the Sixth World Congress of Jewish Studies, III, Jerusalem: World
Union of Jewish Studies, 1977, pp. 179–189.
——, Introduction to the Code of Maimonides (Mishneh Torah), New Haven and London:
Yale University Press, 1980.
Woolf, J.R., “Reflections on the Place of Maimonides’ Mishneh Torah in the Tradition of
the Medieval Encyclopedia”, in The Medieval Hebrew Encyclopedia of Science and Philosophy,
ed. S. Harvey, Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht, 2000, pp. 123–139.
Ziemlich, B., “Plan und Anlage des Mischne Thora”, in Moses ben Maimon: Sein Leben,
seine Werke und sein Einfluss, ed. W. Bacher et al., Leipzig: Gustav Fock, 1908, I, pp.
248–315; partially reprinted in MGWJ, 45 (1921), pp. 322–336.
MAIMONIDES ON THE PRAYERS*
Stefan C. Reif
Question
* A version of this paper has already appeared in my volume Problems with Prayers:
Studies in the Textual History of Early Rabbinic Liturgy (Berlin and New York, 2006), pp.
207–28, and I am grateful to the publishers, Walter de Gruyter, for kindly granting
permission for its inclusion here.
1
I. Elbogen, ‘Der Ritus im Mischne Thora’ in Moses ben Maimon: Sein Leben, Seine
Werke und Sein Einfluss, eds W. Bacher, M. Brann, D. Simonsen and J. Guttmann, vol. 1
(Leipzig, 1908), pp. 319–31.
74 stefan c. reif
much of what he then wrote has stood the test of time. In view of such
developments, however, and the broader nature of current approaches
to Jewish liturgical study, there is undoubtedly a strong case for a re-
assessment of the topic.
Methodology
Given his origins, migrations and lengthy scholarly and rabbinic life, it
will be necessary to look at the whole of Rambam’s life and establish
whether there are any principles at work there that may also be relevant
to the assessment of his liturgical contribution. Approaching the subject
in this way will perhaps make it easier to set him and his liturgical
efforts in some sorts of geographical and historical contexts. The first
task is therefore to establish precisely which are the relevant sources,
how reliable they are and how they are to be used. Obviously it will
be necessary to undertake a close examination of what he has to say
on the relevant topics in his philosophical treatise Moreh Nevukhim,2 his
halakhic code Mishneh Torah3 and his many responsa4 and to subject these
passages and statements—particularly those that occur in his halakhic
guide—to analysis, evaluation and comparison. Some examples of his
preferred readings in the liturgy will be cited and they will be compared
with other prayer-book texts, both those that have been published in
scholarly editions and those that remain in manuscript. Lessons will be
drawn from such examples and the final part of the article will list the
overall conclusions that may justifiably be reached about his approach
to the prayer-book on the basis of all such evidence.
2
I have used the English edition of S. Pines, The Guide of the Perplexed: Moses Mai-
monides (Chicago and London, 1963; second edition, 1969); see also the Judaeo-Arabic
and Hebrew in ed. M. Schwarz (Tel Aviv, 2002).
3
Among the translations and commentaries of Mishneh Torah here consulted and cited
are those of S.T. Rubenstein ( Jerusalem, 1959; fourth edition, 1967); N.L. Rabinovitch
( Jerusalem, 1984); B. Kaplan, Maimonides. Mishneh Torah. Hilchot Tefilah [1]. The Laws of
Prayer ( Jerusalem and New York, 1988); E. Touger, Maimonides. Mishneh Torah. Hilchot
Tefilah [II] and Birkat Kohanim. The Laws of Prayer and the Priestly Blessing ( Jerusalem and
New York, 1989).
4
J. Blau (ed.), R. Moses b. Maimon: Responsa, (4 vols; Jerusalem, 1957–61 and 1986).
maimonides on the prayers 75
Life
5
S.D. Goitein, Letters of Medieval Jewish Traders (Princeton, 1973), pp. 207–12 and
‘Moses Maimonides, man of action: a revision of the master’s biography in light of the
Geniza documents’ in Hommage à Georges Vajda, eds G. Nahon and C. Touati (Louvain,
1980), pp. 155–67; B. Ben-Shammai, ‘Twenty-five years of Maimonides research: a
bibliography 1965–80’, Maimonidean Studies 2 (1991), Hebrew section, pp. 17–42; M.
Ben-Sasson, ‘Maimonides in Egypt: the first stage’, Maimonidean Studies 2 (1991), pp.
3–30; J.L. Kraemer, ‘Six unpublished Maimonides letters from the Cairo Genizah’,
Maimonidean Studies 2 (1991), pp. 73–80 and ‘Four Geniza letters concerning Maimonides’
in Mas at Moshe: Studies in Jewish and Islamic Culture Presented to Moshe Gil, eds E. Fleischer,
M.A. Friedman and J.L. Kraemer (Hebrew; Jerusalem, 1998), pp. 381–400.
76 stefan c. reif
Source Challenge
Content Challenge
Given that the relevant folios of the Oxford manuscript, taken together
with the equivalent evidence from Maimonides’s other works, provide
6
For details of this MS (Huntingdon 80), see A. Neubauer, Catalogue of the Hebrew
Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library (Oxford, 1886), no. 577, col. 113, and M. Beir-Arié
and R.A. May, Supplement (Oxford, 1994), cols 86–87.
7
E.D. Goldschmidt (ed.), ‘The Oxford MS of Maimonides’ Book of Prayer’, Studies
of the Research Institute for Hebrew Poetry in Jerusalem 7 (1958), pp. 183–213, reprinted in
his collection of articles On Jewish Liturgy. Essay on Prayer and Religious Poetry (Hebrew;
Jerusalem, 1978), pp. 187–216.
maimonides on the prayers 77
To set the scene for the views expressed and the positions adopted by
Maimonides, a few general remarks need to be made. The leading tal-
mudic academies of Iraq had made a powerful impact on the rabbinic
situation in the course of the previous four centuries. Their dynamic
efforts had succeeded in laying down standard interpretations of the
Talmud, in legislating for much of the Jewish world, and in central-
izing Jewish religious practice. In the liturgical area, an attempt had
8
See the text from Mishneh Torah 13.1 cited below.
78 stefan c. reif
9
This whole development is described in detail in S.C. Reif, Judaism and Hebrew
Prayer (Cambridge, 1993), pp. 122–206.
10
M.N. Adler, The Itinerary of Benjamin of Tudela. Critical Text, Translation and Commentary
(London, 1907), Hebrew text, pp. 62–63.
maimonides on the prayers 79
Principles
11
See, for example, Guide I.59 and III.32, ed. Pines (see n. 2 above), pp. 140–42
and 529 and ed. Schwarz (see n. 2 above), pp 149–51 and 536.
12
I am particularly indebted here to Gerald (Ya{akov) Blidstein who has penned an
excellent summary of Maimonides’s halakhic approach to prayer, with some variations
80 stefan c. reif
of interpretation and emphasis to which I shall draw attention as the theme is dis-
cussed; see his Prayer in Maimonidean Halakha (Hebrew; Jerusalem and Beersheba, 1994),
especially pp. 9–52, 69–74, and 123–43.
13
Blidstein, Prayer, pp. 38–42.
14
Blidstein, Prayer, pp. 124–25.
maimonides on the prayers 81
There are two additional responsa that are worthy of note in this
context since they demonstrate how brave and innovative Maimonides
could be when the need arose and how he sought to justify his rulings
by drawing attention to their importance in removing the danger of
public Jewish embarrassment. The first of these reads (in my translation
from Blau’s Hebrew rendering of the Judaeo-Arabic): “If one of the
congregation says the amidah quietly while the prayer-leader is offering
his prayer, he has done his religious duty. Equally, if one does not recite
the amidah personally, even if he is competent to do so, he can fulfil
his duty by listening to the amidah recited by the prayer-leader . . . One
who hears is equivalent to one who answers in all instances and one
who says ‘amen’ is equivalent to the one reciting the benediction . . . I
shall also describe to you a custom of ours, concerning the amidah of
sha arit and musaf on shabbat and festivals, that I regard as necessary and
appropriate because of the large numbers in the synagogue, a custom
that is similar to what you do locally on Rosh Ha-Shanah. I also arrange
15
With reference to the document drawn up by Palestinian Jews in Cairo in 1211
in an attempt to protect their liturgical traditions, see the discussion and the citations
of earlier research by M.A. Friedman, ‘ “A controversy for the sake of heaven”: studies
in the liturgical polemics of Abraham Maimonides and his contemporaries’, Te uda 10,
ed. M.A. Friedman (Tel Aviv, 1996), pp. 245–98.
16
Ed. Blau (see n. 4 above), vol. 2 ( Jerusalem, 1960), no. 261, pp. 490–92, no. 180,
pp. 328–29, and no. 207, pp. 363–66; see also Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), p. 321.
82 stefan c. reif
for us to do this when min ah is so delayed that I fear that the formal
hour of dusk is approaching. I rule that the prayer-leader [immediately]
recites the amidah out loud together with the qedushah and there is no
disadvantage in this for anyone since a congregant who cannot recite
his own prayer can do his duty by hearing the prayer-leader’s prayer
and one who is competent to do so may recite the amidah together
with the prayer-leader, word for word . . . By doing this we arrange for
everyone’s obligation to be met in an obvious way, and avoid the kind
of public act of desecration that occurs when congregants regard the
repetition as an occasion for joking and mockery. On other daily occa-
sions, when there are fewer learned congregants present, the amidah is
recited twice, quietly and then out loud.”17
The second of these reads (in my translation from Blau’s Hebrew
rendering of the Judaeo-Arabic): “The custom you mention of reciting
the amidah out loud twice is absolutely wrong according to all views and
a terrible error for those who are competent to pray since they recite
their prayers in everyone’s hearing and this constitutes an act of gross
ignorance . . . If congregants do not recite the quiet amidah at all but
follow the prayer-leader’s recitation with the qedushah, reciting the text if
they know it, or simply listening if they do not, and bowing with him
as necessary, they all meet their obligation in an organized and orderly
fashion and a lengthy service is avoided. A public embarrassment for
the Jewish people is also avoided since otherwise non-Jews see Jews
spitting, coughing and paying no attention during the prayer-leader’s
repetition. So this is my view about the correct procedure these days,
for the reasons I have outlined.”18
2.17: In those places where rain is needed in the summer, such as in the “faraway
sea-isles”, it should be prayed for in the shome ah tefillah benediction whenever
necessary.
There is a talmudic report that the Jews of Nineveh sought a ruling
from the Patriarch, R. Judah, about whether their need for rain in the
summer should be addressed by way of a special prayer included in
17
Ed. Blau (see n. 4 above), no. 256, pp. 473–76, and no. 291, p. 548.
18
Ed. Blau (see n. 4 above), no. 258, pp. 483–84.
maimonides on the prayers 83
3.7: Permission is granted to pray the evening service on Friday and Saturday
nights before its time because that service is optional and the timing is therefore
less critical.
Although the Talmud records the practice of Rav to recite the evening
prayer before dark on Friday evening and of R. Josiah to act similarly
on Saturday evening, there are detailed talmudic discussions about
this and some attempts by the later halakhic authorities to limit what
appears to be a considerable liturgical leniency.22 Maimonides, on the
other hand, provides clear support for such a leniency as long as the
shema is recited again at a later hour when it is dark.23
4.1: Even if the time for prayer has arrived, it cannot be undertaken unless the
body is in a state of purity and clothed, the area is free of contamination, there is
nothing pressing on the worshipper’s mind and he can concentrate properly.
Maimonides summarizes the various talmudic rulings with regard to
the preparations that are needed before one commences one’s prayers.24
His summary of the requirements essentially covers the three areas of
19
BT, Ta anit 14b. With regard to the ‘faraway sea-isles’, it is interesting that as late
as the nineteenth century an Asian Muslim visitor to England was describing it as ‘the
end of the world where the sun appears, far to the south, as weak as the moon. It is
a small island which seems on the globe like a mole on the body.’ See E.B. Eastwick
(ed.), Autobiography of Lutfullah, a Mohamedan Gentleman and his Transactions with his Fellow-
creatures (London, 1857), p. 406.
20
Commentary on the Mishnah, Ta anit 1.3, ed. J. Qafi, Seder Mo ed ( Jerusalem, 1963),
pp. 330–31.
21
Rubenstein, p. 42; Rabinovitch, pp. 170–72; and Kaplan, pp. 137–38 (see n. 3
above for full references).
22
BT, Berakhot 27b; ur, Ora ayyim 293.
23
Rubenstein, pp. 45–46; Rabinovitch, pp. 188–91; and Kaplan, pp. 148–50 (see
n. 3 above for full references).
24
The sources are generally to be found in BT, Berakhot and are cited in the com-
mentaries detailed in n. 40 below.
84 stefan c. reif
4.6: It is the general custom in Babylonia and Spain that one who has suffered a
seminal discharge cannot pray until he has bathed his whole body in water, in order to
fulfil the biblical requirement “Prepare to meet your God, Israel” (Amos 4:12).
Maimonides displays something of an ambivalence in the matter of
pre-liturgical ablutions. He acknowledges that the emission of semen
no longer requires a ritual bath27 and that only in Iraq and Spain was
it still customary for a person to bathe his body after intercourse and
before prayer. In a letter to R. Pinhas Ha-Dayyan, he responds strongly
to those who are critical of his ruling.28 He points out that the custom
of performing such an ablution was practised in Spain and Iraq and
not in Byzantium, Franco-Germany or Provence and evoked some
amusement among non-Spanish Jews who saw in it the influence of
Islam. At the same time, he stresses that he personally still follows the
Spanish custom and that reports to the contrary about his behaviour
are unfounded, untrue and mere figments of imagination. Behind his
anger is a frustration with the need to follow local and not personal
traditions and a tension about the degree to which special washing is
an integral part of the ideal preparations needed for prayer.29
4.8: Prayer should not be recited in a place which is, or might be, ritually
impure.
From this passage and a number of others elsewhere in the code, it is
clear that Maimonides follows the PT and not the BT in explaining that
the reason why prayer is not appropriate at a cemetery is because it is
a place of ritual impurity, not because of consideration for the dead
who are buried there.30 He sees this latter consideration as belonging to
25
See his ruling in Mishneh Torah, Berakhot 6.2, as discussed below.
26
Rubenstein, p. 47; Rabinovitch, p. 198; and Kaplan, p. 155 (see n. 3 above for
full references).
27
See BT, Berakhot 22ab.
28
See his ‘Letter to Pinas Ha-Dayyan’ in Letters and Essays of Moses Maimonides, ed.
I. Shilat (Hebrew; Maaleh Adumim, 1988), especially pp. 437–38.
29
Rubenstein, pp. 49–50; Rabinovitch, pp. 205–6; and Kaplan, pp. 162–63 (see
n. 3 above for full references). Kaplan’s translation ‘there is no such custom’ is some-
what misleading.
30
PT, Berakhot 2.3 (4c) and BT, Berakhot 18a. See also his comments in Mishneh Torah,
Tefillah 4.8, Shema 4.8, Ta anit 4.18 and Avelut 4.4.
maimonides on the prayers 85
4.19: For amidah prayers recited at intervals, such as those of the festivals and the
musaf for Rosh odesh, one should reduce the possibility of errors by preparing
one’s formulation and only then set about reciting it.
The general ruling of R. Eleazar is that one should always rehearse
the precise wording of one’s amidah prayer before reciting it (appar-
ently by heart) and the talmudic discussion concludes that this applies
to any such prayer that has not been recited for thirty days.33 While
that discussion refers only to Rosh Ha-Shanah, Yom Kippur, ‘peraqim’
and thirty days, Maimonides interprets the reference to thirty days as
a specific allusion to Rosh Æodesh prayers and suggests the rationale
that underlies the ruling.34
31
Y.S. Lichtenstein, ‘The Rambam’s approach regarding prayer, holy objects and
visiting the cemetery’, HUCA 72 (2001), Hebrew section, pp. 1–34; on his attitude to
superstition, see also Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), p. 319.
32
Rubenstein, p. 50; Rabinovitch, pp. 209–10; and Kaplan, pp. 164–65 (see n. 3
above for full references).
33
BT, Rosh Ha-Shanah 35a.
34
Rubenstein, pp. 54–55; Rabinovitch, p. 223; and Kaplan, pp. 178–79 (see n. 3
above for full references).
35
E.g. BT, Shabbat 156b.
36
See Massekhet Soferim, ed. M. Higger (New York, 1937), 14.12, pp. 265–66.
86 stefan c. reif
clothing that are recorded in the Talmud37 and gives it a statutory status
rather than regarding it as an optional custom.38
6.2: When praying with the community one should not prolong his amidah prayer
unduly but he may do so when praying alone.
There is a talmudic report by R. Judah b. Ilai that R. Akiva would in
public worship be brief in the recitation of his amidah prayer so as not
to burden the congregation with waiting for him while in private he
would considerably extend his liturgical activities.39 Maimonides bases
his ruling on this report but appears to soften its impact in two ways.
Instead of referring to congregational inconvenience, he avoids giving
any reason and redefines “lengthy prayer” as “over-lengthy prayer”, at
the same time avoiding altogether any reference to “abbreviating” such
as occurs in the talmudic passage. He also indicates that lengthening
one’s prayers in the private context is not a requirement but merely
permitted.40
7.9: The popular custom in most of our cities is to say the morning benedictions
one after the other in the synagogue, whether there is an obligation or not, and this
is wrong since benedictions should be recited only when there is an obligation.
In spite of the well-established custom of reciting the morning benedic-
tions in the synagogue together with the statutory prayers, Maimonides
strictly follows the talmudic understanding of these benedictions as
relating to particular activities associated with rising in the morning
and not to general praise of God.41 He is adamant about the applica-
tion of the principle that benedictions may be recited only when they
are required and about the erroneous and inappropriate nature of the
custom. He repeats this view in a responsum and it is defended pow-
erfully and at length by his son, R. Abraham,42 but his ruling did not
37
See BT, Shabbat 10a.
38
Rubenstein, p. 57; Rabinovitch, pp. 232–35; and Kaplan, pp. 186–88 (see n. 3
above for full references).
39
BT, Berakhot 31a.
40
Rubenstein, p. 63; Rabinovitch, p. 254; and Kaplan, pp. 204–5 (see n. 3 above
for full references).
41
BT, Berakhot 60b; see also Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), pp. 327–28.
42
Ed. Blau (see n. 4 above), vol. 2, 1960, no. 187, pp. 342–44; Abraham Maimuni
Responsa, eds A.H. Freimann and S.D. Goitein ( Jerusalem, 1937), no. 83, pp.
120–26.
maimonides on the prayers 87
8.9: By responding amen to the reader’s prayers one meets one’s liturgical obligations
but only if one is unable to pray personally.
In a talmudically recorded controversy between R. Gamliel and the Rab-
bis, the former argued that the one leading the congregation in prayer
could meet the obligations of all the participants, including those who
were competent to pray for themselves, while the latter restricted this
to those who were unable to recite their own prayers.44 In this ruling,
Maimonides opts for the majority view, thus giving the prayer-leader
less halakhic power and less central liturgical authority. In his responsa,
however,45 he appears to support the view of R. Gamliel, laying less
stress on the individual function and more on that of the community
although it has been argued that there he may have in mind different
circumstances.46
9.13: On sabbaths and festivals, musaf, like sha arit, is recited quietly by the
individual and then loudly by the prayer-leader.
In this case, Maimonides’s codified ruling is more conventional and
conservative than one of his responsa. While here he records the
need for a repetition of the amidah by the prayer-leader at both the
sha arit and musaf services on sabbaths and festivals, in his responsa
he reports that circumstances had forced him to adopt a more radical
view.47 Given the lack of attention and decorum that such repetitions
encouraged on occasions when the synagogue was particularly full,
and the way in which this was bringing Jewish worship into disrepute
among the Muslims, he had suspended these particular repetitions in
his synagogue.48
43
Rubenstein, p. 73; Rabinovitch, pp. 279–82; and Touger, pp. 26–27.
44
BT, Rosh Ha-Shanah 34b.
45
See the responsum quoted above in the section entitled ‘Individuals Relying on the
Prayer-leader’ and the relevant footnote.
46
Rubenstein, p. 81; Rabinovitch, pp. 313–20; and Touger, p. 57.
47
See the responsum quoted above in the section entitled ‘Individuals Relying on the
Prayer-leader’ and the relevant footnote.
48
Rubenstein, p. 89; Rabinovitch, p. 345; and Touger, p. 82.
88 stefan c. reif
10.2: If the prayer-leader makes a mistake [other than] in [the first and last three
benedictions of] the amidah, my view is that he should not repeat it all because
this would be a burden on the congregation.
Despite the apparently opposing view about this recorded in the BT
and PT, Maimonides rules that the prayer-leader who errs in his public
recitation of the amidah should correct himself.49 When, however, he is
reciting the amidah privately beforehand he need not do so since this
would be troublesome for the congregation by holding up its proceed-
ings. There is manuscript evidence that Maimonides applies this to all
amidah benedictions, not only to the first and last three.50
11.5: The custom in Spain, North Africa, Babylonia and Israel is to light lamps in
the synagogues and to spread carpets on the floor on which to sit, while in Christian
cities Jews sit on chairs.
Maimonides’s reference to the synagogal practice of communities in
Islamic countries and how it varies from that of those in Christian
environments is not typical of his code. What he appears to be argu-
ing is that sitting on a carpeted floor is a perfectly acceptable part of
liturgical decorum for his congregations, perhaps polemicizing against
those who argue that standing is preferable or that the use of chairs
and benches is more dignified. Were there perhaps moves in such
directions in Spain in the twelfth century that inspired such a polemi-
cal stance on his part?51
13.1: Although some have the custom of completing the pentateuchal lectionary over
a three-year period, the widespread custom among all Jewish communities is to take
only one year, beginning just after Sukkot and ending at Sukkot time the next year.
While Maimonides here appears to remain neutral about the Palestin-
ian lectionary, his son, R. Abraham, reports52 that he was definitely
opposed to the customs of the émigré community from the Holy Land
49
PT, Berakhot 5.4 (9c) and BT, Berakhot 34a.
50
Rubenstein, p. 91; Rabinovitch, p. 350; and Touger, pp. 86–87; ur, Ora ayyim,
no. 126.
51
Rubenstein, p. 98; Rabinovitch, pp. 372–74; and Touger, pp. 110–11.
52
Rabbi Abraham ben Moshe ben Maimon, Sefer Ha-Maspik Le Ovdey Hashem, Part
Two, Volume Two, ed. Nissim Dana (Ramat-Gan, 1989), pp. 180–81.
maimonides on the prayers 89
that had settled in Cairo, but was forced to remain silent about this in
order to avoid communal strife.53
53
Rubenstein, p. 117; Rabinovitch, p. 431; and Touger, pp. 162–63.
54
The manuscripts consulted were the earliest relevant liturgies in the collections of
the British Library, London (= BL), Bodleian Library, Oxford (= Bod.), and Cambridge
University Library (= CUL). See G. Margoliouth, Catalogue of the Hebrew and Samari-
tan Manuscripts in the British Museum, vol. 1 (London, 1905), nos 692–94, pp. 346–54;
A. Neubauer, Catalogue of the Hebrew Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, vol. 1 (Oxford,
1886), nos 1132–35, cols 328–30; S.C. Reif, Hebrew Manuscripts at Cambridge University
Library: A Description and Introduction (Cambridge, 1997), nos 389 and 392, pp. 240–42.
55
Siddur R. Saadya Gaon, eds I. Davidson, S. Assaf and B.I. Joel, ( Jerusalem, 1941;
second edition, Jerusalem, 1963) (= RSG); Seder Rav Amram Ga on, ed. E.D. Goldschmidt
( Jerusalem, 1971) (= SRA); Judah ben Yaqar, Peyrush Ha-Tefillot Ve-Ha-Berakhot, ed.
S. Yerushalmi (2 vols; Jerusalem, 1968–69) (= JBY).
56
Siddur Rabbenu Shelomo ben Nathan, ed. S. Æaggai ( Jerusalem, 1995) (= SBN); Sefer
Abudraham (Warsaw, 1877) and Sefer Abudraham Ha-Shalem, ed. S.A Wertheimer ( Jeru-
salem, 1963) (= A).
57
Tiklal of YÍya ben Joseph ibn Sali ( Jerusalem, 1894) (= T) and Z. Madmoni,
‘Ha-Rambam Ve-Nusa Ha-Tefillah Shel Yehudey Teman’ in Yahadut Teman: Pirqey Me qar
Ve- Iyyun, eds I. Yeshayahu and J. Tobi ( Jerusalem, 1976), pp. 273–94; Elbogen, ‘Ritus’
(see n. 1 above), p. 320.
58
S. Baer, Seder Avodat Yisra el (Rödelheim, 1868) (= Baer), p. 59; Siddur O ar Ha-Tefillot,
ed. A.L. Gordon (corrected and expanded edition, Vilna, 1923, Hebrew pagination)
(= OT), pp. 89–90; I. Elbogen, German edition, Der jüdische Gottesdienst in seiner geschich-
tlichen Entwicklung (Frankfurt-am-Main, 1931; reprint, Hildesheim, 1962) (= EG), pp.
83–84; Hebrew edition, ( התפלה בישראל בהתפתחותה ההיסטוריתeds J. Heinemann,
I. Adler, A. Negev, J. Petuchowski and H. Schirmann, Tel Aviv, 1972) (= EH), pp.
90 stefan c. reif
2. EDG 194, 11: End of ישתבח: מלך גדול התושבחות אל ההודאות אדון כל
המעשים הבוחר בשירי זמרה חי עולמים. [consistently spelt so: ]התושבחות.59
So SBN (but not consistently), SRA, T, BL Add.18690, BL Add.27126,
all four Bodleian MSS consulted, and CUL Add. 541; but not RSG, JBY
or A; CUL Add. 1204 has an alteration from תושבחותto תישבחות.
65–66; English edition, Jewish Liturgy: A Comprehensive History (trans. and ed. Raymond
P. Scheindlin, Philadelphia, Jerusalem and New York, 1993) (= EE), pp. 73–74; B.S.
Jacobson, Netiv Binah (5 vols; Tel Aviv, 1968–83) (= Jacobson), 1.192–94; N. Wieder,
‘Fourteen New Genizah-Fragments of Saadya’s Siddur together with a Reproduction
of a Missing Part’ in Saadya Studies in Commemoration of the One Thousandth Anniversary
of the Death of R Saadya Gaon, ed. E.I.J. Rosenthal (Manchester, 1943), p. 268 and The
Formation of Jewish Liturgy in the East and the West: A Collection of Essays (Hebrew; 2 vols;
Jerusalem, 1998), 2.507–8.
59
Baer, pp. 59 and 75; OT, p. 123; EG, pp. 85–86, EH, p. 67, EE, pp. 75–76;
Jacobson, 1.226–28; S.C. Reif, Shabbethai Sofer and his Prayer-book (Cambridge, 1979), pp.
156 and 267–68; C.E. Cohen, ‘Ashkenazic mishnaic reading traditions in eighteenth-
century grammatical treatises’ (Hebrew), Leshonenu 62 (1999), pp. 274–79.
60
Baer, p. 73; OT, pp. 117–21; EG, p. 86, EH, p. 67, EE, pp. 75–76; Jacobson,
1.218–26; J. Mann, ‘Genizah fragments of the Palestinian order of service,’ HUCA 2
(1925), pp. 281–85, reprinted in Contributions to the Scientific Study of Jewish Liturgy (ed.
J.J. Petuchowski, New York, 1970); E. Fleischer, Eretz-Israel Prayer and Prayer Rituals as
Portrayed in the Geniza Documents (Hebrew; Jerusalem, 1988), pp. 275–91; Elbogen, ‘Ritus’
(see n. 1 above), p. 328.
maimonides on the prayers 91
5. EDG 195, 31: כאמור לעושה אורים גדולים כי לעולם חסדו התקנת
מאורות לשמח עולם.62
So SBN ( עולמך. . . )והתקנתand T; Bod. Opp.Add.8vo.17 and Bod.
Opp.Add.8vo.18, with third person for second person; but not RSG,
SRA, JBY, A, BL Add. 27126, BL Or. 5866, Bod. Laud.Or.27, Bod.
Can.Or.108, CUL Add. 1204 and Add. 541.
61
Baer, p. 76; OT, p. 127; EG, p. 17, EH, p. 13, EE, p. 17; Jacobson, 1.230–31;
Reif, Shabbethai (see n. 59 above), pp. 306–7.
62
Baer, p. 79; OT, pp. 132–33; EG, pp. 19–20, EH, p. 15, EE, p. 16; Jacobson,
1.235; Wieder, Formation (see n. 58 above), 1:155–57, reprinted from Sinai 76 (1975),
pp. 116–18.
63
Baer, p. 84; OT, pp. 142–43; EG, p. 22, EH, p. 17, EE, p. 21; Jacobson, 1.254–60;
Reif, Shabbethai (see n. 59 above), p. 211 and Reif, Problems, pp. 271–90.
64
Baer, pp. 168–69; OT, pp. 272–74; EG, p. 102–4, EH, pp. 78–80, EE, pp. 87–89;
Jacobson, 1.410–14; Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), pp. 323 and 329.
92 stefan c. reif
8. EDG 199, 11: In benediction 7: ראה בענינו וריבה ריבנו ומהר לגאלינו.65
So T, BL Add.27126, Bod. Opp.Add.8vo.18, Bod. Laud.Or.27, Bod.
Can.Or.108 and CUL Add. 541; but not in RSG, SRA, SBN, JBY,
A or BL Or.5866, Bod. Opp.Add.8vo.17 and CUL Add. 1204, all of
which prefer וגאלנו מהרה.
10. EDG 199, 27: In benediction 14: תשכון בתוך ירושלם עירך כאשר
דברת ובנה אותה בניין עולם במהרה בימינו.67
So JBY, T, A, BL Add.18690, BL Add. 27126, BL Or.5866, all four
Bodleian MSS consulted (in a later hand in Bod. Can.Or.108 and with
an addition about the throne of David in Bod. Opp.Add.8vo.17), CUL
Add. 541 and CUL Add. 1204; but RSG, SRA and SBN have רחםor
על ירושלים.
11. EDG 200, 14–15: In benediction 19: וברכנו כולנו )כאחד( ממאור
פניך כי ממאור פניך נתתה לנו יי אלהינו תורה וחיים אהבה וחסד צדקה
ושלום וטוב בעיניך לברך את עמך ישראל ]בכל עת[ בשלום.68
So (apparently) SBN and T; RSG has במאורand then ;ממאורJBY
has באורand then ;במאורbut SRA, A, BL Or.5866, Bod. Laud.Or.27,
Bod. Can.Or.108 (in a later hand), and CUL Add. 541 have באורtwice.
BL Add.18690, BL Add. 27126, Bod. Opp.Add.8vo.17 and Bod. Opp.
Add.8vo.18 have more substantially different versions.
65
Baer, p. 91; OT, p. 164; EG, p. 48, EH, p. 37, EE, pp. 42–43; Jacobson, 1.279;
Y. Luger, The Weekday Amidah in the Cairo Genizah [Hebrew] ( Jerusalem, 2001), pp.
92–96.
66
Baer, p. 92; OT, pp. 166–67; EG, pp. 49–50, EH, pp. 38–39, EE, p. 44; Jacobson,
1.280–81; Luger, Amidah (see n. 65 above), pp. 103–13.
67
Baer, p. 96; OT, p. 170; EG, pp. 52–54, EH, pp. 41–42, EE, pp. 47–48; Jacobson,
1.285–86; Luger, Amidah (see n. 65 above), pp. 150–58.
68
Baer, p. 103; OT, pp. 181–82; EG, p. 59, EH, p. 46, EE, p. 53; Jacobson, 1.296–99;
Luger, Amidah (see n. 65 above), pp. 196–208.
maimonides on the prayers 93
רחם יי אלהינו 12. EDG 201, 17: In 14th benediction for Tisha BeAv:
.69עלינו ועל ישראל עמך . . .ברוך אתה יי בונה ירושלים
So RSG, SRA, SBN, JBY (both!), T and CUL Add. 1204; but A, BL
Add.18690, BL Or.5866 and all four Bodleian MSS consulted have
.נחם
שליח צבור מברך לעולם ברכה שלישית 13. EDG 202, 16–25: Qedushah:
בנוסח זה .נקדישך ונעריצך ונשלש לך קדושה משולשת כדבר האמור על
ידי נביאך וקרא זה אל זה ואמר קדוש קדוש קדוש יי צבאות מלוא כל
הארץ כבודו כבודו וגדלו מלא עולם ומשרתיו שואלים איה מקום כבודו
משבחים ואומרים ברוך כבוד יי ממקומו ממקומך מלכינו תופיע ותמלוך
עלינו כי מחכים אנו לך מתי תמלוך בציון בחיינו ובימינו תשכון תתגדל
ותתקדש בתוך ירושלם עירך לדור ודור ולנצח נצחים ועינינו תראינה
במלכות עוזך כדבר האמור בשירי קדשך על ידי דוד משיח צדקך ימלוך
יי לעלם אלהיך ציון לדור ודור ]הללויה[ לדור ודור נגיד גדלך ולנצח נצחים
קדושתך נקדיש ושבחך אלהינו מפינו לא ימוש )לעולם ועד( כי אל מלך
.70גדול וקדוש אתה ברוך א‘ יי האל הקדוש
), T, SBN (minor variants) but othersאז ברעש גדול So RSG (with
(including many manuscripts) vary or are more complex. The battle
for one simple qedushah on all occasions was undoubtedly in the process
of being lost by this time.
14. EDG 205, 12–15: In the musaf prayer there is no specific mention of
the detailed biblically ordained sacrifices, the shabbat musaf including:
ושם נעשה לפניך את קרבנות חובותינו תמידי‘ כסדרן ומוספין כהלכתן
]ו[את מוספי יום המנוח הזה נעשה ונקריב לפניך באהבה כמצות רצונך
כמה שכתבת עלינו בתורתיך על-ידי משה עבדך לא נתתו מלכינו לגויי
הארצות ולא הנחלתו מלכינו לעובדי פסילים ]גם[ במנוחתו לא ישכנו
ערלים לבית ישראל נתתו זרע ישורון אשר בם בחרת חמדת ימים אותו
.71קראת או“א רצה נא וכו‘
69
Baer, p. 96; OT, p. 171; EG, pp. 53, 129 and 181, EH, pp. 42, 97 and 136, EE,
התפילה בתקופת pp. 48, 107–8 and 147; Jacobson, 1.327; see also J. Heinemann,
( Jerusalem2, 1966), pp. 35–40 and 48–51; Englishהתנאים והאמוראים :טיבה ודפוסיה
edition, Prayer in the Talmud: Forms and Patterns (Berlin and New York, 1977), pp. 48–56,
70–76 and 288–91; and Reif, Problems (see n. 63 above), 143–64.
70
Baer, pp. 89–90 and 218; OT, pp. 159–60 and 337–38; EG, pp. 61–67, EH, pp.
47–54, EE, pp. 54–62; Jacobson, 1.307–10 and 2.205–6; Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1
above), p. 324.
71
Baer, pp. 239, 334, 352–53, 397 and 425; OT, pp. 363–64, 451, 462, 526 and
567; EG, pp. 117, 126, 136 and 145, EH, pp. 89, 95, 102 and 110, EE, pp. 98, 106,
94 stefan c. reif
So T and A; but RSG, SRA, SBN have the verses while there is
discussion, or variation between musafim, in JBY, BL Add.18690, BL
Or.5866, all four Bodleian MSS consulted, CUL Add. 541 and CUL
Add. 1204.
16. EDG 208, 11–12: In the musaf prayer for festivals: והשב ישראל
לנויהו כהנים לעבודתם ולויים לדוכנן וישראל למעמדן וארמון על משפטו
ישב ושם נעלה.72
So T and SBN ( )ולוים לשירה ולזמרה וארמוןwith close similarities in
RSG (+ the variants); but not SRA, A, the British Library and Bodleian
MSS consulted, or CUL Add. 541.
17. EDG 203, 3–9: Re qaddish: שליח צבור אומר קדיש לעולם קודם
כל תפלה ואחר כל תפלה ואחר שאמר סדר היום בכל עת שיאמר סדר
היום יתחנן מעט ויאמר קדיש וכישלים לקרות בתורה ובכל עת שיתחנן
יתגדל ויתקדש: נוסח הקדיש.בדברי תחנונים כשיגמור תחנוניו יאמר קדיש
שמיה רבה בעלמא דיברא כרעותיה וימלך מלכותיה ויצמח פורקניה
.(ויקרב משיחיה ויפרוק עמיה בחייכון וביומיכון ובחייהון )וביומיהון
[ סדר היוםis the ]קדושה דסידרא.73
So (similarly) T, SBN and CUL Add. 541; but not RSG, SRA, JBY,
A, the Bodleian MSS consulted (with the possible exception of Bod.
Opp.Add.8vo.18?), the British Library MSS consulted, or CUL Add.
1204.
114 and 122; Jacobson, 4:14–48; Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), p. 325; see also the
section ‘Early Musaf Prayer’ in Reif, Problems (see n. 63 above), pp. 174–75.
72
Baer, p. 355; OT, p. 464; Jacobson, 4.45; see also Reif, Problems (see n. 63 above),
pp. 157–58.
73
Baer, pp. 129–31; OT, pp. 82–83; EG, pp. 92–98, EH, pp. 72–75, EE, pp. 80–84;
Jacobson, 1.365–73; Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), p. 329. See also D. De Sola Pool,
The Kaddish (Leipzig, 1909) and A. Lehnardt, Qaddish: Untersuchungen zur Enstehung und
Rezeption eines rabbinischen Gebetes (Tübingen, 2002).
maimonides on the prayers 95
18. EDG 208, 17–19: וכנוסח הזה ]של פסח[ הוא מתפלל בחג השבועות
ובחג הסכות בלא חסרון בלא יתר אלא שבחג השבועות הוא אומר את
יום טוב מקרא ק‘ הזה את יום חג השבועות הזה זמן מתן תורתינו באהבה
וכן בשמיני עצרת. . . וכן בחג הסוכות. . . ‘ זכר ליציא‘ מצ.
19. EDG 215, 27–216, 3: In grace after meals: וטובו הגדול לא חסר לנו ואל
יחסר לנו לעולם ועד כי הוא זן ומפרנס לכל כאמור פותח את ידיך ומשביע
נודה.לכל חי רצון ומכין מזון לכל בריותיו אשר ברא ב“א יי הזן את הכל
לך יי אלהינו ונברך מלכינו כי הנחלת)נו והנחלת( את אבותינו ארץ חמדה
ומזון( ועל שהוצאתנו מארץ מצרים. . . . טובה ורחבה ברית ותורה )חיים
ופדיתנו מבית עבדים על תורתך שלמדתנו על חוקי רצונך שהודעתנו74
20. EDG 26, 9–10: grace: הטוב והמטיב )אשר( ]ש[בכל יום וים )הוא
מטיב עמנו( הוא גומלנו חן וחסד ורחמים וכל טוב
So T, with close similarities in JBY and A, and some in SBN, but
not in RSG, SRA or SBN or any of the Bodleian MSS consulted.
BL Or. 5866 has some readings that are similar to the latter part of
the first benediction but not to the section cited here from the fourth
benediction.
Characteristics
74
Baer, pp. 554–59; OT, pp. 239–43; Jacobson, 3.55–66; see also Reif, Problems (see
n. 63 above), pp. 333–48.
96 stefan c. reif
and novel ideas that do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the post-
talmudic authorities or the established customs of these who adhere to
their rulings. He opts for the non-repetition of the amidah for musaf,
argues the need for brevity and the avoidance of congregational bore-
dom and loss of concentration, and sometimes demonstrates a moderate
tendency that avoids imposing strictness on the community. He distin-
guishes what should be said in the synagogue from what should more
correctly be recited at home and displays an awareness that different
geographical circumstances may justifiably lead to variety of practice.
He is concerned to maintain an association between physical and spiri-
tual purity and to promote its relevance to the liturgical sphere.
75
See Elbogen, ‘Ritus’ (see n. 1 above), p. 325.
maimonides on the prayers 97
propensity towards the logical and the systematic and the concretization
of abstract principles.
Overall Conclusion
Bibliography
Abraham Maimuni [see Rabbi Abraham ben Moshe ben Maimon below], Responsa,
eds A.H. Freimann and S.D. Goitein ( Jerusalem, 1937).
Adler, M.N., The Itinerary of Benjamin of Tudela. Critical Text, Translation and Commentary
(London, 1907).
Amram ben Sheshna, Seder Rav Amram Ga on, ed. E.D. Goldschmidt ( Jerusalem,
1971).
Baer, S., Seder Avodat Yisra el (Rödelheim, 1868).
Beir-Arié, M. and R.A. May, Catalogue of the Hebrew Manuscripts in the Bodleian
Library: Supplement of Addenda and Corrigenda to Vol. I (Oxford, 1994).
Ben-Sasson, M., ‘Maimonides in Egypt: the first stage’, Maimonidean Studies 2 (1991),
pp. 3–30.
Ben-Shammai, B., ‘Twenty-five years of Maimonides research: a bibliography 1965–80’,
Maimonidean Studies 2 (1991), Hebrew section, pp. 17–42.
Blidstein, G., Prayer in Maimonidean Halakha [Hebrew] ( Jerusalem and Beersheba, 1994).
Cohen, C.E., ‘Ashkenazic mishnaic reading traditions in eighteenth-century grammati-
cal treatises’ [Hebrew], Leshonenu 62 (1999), pp. 274–79.
David ben Joseph Abudraham, Sefer Abudraham (Warsaw, 1877).
——, Sefer Abudraham Ha-Shalem, ed. S.A Wertheimer ( Jerusalem, 1963).
De Sola Pool, D., The Kaddish (Leipzig, 1909).
Eastwick, E. B. (ed.), Autobiography of Lutfullah, a Mohamedan Gentleman and his Transactions
with his Fellow-creatures (London, 1857).
Elbogen, I., ‘Der Ritus im Mischne Thora’, in Moses ben Maimon: Sein Leben, Seine Werke
und Sein Einfluss, eds W. Bacher, M. Brann, D. Simonsen and J. Guttmann, vol. 1
(Leipzig, 1908), pp. 319–31.
——, Der jüdische Gottesdienst in seiner geschichtlichen Entwicklung (Frankfurt-am-Main,
1931; reprint, Hildesheim, 1962); [Hebrew edition] Ha-Tefillah Be-Yisra el Be-Hitpat -
utah Ha-His orit, eds J. Heinemann, I. Adler, A. Negev, J. Petuchowski and H. Schir-
mann (Tel Aviv, 1972); [English edition] Jewish Liturgy: A Comprehensive History, trans.
and ed. Raymond P. Scheindlin (Philadelphia, Jerusalem and New York, 1993).
Fleischer, E., Eretz-Israel Prayer and Prayer Rituals as Portrayed in the Geniza Documents
[Hebrew] ( Jerusalem, 1988).
Friedman, M.A. ‘ “A controversy for the sake of heaven”: studies in the liturgical
polemics of Abraham Maimonides and his contemporaries’, Te uda 10, ed. M.A.
Friedman (Tel Aviv, 1996), pp. 245–98.
Goitein, S.D., ‘Moses Maimonides, man of action: a revision of the master’s biography
in light of the Geniza documents’ in Hommage à Georges Vajda, eds G. Nahon and
C. Touati (Louvain, 1980), pp. 155–67.
——, Letters of Medieval Jewish Traders (Princeton, 1973).
maimonides on the prayers 99
Siddur O ar Ha-Tefillot, ed. A.L. Gordon (corrected and expanded edition, Vilna,
1923).
Solomon ben Nathan, Siddur Rabbenu Shelomo ben Nathan, ed. S. Æaggai ( Jerusalem,
1995).
Tiklal, ed. Yaya ben Joseph ibn Sali ( Jerusalem, 1894).
Wieder, N., ‘Fourteen New Genizah-Fragments of Saadya’s Siddur together with a
Reproduction of a Missing Part’, in Saadya Studies in Commemoration of the One Thou-
sandth Anniversary of the Death of R. Saadya Gaon, ed. E.I.J. Rosenthal (Manchester,
1943), p. 268.
——, The Formation of Jewish Liturgy in the East and the West: A Collection of Essays [Hebrew],
2 vols ( Jerusalem, 1998).
PART TWO
Paul B. Fenton
Rabbi Abraham was born in July 1186 when his father was already
47 years of age.1 Despite this significant age-gap, Maimonides drew his
son close to him and would have him attend his court from a tender
age, no doubt in order to groom him in the intricacies of a function
which he was to inherit as Maimonides’ only heir.2
As Maimonides himself writes in a letter bristling with paternal pride
addressed to Joseph ben Judah in 1191, his son was endowed from his
earliest youth with exceptional intellectual and ethical qualities:
However, of my preoccupation with worldly matters I have no consola-
tion save two things: my moments of study, and my son Abraham upon
whom God has bestowed grace and blessing worthy of the benediction
of him whose name he bears (i.e. the patriarch Abraham) . . . for he is the
meekest of mankind, in addition to his goodly manners. Moreover he is
endowed with a keen mind and a pleasant nature. With God’s assistance
he will undoubtedly gain fame amongst the great.3
Given that Abraham was born in 1186, he must only have been a mere
six years old at that time.
Following the demise of his father in 1204, Abraham was appointed
ra îs al-yahûd, head of Egyptian Jewry, at the tender age of eighteen.
Probably because of his youth, it was not until 1213 that the honorific
title of nagîd was conferred upon him. He was the first of his family to
occupy this office, which henceforth remained in his descendants’ hands
for nearly two centuries. A student of medicine like his father, Abraham
was court physician to the Ayyubid al-Malik al-Kâmil (ob. 1238). His
contemporary, the historian of Arabic medicine, Ibn Abî Usaybî‘a
describes him as “a celebrated physician . . . of tall stature, thin, and of
pleasant conversation . . . outstanding in the practice of medicine”.4
1
On Abraham Maimonides, see P. Fenton, “Abraham Maimonides: founding a
Mystical Dynasty”, in: M. Idel (ed.), Jewish Mystical Leaders and Leadership in the 13th
Century, New York, 1998, pp. 127–154. According to a wedding poem in honor of
R. Abraham, published by N. Allony, Sinai 55 (1964), p. 249, Maimonides, despairing
of begetting a son, had fasted and prayed to have one.
2
See our article “A Meeting with Maimonides”, BSOAS 45 (1982), pp. 1–4.
3
Maimonides, Epistola, ed. D. Baneth, Jerusalem, 1946, pp. 59–69. The editor
ascribes a later date to the epistle which was written in his opinion between 1198
and 1204.
4
Ibn Abî Usaybî‘a, Tabaqât al-atibbâ , Leipzig-Cairo, vol. II, 1884, p. 111. It is
noteworthy that the Andalusian druggist Ibn Baytar (ob. 1248), was also employed in
al-Kâmil’s service as head pharmacist. The unique surviving manuscript of Maimo-
nides’ Explanation of the Names of Drugs, preserved in Istanbul (Aya Sofia ms. 3711), is
written in Ibn Baytar’s hand. It is not impossible that he obtained the text from his
colleague, Abraham Maimonides.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 105
5
A testimony of this is given by a member of his Beth Midrash. See A. Halkin,
Senegoriyâh al sefer mishneh tôrâh, Tarbiz 25 (1956), p. 418. Cf. also Fenton, REJ 145
(1986), pp. 289–293.
6
Moses Ibn Tibbon, Introduction to his translation of Sefer ha-miswôt, ed. A. Jellinek,
Quntres Taryag, Vienna, 1878, p. 32.
106 paul b. fenton
7
We refer to the section on the Interpretation of the Midrash (Ma amar al ’ôdôt derâshôt
Hazal ), published by Samuel Goldenberg, Kerem Hemed 3 (1836), pp. 6–18, on the basis of
a manuscript from the Oppenheimer collection, which was still in Hamburg at the time
but later became Oxford, Bodleian Heb. Ms. Opp. 585.4. Cf. A. Neubauer, Catalogue of
the Hebrew Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, vol. 1, 1886, col. 576, no 1649.
8
Other editions are: Milhemet ha-shem, Hannover, 1840, and ed. R. Margaliot,
Jerusalem, 1953. An English translation was produced by F. Rosner, Wars of the Lord,
Haifa, 2000. A useful bibliography of Abraham’s polemical writings by Dienstag is to
be found at the end of the latter, pp. 140–153.
9
Birkhat Abraham, Lyck 1859 and Ma aseh Nissim, Paris, 1867.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 107
10
M. Steinschneider, “Zur Literatur der Maimoniden”, MGWJ 45 (1901), pp.
126–137; idem, Die arabische Literatur der Juden, Frankfurt a. M., 1902, §159.
108 paul b. fenton
the commentary on the Torah of which thou hast heard, it is true that
I have begun it, and were I free from the service of the king and other
tasks, I would have completed it in a year or two. However I can only
write on it in short hours on days far apart for I have not yet finished
revising the first composition of which I have said (that) most of it is
complete and finished and (that) the smaller part of it that is left will
soon be finished with the help of Heaven. And on this account I have
explained in the commentary on the Torah which I have composed only
close to half the book of Genesis, but I am occupied with it (now) and
when I have completed the revision of (my) composition of which the
greater part is (already) complete, I shall endeavor with all my might to
complete the commentary on the Torah and also a commentary on the
Prophets and the Hagiographa after it, if they will aid me from heaven.
But “the work is long” and the day and the workers are as Rabbi Tryphon
described (Abôth 2: 15), and “there are many thoughts in a man’s heart
but the counsel of the Lord that shall stand” (Prov. 19: 21). And if the
commentary on the (separate) portions (of the Torah) had been copied and
revised I would have sent it; but it still requires reviewing, and revising as
regards its contents, and copying as far as its writing down is concerned,
which cannot take place until I have completed the commentary on one
of the five books of the Torah. And perhaps that will not be long with
the help of the Terrible and Fearful One, so that I may send it to thee if
some accident or mishap do not prevent me, for I know not what a day
may bear or an hour or a moment, and if thy dear letters will reach me
anew every morning also my letters will reach thee. “Now peace unto
thee and peace unto thy house and peace unto all that belongs to thee”
(I Sam. 25:6) and may thy peace be increased and become greater and
continue and not cease and may the will (of God) be thus, (year) 1543
Sel. May salvation be near.11
As already noticed, many of his exegetical compositions were linked
to his father’s works:
11
Cf. A. Neubauer, Catalogue of the Hebrew Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, vol. I,
Oxford, 1886, p. 364, col. 463, no 1315; M. Beit-Aryé and R. May, Catalogue of Hebrew
Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, Addenda, Oxford, 1994, pp. 217–218. The letter was
first published by A. Neubauer, Israelitische Letterbode 3 (1877), pp. 51–54, and later by
S. Rosenblatt, High Ways to Perfection, I, New York, 1927, pp. 124–126. Perhaps, like the
preceding item in this entry, this letter may have been addressed by Abraham Maimo-
nides to Isaac b. Israel Ibn Shuwaykh, Gaon of Baghdad in the years 1221–47.
12
JTS, ms. ENA 2379, which is an autograph.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 109
Polemics
Mention has already been made of his Milhemet ha-shem, in which the
Nagîd forcefully defends Maimonides’ spiritual conceptions, as well as
his responses to Daniel Ibn al-Mâshita’s criticisms of the Code and the
Book of Precepts.
Much space too is devoted in his Kifâya to the defence of his
father’s halakhic rulings. On the one hand, he testifies that a number
of Maimonides’ liturgical reforms had been accepted “because at that
time there had been no stubbornness nor jealousy among them, and
the unlearned and bad leaders did not draw near to decide the law as
is the wont of certain dissenters in our generation who have attacked
the great advantageous measures, recommendations and obligations
which we have proposed”.14
On the other hand, he states that the attacks by his father’s opponents
had “reduced him to silence” in connection with certain changes he
himself desired to introduce.15
Thus Abraham’s polemical writings include responsa, pamphlets in
defence of his pietistic ideals which had come under attack from the
conservative camp within the Egyptian community. It is noteworthy
in this connection that in his Treatise in defence of the pietistic way, he
13
Birkat Abraham, p. 15.
14
Kitâb kifâyat al-‘âbidîn, ed. N. Dana, Ramat-Gan, 1989, p. 196.
15
Ibid., p. 180. However, it must be said that Abraham’s reforms were more far-
reaching than those of his father, whose weighty halakhic authority, he, moreover,
lacked.
110 paul b. fenton
16
See S.D. Goitein, “Treatise in defence of the Pietists by Abraham Maimonides”,
JJS 16 (1965), pp. 105–114.
17
i.e. Maimonides.
18
Cf. Prov. 3: 21.
19
A reference to Abraham’s professional activities as royal physician.
20
I.e. his communal duties as nagîd.
21
Birkat Abraham, p. 3.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 111
Exegesis
Thus at this time, a few years before his demise, Abraham had begun
composing commentaries, both on the Talmud and the Mishneh Tôrâh.
Unfortunately, these have not come down to us. He had even com-
menced a commentary on the Pentateuch in the Arabic language of
which he had completed the part on Genesis, and planned to write
commentaries on the Prophets and Hagiographa. Whereas, hitherto, no
trace has been found of the existence of the latter, his commentary on
Genesis and part of Exodus has been preserved in a unique manuscript
which has been published.22
As already expressed, Abraham had probably cherished the hope
of realizing in a more popular strain his father’s unfulfilled project to
compose a commentary to establish a proper understanding of the
most problematic passages of the Bible. It comes then as no surprise
that his exegesis, either of the mystical-philosophical leaning, or of the
ethico-pietistic one, should be replete with allusions to Maimonides’
philosophical postulates.
With perhaps the exception of the less original Tanhum Yerushalmi,
Abraham was virtually the last exegete in the East still imbued with the
spirit of the Andalusian Golden Age. He abundantly quotes from his
Gaxonic predecessors, such as Sa‘adya, the Andalusian school, especially
Abraham Ibn {Ezra, and even Rashi. Long before the text was avail-
able in print, the thirty-three quotations in his father’s name, as well
as those of his grandfather, Maymûn ben Yôsef, particularly attracted
the attention of scholars.23
As a general rule Abraham adopts the literal meaning of the bibli-
cal text, but occasionally incorporates into his commentary his father’s
philosophical explanations. However he makes temperate use of the
latter, taking great pains to maintain a middle path between the
plain meaning of Scripture and those passages open to philosophical
22
Abraham Maimonides, Commentary on Genesis end Exodus, London, 1958. Frag-
ments had been published formerly by S. Eppenstein, “Beiträge zur Pentateuch-
exegese Maimuni’s”, in Bacher, Brann and Simonsen, eds., Moses ben Maimon, sein Leben,
seine Werke und sein Einfluss, vol. I, Leipzig, 1901, pp. 411–420; idem, Abraham Maimuni,
sein Leben und seine Schriften, ch. II: Der Kommentar Abraham Maimuni zu Genesis und
Exodus, Berlin, 1912, pp. 33–72.
23
See L. Simmons, The Letter of Consolation of Maimon ben Joseph . . . Also an Appendix,
consisting of those passages in which Maimun is quoted by Abraham Maimonides in his Commentary
on Genesis and Exodus, London 1890 (also in JQR 91890), pp. 334–369, and Eppenstein’s
studies mentioned in the previous note.
112 paul b. fenton
24
Cf. Wiesenberg, op. cit., pp. 59, 85, 109, 121, 123, 125, 177, 195, 227, 245, 247,
309, 391. It is noteworthy that whereas Maimonides speaks of the levels of prophecy
as darajât, Abraham calls them maqâmât (stations), a decidedly Sufi term. Cf. Abraham
Maimuni, Responsa, ed. A.H. Freimann and S.D. Goitein, Jerusalem, 1937, p. 39 and n. 5.
25
On the meaning of this term, see our Treatise of the Pool, 2nd ed., London, 1995,
pp. 15–16.
26
As explained by Maimonides, Guide II, 42, ed. Qafih, Jerusalem, 1972, p. 424.
27
Wiesenberg, op. cit., p. 108.
28
Cf. Nahmanides’ objections to Guide II, 41 (ed. Qâfih, p. 422), in his Commentary on
Gen. 18, 1 (ed. Chavel, Jerusalem, 1959, p. 104. Cf. Yom Tob Ishbili, Sefer ha-zikkarôn,
ed. K. Kahana, Jerusalem, 1983, pp. 59–62; Efrayim al-Naqâwa, Sha‘ar kebôd ha-shem,
Tunis, 1902, fol. 86–89; Abrabanel on Guide II: 42, ed. Warsaw, 1872 (2nd ed. Berlin,
1925), p. 115.
29
Wiesenberg, p. 484. Cf. Guide, III, 48, ed. Qâfih, p. 653.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 113
30
Kifâya, ed. Dana, p. 222.
31
Cf. TB Pesahîm, fol. 109b. As far as I am aware, Maimonides’ opinion on this
point is not known from elsewhere.
114 paul b. fenton
Halâkhâh
32
Wiesenberg, pp. 476–478.
33
In his Birkat Abraham, Lyck, 1859, fols. 53, 54, 55, 56, 58, 60, Abraham refers to
Jonathan b. David ha-Kohen of Lunel and his teacher Abraham b. David of Posquières.
It is not surprising then that his writings aroused the interest of the Provencal scholars,
to whom, moreover he had adressed his Milhemet ha-shem. Quotations from the Kifâya
are to be found in: Aaron b. Jacob of Lunel, ’Orhôt hayyim, Jerusalem, 1956, fol. 24,
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 115
180 (Provence); Solomon b. Simon Duran (Rashbash), Responsa, Leghorn, 1742, §162;
Samuel Zarza, Meqôr hayyim, Mantova, 1559, pericope Ki tissâ’ (in fine), Moses al-Ashqar,
Responsa, Venice, 1554, §18, §96, §104; David Ibn Zimra, Responsa, Venice, 1709, vol. 4,
§94; Joseph Caro, Kesef mishneh, hilkhôt qorban pessah, 2, 13 (cf. Abraham, Maimonides,
Birkat Abraham, p. 3); Bezalel Ashkenazi, Shittâh mequbbezet, Baba mezi‘a, Warsaw, 1901,
fol. 61b; Mas‘ûd Roqeah, Ma aseh roqeah, Venice, 1742, fol. 1–2; Minhat hinnukh, London,
1997, mizwâh 1, §22, mizwâh 106, §2, mizwâh 559, §4, 7.
34
See our “En marge du Kitâb Kifâyat al-‘âbidîn”, REJ 150 (1991), pp. 385–405,
where we present a reconstruction of the missing portions.
35
S. Rosenblatt, ed. and trans. The High Ways to Perfection of Abraham Maimonides,
New York-Baltimore, 1927–1935.
36
Rabbi Abraham ben Moshe ben Maimon, Sefer ha-Maspik le‘ovdey Hashem, Kitâb Kifâyat
al- âbidîn, ed. N. Dana, Ramat-Gan, 1989.
37
See infra n. 63.
38
Guide III, 51, ed. Qâfih, p. 675: “behold there are some who have attained (wasal)
something of his great apprehension”. Cf. Maimonides, Commentary on the Mishnah
Heleq, ed. Qâfih, Jerusalem, 1965, p. 214: “spiritual attainment (wusûl), which is called
metaphorically ‘speech’ ”.
116 paul b. fenton
39
An ancient anonymous translation is to be found in ms. Neubauer 1649, copied
in Poland in 1465. It was published and printed several times from this manuscript,
for example in Kerem Hemed 2 (1836), pp. 7–61; Maimonides, Qôbez II, pp. 40–43, and
recently in R. Abraham Maimonides, Milhamôt ha-shem, pp. 81–98. A second transla-
tion was made in the East in the sixteenth century by Abraham Ibn Migash (See A.
Harkavy, Hadashim gam yeshanim 10 (1896), p. 87) and a third, in the same century, in
the Maghreb by Vidal Sarfati of Fez in the introduction to his commentary on the
Midrash rabba, Imrey yôsher, Warsaw, 1874.
40
See E. Hurwitz, Ma amar al ’ôdôt derashôt Hazal , Joshua Finkel Memorial Volume, New
York, 1974, pp. 139–168. To the fragments discovered by the latter scholar, can be added
the following two Genizah fragments we have identified: Westminster College, Arabica
II.39 and AIU, Paris IIA 1, which originally belonged to the same manuscript.
41
Guide, Introduction, ed. Qâfih, p. 9.
42
Rosenblatt, I, p. 31.
43
See his letter to Ibn Gâbir in Maimonides, Epistles, ed. Shilat, I, Jerusalem, 1987,
p. 409.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 117
44
Ibid., p. 264. See also pp. 261 and 266.
45
Ibid., p. 247.
118 paul b. fenton
46
Kifâya, ed. Dana, p. 247.
47
Kifâya, ed. Dana, p. 70. Similarly, in Birkat Abraham, p. 21, no 13, he recognizes
that a certain reading may have escaped his father’s notice, and in his Responsa, §64,
p. 69, he bluntly accepts that Maimonides “inadvertently erred”.
48
Code, Laws of Prayer, 11, 4. Maimonides’ words are based on Tosephta Megillâh, ch. 4.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 119
In order that fear of them descend upon the assembly, in the contempla-
tion of whose faces is to be found benediction (berâkhâh) for the congrega-
tion which is conducive to an intensification of their concentration.49
Perhaps one can perceive in this recommendation an allusion to a Sufi
practice known as tawajjuh, i.e. contemplating the face of one’s shaykh, or
representing his features in one’s imagination with the aim of inducing
spiritual inspiration.50
Despite this inner meaning, Abraham, together with his companion
Abraham he-hasîd, abolished this practice:
I am among those who erred in this respect earlier in my life51 until God
opened my eyes and I relinquished this practice [. . .]. on this account I
am of the opinion that all the congregants, elders and non-elders alike,
should face the ark, and I and Rabbi Abraham the pious both conducted
ourselves accordingly.52
Sometimes it appears that Abraham is following his father when in fact
he goes off on a completely different tangent. A first example is taken
from their respective commentaries on Abôth 5: 8: “Ten miracles were
wrought in the Temple [. . .] though the people stood closely pressed
together, they found ample space to prostrate themselves”.
Maimonides comments:
In the Temple courtyard they stood opposite each other and at the
moment of prostration they were not pressed nor did they push each
other on account of the feelings of great reverence in this place.53
On the one hand, the Nagîd adopts Maimonides’ explanation which
neutralizes the supernatural element in the Mishnâh account. However,
49
Kifâya, p. 96.
50
On this practice see J. Spencer Trimingham, The Sufi Orders in Islam, London, 1973,
pp. 213–214. Incidentally, a similar exercise, which in our opinion is borrowed from
Sufi techniques, is later to be found amongst the Kabbalists and their successors the
Besht Hasidim. See David Ibn Zimra, Responsa, III, no 910; Moses Cordovero (ob. 1570),
’Ôr yaqar, VIII, p. 263 (on Zohar II, fol. 123b), IX, p. 179; idem, Shi‘ûr qôma chap. 85,
ed. Warsaw, 1883, p. 86; Abraham Azulay (ob. 1643), Hesed le-Abraham, Vilnius, 1877,
fol. 15b; Meshullam Feivish Heller (ob. 1795) of Zawierce, Derekh Emet, Zhitomir, 1855,
pp. 24–25; Nahman of Brazlav (ob. 1811), Liqqûtey Moharan, II, no 192.
51
That is in accordance with his father’s opinion.
52
On Abraham he-hasîd, see our article “Some Judaeo-Arabic fragments by Rabbi
Abraham he-hasîd, the Jewish Sufi”, JSS 26 (1981), pp. 47–72.
53
Commentary on the Mishna, Neziqin, ed. Y. Qâfih, Jerusalem, 1965, p. 496. Again,
compare Maimonides’ commentary on Abôth 1: 6, ed. Qâfih, p. 412: “Appoint yourself
a teacher” with that of the Nagîd in Kifâya [The High Ways to Perfection], ed. Rosenblatt,
II, p. 422.
120 paul b. fenton
54
Kifâyâ, ed. Dana, p. 73. See also p. 148.
55
zâhid and munqat‘i are technical terms designating degrees of abstinence in Sufi
vocabulary.
56
Cf. Rabbi Nissim b. Reuben of Gerona, Novellae on Megillâh, ed. Y. Yabrow, Jeru-
salem, 1966, fol. 3b; Ozar ha-ge ônîm megillâh, Jerusalem, 1933, p. 74; Ozar ha-ge ônim,
sanhedrin, Jerusalem, 1967, p. 143.
57
Cf. Mishneh Tôrâh, laws of Megillâh I, 8.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 121
Ethics
Abraham was more interested in the sprit of the halâkhâh rather than
its letter, and as could be expected, this spirit was enthused with the
pietist ideal. In point of fact, the Kifâya is a new interpretation of the
halâkhâh and Jewish ethics in consonance with the spirit of hasidism.
Whereas the initial chapters of the Kifâya rehearse the halakhic topics
of the Mishneh Tôrâh, albeit with a more pronounced emphasis on their
spiritual purport, the fourth and final section of the book, devoted to
58
Here in fact ends the quote from Maimonides’ commentary on Megillâh 1, 3, ed.
Qâfih, p. 345. The rest of the paragraph is actually an addition by Abraham.
59
Kifâya, ed. cit., pp. 112–113. Cf. Maimonides, Responsa, ed. J. Blau, I, Jerusalem,
1958, §123, pp. 219–220.
60
To this purpose a whole literary genre concerning the ethics of companionship
was developed in order that the hermits contribute to the elevation of the social level.
Cf. Sullami, Âdâb as-suhba, ed. M. Kister, Jerusalem, 1954, p. 80.
61
On this phenomenon, see L. Fernandes, The Evolution of a Sufi Institution in Mamluk
Egypt: the Khanqah, Berlin, 1988.
122 paul b. fenton
the “special way”, assumes the form of a Sufi manual. In other words,
in his attempt to incorporate into the halâkhâh non-legal matters, the
Nagîd was advocating the pietist way of life as an integral part of reli-
gious practice, for even in its legal parts the Kifâya invariably presents
the halakhic principles from a pietist angle. His differentiation between
the “general way” and the “special way” follows the distinction made
by Maimonides in the Mishneh Tôrâh between “worship through fear”
and “worship through love”.62
The final chapters of this section of the Kifâya (ch. 8–10) which
embrace his ethical doctrine, are devoted to what Abraham calls “special
wayfaring” (Arabic: sulûk khâss) or the “elevated paths” (Arabic: al-masâlik
ar-rafî a) whose final goal is wusûl (“attainment”) or the mystical expe-
rience.63 This concept, which constitutes the key-stone of Abraham’s
doctrine and forms the subject of the concluding section of the Kifâya,
is borrowed from Sufi technical terminology, as is the term with which
he designates the wayfarers of these “elevated paths”: as-sâlikûn. In
addition, the stages leading to this goal—sincerity of actions (ikhlâs
al-a‘mâl ), mercy (rahma), generosity (karm), gentleness (hilm), humility
(tawâdu‘ ), faith (ittikâl ), contentedness (qinâ a), abstinence (zuhd ), the war
against the self (mujâhada), the government of the faculties (dabt al-quwâ),
solitude (khalwa)—are common to the spiritual stations of the Sufi path
as presented in their manuals, such as the Risâla (epistle) of the famous
master {Abd al-Karîm al-Qushayrî written in 1080.
Besides the virtues which are extolled by the moralists (adab), such
as compassion and generosity, Abraham emphasizes two particular
virtues which occupy an important place in Sufi ethics: humility and
the struggle against the evil inclination, considering humility one of
the noble means to attain wusûl, which he calls kabôd. It is in light of
this that he understands the verse “and before honour goeth humility”
(Prov. 15: 33). Humility in the presence of God requires submission
which finds expression in the bowing, prostrations and weeping carried
out during divine worship, which Abraham, as we shall see, considered
an important component of prayer.
It is interesting that he offers two definitions of zealousness the first of
which appertains to the realm of ethics, i.e. that a person give reflection
62
Laws of repentance, ch. 10.
63
On this notion, see our article “New light on R. Abraham Maimonides’ Doctrine
of Mystical Experience”, Daat 50 (2003), pp. 107–119 (in Hebrew).
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 123
64
Rosenblatt, II, p. 313.
65
Ibid., p. 316.
66
Ibid., p. 366.
67
Ibid., p. 413.
68
See our article “The Maimonidean School of Exegesis in the East”, in M. Saebo
(ed.), Hebrew Bible/Old Testament: the History of its Interpretation, Göttingen, 2000, pp.
433–455.
124 paul b. fenton
We also see the Sufis of Islam proceed in (this) war (against the self ) to
the combating of sleep, and perhaps that (practice) is derived from the
statement of David: “I will not give sleep to mine eyes, nor slumber to
mine eyelids” (Ps. 132: 4)69
Then he continues:
Observe then these wonderful traditions and sigh with regret over how
they have been transferred from us and made their appearance among
someone else than our nation, and been hidden among us, about situations
like which they have said, in explanation of: “But if ye will not hear it,
my soul shall weep in secret for your pride” ( Jer. 13: 17). What is meant
by “for your pride”? Because of the pride of Israel that was taken away
from them and given to the nations of the world (TB Hagîgâh 5b).70
Consequently, he is far removed from the reserve his father expressed
about asceticism and mortification in his commentary on Abôt:
However, that which some of the pious enacted at certain times when
they would lean towards one extreme, such as in the case of fasting,
combating sleep at night, abstaining from the consumption of meat
and drinking of wine, sexual continence and the donning of wool and
sackcloth, sojourning in the mountains, and practicing solitary retreats
in the wilderness.71 They did none of this except as a manner of healing
[. . .]. But when the fools observed these pietists carrying out these acts,
they did not understand their intention, and believed that that was right
and they adopted these acts thinking that they would imitate them. They
would mortify themselves with all sorts of sufferings believing that they had
already reached attainment and were acting rightly, and that through this
they would draw nigh to the Lord, as if God was the enemy of the body
and desired its loss and destruction. They are unaware that these acts are
wrong and that, on their account, man contracts spiritual vices.72
Control of sleep and the passions, together with contemplation and
the evocation of Divine names are performed in particular during
69
Rosenblatt, p. 323.
70
Ibid., p. 323.
71
Maimonides is undoubtedly referring here to Sufis or Jewish-Sufis who wore
garments of wool, a characteristic of the Sufis whose denomination is said to derive
from sûf (“wool”) i.e. the woollen garments they would wear as a sign of asceticism.
See following note.
72
Maimonides, Commentary on the Mishnâh, Introduction to Abôth, ch. 4, ed. Qâfih,
p. 382. He goes on to say: “If those individuals who imitate certain sects (Sufis?),
whereas they belong to our nation (for my words refer only to them), claim that by
physical mortification and refraining from pleasures, they are only trying to master their
physical impulses . . .”. See also the article by H. Kreisel. “Asceticism in the Thought of
R. Bahya Ibn Paquda and Maimonides”, Daat 21 (1988), pp. 5–22.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 125
73
Guide III, 51, ed. Qâfih, p. 677.
74
Rosenblatt, II, p. 382. Also his definition of seclusion was that current in Sufi
literature: “clearing the heart and the mind of everything except God, and of their
being filled with and inhabited by Him” (ibid.).
75
Ibid., p. 418.
126 paul b. fenton
Even though from a structural point of view the Kifâya, as has been
stated, is based on the model of the Mishneh Tôrâh,76 its halakhic and
ethical content betray a very definite shift in emphasis. It is intriguing
to ask whether Abraham was conscious of his change in approach. Did
he do this intentionally or did he honestly believe that he was express-
ing the same views as his father?
It is possible to ask another more general question. In view of
Abraham’s utter dedication to his father’s legacy, why in so short a
space of time after the composition of the Code—a mere thirty years
after its diffusion—did he see fit to compose a similar work? In light
of his elevated status as Nagîd, communal leader and jurist, it is abso-
lutely understandable that he should have indulged in the writing of
responsa. One can also comprehend his writing of a commentary on the
Torah, which can be viewed as a completion of his father’s writings.
It is harder to explain his embarking on the composition of the Kifâya.
However, the answer to this question is the key to the understanding
of Abraham’s aim and purpose.
In his stimulating article “The Soteriology of R. Abraham Maimiuni”,
G. Cohen attempted to reply to this question by emphasizing the pietistic
perspective underlying his work, in which his propensity for Sufi mysti-
cism is so pronounced.77 According to Cohen, Abraham was trying to
popularize this form of hasidism by integrating it within a complete
and coherent system. Furthermore, by advocating a programme of
strict adherence to halâkhâh, he was also aiming at restraining certain
antinomian tendencies amongst the pietists, some of whom were over-
enthusiastic in their appreciation of Sufism.78 While pointing out the
more popular character of the Kifâya in relation to the elitist style of the
Guide, Cohen describes Abraham’s literary enterprise as an attempt to
confer “intellectual respectability” upon the code of Jewish-Sufi ethics
that he was desirous to propagate.
Although Cohen’s intuition is basically correct, certain points require
elucidation. It is necessary to recall that, far from representing an
antinomian safety-valve, Sufism constituted for Jews in pre-Kabbalistic
times a concrete spiritual model to be emulated. This does not mean,
76
See the reconstruction of its contents in our article quoted supra, n. 34.
77
G. Cohen, “The Soteriology of Abraham Maimuni”, Studies in the Variety of Rab-
binic Cultures, Philadelphia, 1991, pp. 209–242.
78
Ibid., p. 215.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 127
79
On this personality see P. Fenton, “R. Hananel b. Shemuel ha-Dayyan, Elder of
the Pietists”, Tarbiz 55 (1985), pp. 107–177 [Hebrew].
80
See M.A. Friedman, “Argument for the sake of Heaven—remarks on the polemics
regarding prayer by R. Abraham, son of Maimonides”, Teudah 10 (1996), pp. 245–298
[Hebrew].
128 paul b. fenton
81
See H. Shussman, “The Muslim Sources of Kitâb Kifâyat al-‘âbidîn”, Tarbiz 55
(1986), pp. 156–229 [Hebrew].
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 129
82
Maimonides, Introduction to Abôt (supra, n. 66), pp. 379–384.
83
J. Guttmann, Philosophies of Judaism, New York, 1973, pp. 219–220.
130 paul b. fenton
84
See supra n. 66.
85
Guide III, 20, ed. Qâfih, p. 525 and III, 51, ed. Qâfih, pp. 672–685. See also
A. Reines, “Maimonides’ Concepts of Providence and Theodicy”, HUCA XLIII (1972),
pp. 169–206. esp. p. 191.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 131
what the scientists understand and are highly esteemed by them and God,
exalted be He, has (also) enabled them to understand by means of His
law what the scholars and philosophers do not understand, and He has
established for them, by means of His signs and miracles, the proof for
what the latter deny apropos His knowledge, exalted be He, of particulars
and His regard for the conditions of men and His personal providence
for every individual person according to his desert in His presence, just
as He provides for every individual species among the species of nature,
according to the decision of His wisdom and of His will [. . .] and so
they adhere firmly to this principle and set it up vis-à-vis their eyes, and
they are not diverted therefrom by either the observation of (such) sci-
ence, as the science of the philosophy of Aristotle and his followers, or
worldly occupation.86
Again in his Treatise on the Interpretation of Midrash, Abraham adopts an
ambivalent attitude towards Aristotle, which cuts both ways:
Likewise, we are not to question Aristotle saying: “Indeed, he is the
supreme authority of the philosophers, who established truthful proofs
of the existence of the Creator and similar true concepts for which he
supplied proof, and which he verified. However, we are not to dismiss
him saying that (since) he saw truth in the eternity of the world, and in
the denial of God’s knowledge of the particulars, and similar notions,
we are to conclude that just as he erred in respect of these principles of
the faith, likewise he erred in all his statements.”87
Moreover, this reserve towards philosophy already existed in the time
of Maimonides and within his court. A first-hand testimony of great
interest has recently been found to be that of Hananxel b. Samuel, who
was not only a judge in the Cairo rabbinical court, but also Abraham’s
father-in-law. Most familiar with the Master, Hananxel was probably the
first expositor of Maimonides’ writings since he penned a commentary
on the Book of Precepts in which he expressed his differences with the
“Great Eagle” of the Synagogue. The following extract, which may
derive from the aforesaid book, deals with the legitimacy of the study of
philosophy. Hanan’el unhesitatingly adopts a negative attitude towards
philosophy and reviles its study lest the insufficiently prepared student
be caught in the net of heresy. Its pursuit should be reserved exclusively
86
Rosenblatt II, p. 133.
87
Abraham Maimonides, Treatise on the Interpretation of Midrash, in: Milhamôt ha-shem,
ed. R. Margaliot, Jerusalem, 1953, p. 86. It is noteworthy that al-Ghazalî, too, in his
rebuttal of the philosophers, Tahâfut al-falâsifa, points particularly to their errors con-
cerning the eternity of the world (refutation 1) and the denial of God’s knowledge of
the particulars (refutation 13).
132 paul b. fenton
88
P. Fenton, “A Re-discovered Description of Maimonides by a Contemporary”,
Maimonidean Studies 6 (2008), p. 280.
89
The astounding parallels between Ibn al-Mâshita’s strictures and those that were
later raised in the West beg the question whether his book may have been known
there.
90
P. Fenton, “Daniel Ibn al-Mâshita’s Taqwîm al-adyân: new light on the Oriental
phase of the Maimonidean controversy”, in: J. Blau and S.C. Reif (eds), Genizah Research
after Ninety Years, Cambridge, 1992, pp. 74–81.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 133
91
Daniel Ibn al-Mâshita, Taqwîm al-adyân, St.-Petersburg, ms. II Firkovitch I. 3132,
fol. 76b–77a.
134 paul b. fenton
92
An obvious pun on the title of Maimonides’ Guide.
93
Perhaps a reference to further reactions against Maimonides.
94
P. Fenton, “Criticism of Maimonides in a Pietist Text from the Genizah”, Ginzey
Qedem 1 (2005), pp. 158–160 (in Hebrew).
95
A pun on his namesake’s—the biblical Joseph’s—descent down to Egypt.
96
ha-Môreh, which also means the “teacher”.
97
hôkhmôt, but he probably means philosophy.
maimonides—father and son: continuity and change 135
who go down unto Egypt for help” (Is. 31: 1). And I returned to my land
shamefaced, the journey to and fro having taken five months.98
The above is to be seen in the wake of the general decline of philoso-
phy in the lands of the East since the end of the Fatimid period and
its recoiling before the rising wave of Sufi mysticism, which disputed
philosophy’s claim to true knowledge.
Finally, we wish to say a word about the great interest of these texts
and the light that they throw on the anti-philosophical stance taken by
Maimonides’ close associates and descendants. It opens up a vista onto
the intellectual isolation of Maimonides in relation to his milieu, helping
us in turn to understand from another viewpoint his words in the epistle
addressed to Jonathan ha-Kohen and the community of Lunel:
My colleagues at this difficult time, you and those that reside in your
region are the only ones that hold aloft the banner of Moses. While you
study the Talmud, you also cultivate the other sciences, whereas here in
the East, men of wisdom diminish and disappear. Thus salvation will
only come to us through you.99
Bibliography
Manuscript
Daniel Ibn al-Mâshita, Taqwîm al-adyân, St. Petersburg, ms. II Firkovitch I. 3132.
Printed Works
Aaron b. Jacob of Lunel, ’Orhôt hayyim, Jerusalem, 1956.
Abrabanel, Commentary on Maimonides, Guide for the Perplexed, Berlin, 1925 [see
infra].
al-Ashqar, Moses, Responsa, Venice, 1554.
al-Naqâwa, Efrayim, Sha ar kebôd ha-shem, Tunis, 1902.
Allony, N., “Mi-shirat Sefarad [Andalusian poetry]”, §8 “A wedding poem in honor of
R. Abraham”, Sinai 55 (1964), pp. 248–250 [Hebrew].
Ashkenazi, Bezalel, Shittâh mequbbezet, Baba mezi‘a, Warsaw, 1901.
Azulay, Abraham, Hesed le-Abraham, Vilnius, 1877.
Beit-Aryé, M. and R. May, Catalogue of Hebrew Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library,
Addenda, Oxford, 1994.
98
Sefer ha-mussar in Eliezer Ashkenazi, Ta‘am zeqenim, Frankfurt a. M., 1854, p. 49.
99
Maimonides, Epistles, ed. Y. Shilat, vol. II, Jerusalem, 1987, p. 559.
136 paul b. fenton
Mordechai A. Friedman
1
Goitein, Med. Soc. See the bibliographical abbreviations at the end of the article.
This study was prepared with the assistance of the Joseph and Ceil Mazer Chair in
Jewish Culture in Muslim Lands and Cairo Geniza Studies, Tel-Aviv University.
2
Rosenthal, “Discussion”. On the intellectual interchanges between the various
groups in medieval Islamic society, see, e.g., several studies by Joel Kraemer and recently,
Kraemer, “Intellectual Portrait”; Sklare, Ben ofni (esp. pp. 99–141).
140 mordechai a. friedman
3
See Ibn al-Qif ī, Ta rī , pp. 317–9; Ibn Abī Usaybi a, Uyūn, p. 582; Margoliouth,
“Legend”, pp. 539 ff. See Wensinck, “Tarāwī ” for this type of prayer.
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 141
were subsequently allowed by him and his son to revert to their former
religion. From the Geniza we know that Yemenite Jews, who accepted
Islam rather than execution in 1199, were permitted to openly espouse
Judaism in 1202.4
Much of the Epistle of Consolation, composed in Fez in 1159/60 by
Maimonides’ father, the judge Maymūn, was devoted to the predica-
ment of Jews, who had lived ostensibly as Muslims for years and may
have no longer been familiar with the Jewish liturgy.5 Maimonides in
his Epistle on Apostasy, written a few years later, also discusses the prayers
of Jews who had been coerced to ostensibly accept Islam. An anony-
mous Jewish scholar had asserted that any Jew, who recited the shahāda
(“There is no God but Allah, and Muhammad is God’s messenger”) and
thereby proclaimed his acceptance of Muhammad’s prophecy, became
a non Jew, and the prayer that he recited according to Jewish ritual in
the privacy of his home was considered an abomination. Maimonides
rejected this position. While categorically denying Muhammad’s pro-
phecy, Maimonides acknowledged Islam’s absolute monotheism. He
ruled that were a Jew’s life threatened, he was permitted to recite the
shahāda and feign acceptance of Islam. Were he compelled to pray in
the mosque and later recited the Jewish prayers in his home, they were
accepted by God.6
After he settled in Egypt, Maimonides promulgated several enactments
which modified accepted Jewish practice.7 All of these were intended
to remedy domestic problems or judicial and procedural irregularities
associated with the community leadership, with the noted exception of
one enactment that concerned prayer. In Jewish congregational prayer,
the central part of the liturgy, the amīdā, that is the prayer said while
standing, is recited by all the congregants in silent devotion and then
repeated aloud in its entirety by the prayer leader. The repetition was
originally intended for the benefit of congregants who were unfamiliar
4
For Ibn al- Attār and al-Yazīrī see Abumalham, “Conversión”. On Egypt, see
Lev, “Persecutions”. Cf. Friedmann, Tolerance, pp. 144–145; Ahmad, “Conversion”.
The return to Judaism of Yemenite Jews is the subject of TS 28.11; see the annotated
translation in Goitein, Letters, pp. 216–20 (cf. Cohen, Crescent, p. 176). A new edition of
this text is found in Friedman, Maimonides, pp. 167–178; Maimonides’ alleged apostasy
is discussed ibid., pp. 31–37. Also see Kraemer, “Intellectual Portrait”, p. 17.
5
See the discussion by Ben-Sasson, “Prayer”.
6
See the discussion in Friedman, Maimonides, pp. 27–29.
7
For a review of Maimonides’ enactments, see Friedman, “Social Realities”, id.,
“Maimonides and Zū ā.”
142 mordechai a. friedman
with the prayers and unable to recite them on their own. By the twelfth
century it had by and large become superfluous. Maimonides instructed
that (on the Sabbath and Holidays) the amīdā be recited only once, by
the entire congregation together with the prayer leader. He explained
that the enactment was necessitated by the deplorable behavior of the
congregants during the reader’s repetition, a situation which, I fear,
may not be totally unfamiliar today.
When the prayer leader recites the prayer aloud, whoever has already
prayed and fulfilled his obligation turns to conversation or senseless jabber
(hadhayān) and turns his face away from the qibla (the direction of prayer)
and expectorates and blows his nose . . . . And when the congregation does
not recite the silent prayer at all but all pray together with the prayer
leader . . ., the desecration of God’s name is eliminated, because (presently)
what the Gentiles (= Muslims) see is the Jews expectorating and blowing
their noses and talking during prayer.8
Concerning prohibitions in the Torah we say, “It is a time to act for
the Lord, violate Your teaching!”9 How much more so does this apply to
the order of prayer! This (ruling) removes the desecration of God’s name,
for they (the Muslims) are of the opinion that for us prayer is jesting and
jeering (la b wa-huz ).10
Maimonides thus attests that Muslims openly observed the prayer service
in the synagogue. In his opinion, they held it in ridicule; and this was
the primary cause for his radical enactment, an admitted “violation of
Your teaching.” In his superb study Islamic Influence on the Jewish Worship,
Naphtali Wieder elucidates the background of the Muslims’ ridicule and
Maimonides’ response: the sharp contrast between the Jewish service
and the Islamic one, the latter characterized by perfect decorum and
military-like discipline.11
As for expectorating and blowing the nose during prayer, in his
legal code the Mishne Torah, Maimonides rules that before reciting
the amīdā one should cleanse his mouth and nose from mucus. The
Talmud decries expectorating and sneezing during prayer but does
not prescribe the preparations, which Maimonides requires. It seems
reasonable to assume that he was influenced by Islamic practice, since
8
Maimonides, Responsa, II, 479–484 (no. 258); Shailat, Letters, II, pp. 565–570.
9
Psalms 119:126 as interpreted in Berakhot 63a.
10
Maimonides, Responsa, II, 469–476 (no. 256), cf. p. 548 (no. 291); Shailat, Letters,
II, 579–587.
11
Wieder, Influence, pp. 26 ff.; cf. Blidstein, Prayer, pp. 169 ff. (and on Wieder,
p. 292, n. 88).
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 143
the sunna (Islamic tradition) recommends clearing the nose and washing
the mouth prior to prayer.12
Maimonides remained unbending is his rejection of Islam as a
divinely revealed religion and of Muhammad as a prophet. He took
up the theme in several of his writings, especially in his Epistle to Yemen.
The latter was written in response to a missive by Jacob b. Nethanel
b. Fayyūmī, who described a Messianic pretender in Yemen and the
forced conversion of Yemenite Jews. Furthermore, the Jews there
harbored doubts as to the superiority of Judaism to Islam, which
were reinforced by biblical proof texts in support of Islam cited by an
apostate. Maimonides repudiated all of the apostate’s arguments from
the Bible. I call attention to one example because of the remarkable
distinction concerning it between Maimonides and his son. The apostate
had claimed that the revelation of Islam was promised in Gen. 21:13,
where Abraham is assured of God’s blessing for Ishmael: “As for the
son of the slave-woman, I will make a nation of him, too, for he is
your seed.” Maimonides explained that the verse contained nothing
but the blessing of progeny.
The master’s interpretation of the verse not only corresponds with
its simple meaning but also is completely consistent with the predictable
approach of the leading Jewish authority in the polemic between Juda-
ism and Islam. Remarkably, his son Abraham Maimuni’s interpretation
of the verse was diametrically opposed. According to him, Gen. 21:13
indeed foretold the revelation of Islam, after the religion of Israel would
enter a period of darkness! The apostate had claimed that Islam sup-
planted Judaism, and Maimonides that the Torah was eternal and Islam
a fabrication of falsehoods. Abraham Maimuni, contrariwise, argued
that elements of the true religion of Israel had been lost; Judaism could
be returned to its pristine state only by reintroducing those essentials
that, by divine grace, had been preserved in Islam.13
Following his father’s demise in December 1204, Abraham Maimuni,
then eighteen years old, moved to assume the position of Head of
the Jews in Egypt, and by 1213 he assumed the title Nagid. As with
12
See Maimonides, Mishne Torah, Tefilla 4:10, 11 (ed. N.L. Rabinowitz, Jerusalem
1984, pp. 211 ff.); Berakhot 24a–b; cf. Blidstein, Prayer, pp. 98–99. The subject is
briefly discussed by Abraham Maimuni; see Kifāya (Dana), pp. 62, 72 (the manuscript
breaks off after the beginning of the latter passage); Wieder, Influence, pp. 17–18. On
the sunna, see Shorter EI, p. 635.
13
See Maimonides, EY, pp. 40–42; Wiesenberg, Perush, pp. 42–45; cf. Friedman,
Maimonides, p. 100.
144 mordechai a. friedman
14
See the discussion of these events in Friedman, “Controversy”, pp. 267 ff.
15
See Friedman, “Opposition”, pp. 74–76, 89–90 (600 years); Fleischer, Prayer, pp.
219–29. Cf. Friedman, “Controversy”, pp. 251 ff.
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 145
goal was to compel them and their cantors to alter their rites. Was
this permitted “in the days of Islam, may Allah make them eternal?”
Another version of this query was identified by Goitein and published
by Paul Fenton.16
The following is a translation of large sections of the Judeo-Arabic
text of a letter addressed to a Jewish physician with close contacts in
the sultan’s court. It evidently relates to approximately the same period
as the 1211 manifesto, and because of the references to Mordecai and
Esther, heroes of the Purim festival, it too may have been written in
the month of Adar. The letter deals explicitly with the attempt of an
ambitious leader of the community—whom I identify as Abraham
Maimuni—to prohibit the recitation during the synagogue service of
piyyutim, that is, liturgical poems. Like other authorities, both Mai-
monides and his son opposed the recitation of these poems because
of certain legal technicalities, primarily because they disturbed one’s
concentration during prayer.
Through your efforts the resolutions of the past shall be strengthened and
by virtue of your grand nobility the affairs of Torah affirmed. Concern-
ing these they (the opponents of our ancient rites) have said: “They have
fallen; their rites have been obliterated; the founders erred; the ancestors
were mistaken and stumbled.” . . . The words of those who promulgated
the rites—may God’s mercy be on all of them!—shall be validated, the
ancestors’ teachings upheld by those who obey them, and the affairs shall
be set in order—in your life—after they have been ruined, and may their
integrity be proclaimed!
Our master is aware of what has occurred concerning the prayers and
the rites. Those people (the opponents) were not satisfied with our exile
and the poverty and degradation we suffered among the nations of the
world, as long as it was possible for us to congregate in the synagogues for
reciting qedusha and qadish! Because of our abundant sins, once we were
spared the wickedness of the Gentiles, He sent the wickedness of he who
craves power and rivalry. In former times the Rayyis (Head) sought to
enhance the embellishment of the creed, on the festivals by (introducing)
liturgical qerovot poems and on Sabbaths liturgical poems for the evening
service and other piyyutim during the prayers. This matter is famous in
all the lands. We have responsa from our savants stating that it is permis-
sible, and there is nothing wrong with it. Those now in power intend to
curtail what the ancients established and repudiate the virtuous men of
16
Gottheil, “Gleanings”; Goitein, Med. Soc., II, 406, 615, n. 14; Fenton, “Prayers”,
pp. 17–21 (the latter document, TS Ar. 41.105, is reedited by Khan, Documents, pp.
291–2; also cf. Friedman, “Controversy”, p. 272).
146 mordechai a. friedman
piety. They demand that we embrace their opinions, accept their rulings
and abandon our beliefs. He even pressures us to repudiate ourselves
and abase our forefathers, to say: “Our fathers inherited utter delusions,
things that are futile and worthless” ( Jeremiah 16:19). . . .
House of Israel, if you see that as a result of much bribery we have
been delivered a deathblow and have been slaughtered, know that over
the teaching of our fathers and forefathers and prophets we have been
slaughtered. Esther, despite her royalty and good fortune, followed the
sense of honor of the saint (al-sayyid ) Mordecai. She took courage from
it, as the verse says, “I shall go to the king, though it is contrary to the
law” (Esther 4:16).17
It is well known that they (the opponents) are God-fearing (only) because
of money and large numbers—for design, not for the divine (li- illa lā
li-llāh). All of them have become judges and cantors and administrators
of the pious foundations. . . . With the assistance of the Exalted Creator,
we have procured fatwas from the Muslim jurisconsults that confirm that
he (the Head) may not compel us to alter anything. We are in the worst
possible trouble. May God, the Exalted, dispel it! We already sought to
have a royal decree of the sultan executed, but they did not accept it from
us.18 We have informed his eminence (the addressee) of our situation. We
have betaken ourselves to God, the Exalted, and to you, that you might
act in our behalf, according to your well-known efforts and your sense of
honor as a descendent of Levi, of blessed memory, and your association
with the sultan and his distinguished courtiers. May God, the Exalted,
by His glory and sublimity increase His graciousness on you! May there
be fulfilled in you “And you will find favor and approbation in the eyes
of God and man” (Proverbs 3:4). We ask assistance of the Creator, the
Exalted, and of your felicitous sublimity. Shalom.19
Definitive information on the outcome of the dispute between Abraham
Maimuni and the followers of the ancestral liturgical rites is found in
a passage from his magnum opus Kitāb kifāyat al- ābidin (in brief, the
Kifāya), “the Complete Guide for God’s Worshippers.” The passage was
first published in the 1860s and has been frequently cited since then,
but due to the elusive style of the Judeo-Arabic text, portions of it, I
believe, have not been translated properly.
You should know that the customs of the exiles in their prayers and Torah
reading contain various categories of corruption, comprising the games
played by leaders, who intend thereby the ceremonies of headship, and
the innovations of cantors of little or no learning. The correct and the
17
The addressee is likewise urged to appeal to the sultan.
18
The translation of the last phrase is tentative.
19
This document, TS 8 J 21.12, is edited in Friedman, “Protest”.
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 147
corrupt are commingled, as are the required and the undesirable, the
laudable and its opposite. Learned, pious20 and religious people have
refrained from censuring them for reasons that we cannot verify, either
because they were powerless to censure or because that which others
understand was not clear to them—and this does not detract from their
merit—or for other reasons. . . .
We see with our own eyes in this city in which we reside, Fustat, two
well-known synagogues. One is called “the Iraqis.” Its custom in prayer
and Torah reading is like the custom of all the exiles. The second is called
“the Palestinians (Shāmiyīn).” Its custom is different from any other. In this
one they read the annual lection; in the other the triennial lection. They
stand for qedusha in this and sit in the other; and there are differences
in many other particulars. My father and master—may the memory of
the pious be a blessing!—used to censure this,21 but the most evil of evil
men and other(s)22 silenced him. Another scholar would cry out and seek
assistance, but to no avail.
We are the ones (viz., I am the one) who united the custom of the
two congregations at the beginning of our leadership. And we hope that
our reward for the merits we accumulated thereby balance whatever loss
we incurred by not applying ourselves to religious perfection and pursuit
of esoteric acts.23
Other savants cooperated with Abraham Maimuni in the orthodox
prayer revisions, foremost among them R. Joseph Rosh ha-Seder, an
immigrant from Iraq. In detailed responsa he repudiated the legitimacy
of the Palestinian synagogue traditions that differed from the Babylonian
ones. The combined efforts of Abraham Maimuni and R. Joseph Rosh
ha-Seder mark the closing of the final chapter in the proud history of
the Palestinian ritual and signal the obliteration of the last remnant
of the autonomous legal tradition of the Talmud Yerushalmi.24 In the
passage cited above, Abraham Maimuni explicitly defined his actions
in unifying the prayer customs of the two synagogues as bringing to
successful fruition his father Maimonides’ earlier steps, which had been
20
Arabic dayyinīn (cf. Friedman, Maimonides, p. 166, n. 118), rather than dayyānīn,
“judges”.
21
A faint allusion to Maimonides’ disapproval of the triennial cycle is found in
Mishne Torah, “Tefillā” 13:1. See Friedman, “Controversy”, p. 260.
22
“The most evil of evil men” translates shar al-ashrār. This is probably a derogatory
pun on the Hebrew title sar ha-sarīm used to designate Sar Shalom ha-Levi Gaon. See
Friedman, “Controversy”, p. 260, n. 64; id., “Maimonides and Zū ā”, p. 494. “And
other(s)”, Arabic wa-ghayruh might have been copied inadvertently from the continuation.
23
Kifāya (Dana), pp. 179–180. For a detailed analysis of this passage, see Friedman,
“Controversy”, pp. 256–263.
24
The relevant responsa of R. Joseph Rosh ha-Seder are edited in Friedman,
“Opposition”.
148 mordechai a. friedman
25
This has been illuminated by Wieder, Influence and in many groundbreaking studies
by Fenton, e.g. Fenton, “Dynasty”. See also Maimon, “Limits”.
26
Kifāya (Dana).
27
Maimuni, Responsa, p. 19. The “composition” refers to the Kifāya.
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 149
28
TS Ar. 51.111, ed. Goitein, “Documents”; cf. Friedman, “Controversy”, p. 276.
29
TS 10 J 13.14, ed. Goitein, “Pietist Circle”.
150 mordechai a. friedman
preserved only among Sufis, the Muslim pietists and the true disciples
of Israel’s ancient prophets.30
Abraham Maimuni’s allegation that he was merely restoring ancient
Jewish practice (see above on Gen. 21:13) is epitomized in the follow-
ing passage from Ma asē Nīssīm, his response to R. Daniel ha-Bavli’s
challenges to Maimonides’ Book of Commandments. Though published in
1867, the Judeo-Arabic text had not been translated accurately, and the
purport of the passage eluded students of the Nagid’s writings.
In the little time which we may be able to utilize and free ourselves from
serving (the rulers), our coreligionists—may they be blessed!—burden
us. They demand most of it for administering their affairs. Our preoc-
cupation with them has overwhelmed us, especially since we have found
matters that had been confused and religious affairs that had become
defective, over many years and long periods. We renewed the rites and
practices as required by their former state and their order according to
the desired statutes and religious regulations, to the best of our feeble
ability. Accordingly, we can be considered as having revived them after
their death, because trace of them had vanished, moreover as having
re-created them, since knowledge of them was so far removed. But if
because of our preoccupation with this we have missed the reward for
some of the benefits of learning, we hope to be compensated by the
reward for beneficial acts.31
After Abraham Maimuni’s death in 1237, opponents of his pietistic
reforms again took steps to prevent his followers from praying accord-
ing to his teachings. This time it was the pietists who petitioned the
authorities. G. Khan recently published a Geniza manuscript that
contains a copy of their query to Muslim jurisconsults. The Nagid’s
followers write that he and sages who agreed with him
had established the practice of genuflection and prostration (rukū wa-
sujūd) and had taught that these had been part of their religion in antiq-
uity, and they had reestablished what had fallen into oblivion in their
religion. . . . When their Rayyis (Head) died, a man who was not a sage
took office. He spoke in opposition to their earlier sages, and censured
genuflection and prostration. What action should be taken with regard
to him on account of his opposition . . .?32
30
Draft: Goitein, “Defense”. Abraham Maimuni’s claim, see Wieder, Influence, pp. 70
ff. As already noted, P. Fenton has investigated the debt to Sufism owed by Abraham
Maimuni’s pietistic movement in several studies, e.g., Fenton, Deux traités, pp. 75–76.
31
Ma asē Nīssīm, p. 107; cf. Friedman, “Controversy”, pp. 265–266.
32
TS AS 182.291, ed. Khan, Documents, pp. 293–4, 9 (the translation cited here
with minor changes).
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 151
As far as I know, the jurisconsults’ reply has not been preserved, but
there is no denial that Abraham Maimuni’s pietistic prayer reforms,
epitomized by genuflection and prostration, fell into oblivion.
When did Abraham Maimuni introduce his radical innovations and
what was his rationale for doing so. Due to various considerations that
I shall not elaborate now, it can be estimated that the reforms were
promulgated ca. 1213–15, but almost certainly before 1215/6. Abraham
Maimuni himself explains the necessity for his pietistic reforms in the
following passage from his Kifāya:
Nothing is more necessary than these recommended (prayer) obligations.
“It is a time to act for the Lord, violate Your teaching” (Psalms 119:
126). . . . There is no salvation from this extended suffering in the exile
but through [seeking Him]. . . . What is the path to this? Because of our
sins, the Temple is in ruin. We are denied sacrifices . . . No attention is
paid to prayers and the like. Rather they are carried out perfunctorily
and with game playing.33
Abraham Maimuni’s assertion that his pietistic prayer reforms reinstated
the rites of worship practiced in ancient Israel cannot be dismissed
categorically. Questions of primary and secondary influences in prayer
between Judaism and Islam will continue to occupy scholars for some
time.34 Nevertheless, he subjects some of his proof texts from classical
Jewish sources to such forced interpretation, that it is difficult to avoid
the conclusion that he saw in them artful contrivance. He may have
implied as much by use of the verse “It is a time to act for the Lord,
violate Your teaching” (Psalms 119:126), on which, as we have seen,
his father Maimonides based his prayer reform.
I suggest that the urgency for promulgating the pietistic reforms was
not only the perennial need for spiritual enlightenment in the darkness
of exile. Geniza texts prove that the year in which prophecy was to be
renewed in Israel (a portent of the coming of the Messiah) announced
by Maimonides in his Epistle to Yemen was 1215/6. In anticipation of
that great event, there was a major religious revival in Yemen that
year with ancillary reforms of ancient practices. The Yemenites also
corresponded with Abraham Maimuni concerning these matters. His
33
Kifāya (Dana), p. 184.
34
Among recent studies on the history of prostration in Jewish prayer mention
should be made of Langermann, “Devotion.”
152 mordechai a. friedman
Bibliographical Abbreviations
35
See Friedman, Maimonides, pp. 50 ff., 187 ff.
36
See Friedman, “Controversy”, pp. 248–249.
37
See Kifāya (Dana), pp. 70–71. The subject of this paper will be elaborated in a
comprehensive study now in preparation on Abraham Maimuni’s prayer reforms.
abraham maimuni’s prayer reforms 153
Ahmad, “Conversion” = S.B. Ahmad, “Conversion from Islam”, in: Essays in Honor of
Bernard Lewis: The Islamic World from Classical Times to Modern Times (ed. C.E. Bosworth
et al.), Princeton 1988, pp. 3–25.
Ma asē Nīssīm = Abraham Maimuni, Ma asē Nīssīm (ed. B. Goldberg), Paris 1867.
Ben-Sasson, “Prayer” = M. Ben-Sasson, “The Prayer of Forced Converts” [Hebrew],
in: Sanctity of Life and Martyrdom, Studies in Memory of Amir Yekutiel (ed. I.M. Gafni &
A. Ravitzky), Jerusalem 1992, pp. 153–166.
Blidstein, Prayer = G. Blidstein, Prayer in Maimonidean Halakha [Hebrew], Jerusalem
1994.
Cohen, Crescent = M.R. Cohen, Under Crescent and Cross, Princeton 1994.
Fenton, Deux traités = P. Fenton, Deux traités de mystique juive, Paris 1987.
Fenton, “Dynasty” = P.B. Fenton, “Abraham Maimonides (1186–1237): Founding a
Mystical Dynasty”, in: M. Idel & M. Ostrow (eds.), Jewish Mystical Leaders and Leader-
ship in the 13th Century, Northvale, N.J. & Jerusalem 1998, pp. 127–154.
Fenton, “Prayers” = P.B. Fenton (Yenon), “From the Geniza: Prayers for the Authori-
ties” [Hebrew], East and Maghreb, IV (1983), 7–21.
Fleischer, Prayer = E. Fleischer, Eretz-Israel Prayer and Prayer Rituals as Portrayed in the Geniza
Documents [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1988.
Friedman, “Controversy” = M.A. Friedman, “ ‘A Controversy for the Sake of Heaven’:
Studies in the Liturgical Polemics of Abraham Maimonides and his Contemporaries”
[Hebrew], Te uda, X (1996), 245–298.
Friedman, “Dispute” = M.A. Friedman, “A Dispute between a Yemenite Divine and
R. Abraham Maimuni Concerning the Marriage Payment and the Authority of
Tradition” [Hebrew], Te uda, XIV (1998), 139–192.
Friedman, Maimonides = M.A. Friedman, Maimonides, the Yemenite Messiah and Apostasy
[Hebrew], Jerusalem 2002.
Friedman, “Maimonides and Zū ā” = M.A. Friedman, “Maimonides, Zū ā and the
Muqaddams: A Story of Three Bans” [Hebrew], Zion, 70 (2005), 473–527.
Friedman, “Opposition” = M.A. Friedman, “Opposition to Palestinian Prayer and
Prayer Rituals as Portrayed in Responsa found in the Geniza (from the Responsa of
R. Joseph Rosh ha-Seder” [Hebrew], in: Knesset Ezra: Literature and Life in the Synagogue,
Studies Presented to Ezra Fleischer, Jerusalem 1994, pp. 69–102.
Friedman, “Protest” = M.A. Friedman, “A Bitter Protest about Elimination of Piyyutim
from the Service: A Request to Appeal to the Sultan” [Hebrew], Pe amim, 78 (1999),
128–147.
Friedman, “Social Realities” = M.A. Friedman, “Social Realities in Egypt and Mai-
monides’ Rulings on Family Law”, in: N. Rakover (ed.), Maimonides as Codifier of
Jewish Law, Jerusalem 1987, pp. 225–236.
Friedmann, Tolerance = Y. Friedmann, Tolerance and Conversion in Islam, Cambridge
2003.
Goitein, “Defense” = S.D. Goitein, “A Treatise in Defense of the Pietists by Abraham
Maimonides”, Journal of Jewish Studies, XVI (1965), 105–114.
Goitein, “Documents” = S.D. Goitein, “New Documents from the Cairo Geniza”,
Homenaje a Millás Vallicrosa, I, Barcelona 1954, 707–20.
Goitein, Letters = S.D. Goitein, Letters of Medieval Jewish Traders, Princeton 1973.
Goitein, Med. Soc. = S.D. Goitein, A Mediterranean Society: The Jewish Communities of the
Arab World as Portrayed in the Documents of the Cairo Geniza, I–VI, Berkeley—Los Angeles
London, 1967–1993.
Goitein, “Pietist Circle” = S.D. Goitein, “Documents on Abraham Maimonides and
his Pietist Circle” [Hebrew], Tarbiz, XXXIII (1963), 181–197.
Gottheil, “Gleanings” = R. Gottheil, “Some Genizah Gleanings”, Mélanges Hartwig
Derenbourg, Paris 1909, pp. 83–101.
Ibn Abī Usaybi a, Uyūn = Ibn Abī Usaybi a, Uyūn al-Anbā fī Tabaqāt al-Atibbā , Beirut
1965.
154 mordechai a. friedman
Ibn al-Qif ī, Ta rī = Ibn al-Qif ī, Ta rī al- ukamā (ed. J. Lippert), Leipzig 1903.
Khan, Documents = G. Khan, Arabic Legal and Administrative Documents in the Cambridge
Genizah Collection, Cambridge 1993.
Kifāya (Dana) = Rabbi Abraham ben Moshe Maimon, Sefer ha-Maspik le Ovdey Hashem,
Kitāb al- Ābidīn (Part II, Vol. II, ed. N. Dana), Ramat-Gan 1989.
Kraemer, “Intellectual Portrait” = J.L. Kraemer, “Moses Maimonides: An Intellectual
Portrait”, in: K. Seeskin (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Maimonides, Cambridge
2005, pp. 10–57.
Langermann, “Devotion” = Y.T. Langermann, “From Private Devotion to Communal
Prayer: New Light on Abraham Maimonides’ Synagogue Reforms”, Ginzei Qedem,
I (2005), 31*–49*.
Lev, “Persecutions” = Y. Lev, “Persecutions and Conversion to Islam in Eleventh-
Century Egypt”, Asian and African Studies, XXII (1988), pp. 73–91.
Maimon, “Limits” = D. Maimon, “Rabbinical Judaism and Islamic Mysticism: the
Limits of a Relationship” [Hebrew], Akdamot, 7 (1999), 9–30; 8 (1999), 43–72.
Maimuni, Responsa = Abraham Maimuni, Responsa (ed. A.H. Freimann and S.D. Goit-
ein), Jerusalem 1937.
Maimonides, Responsa = R. Moses b. Maimon, Responsa (ed. J. Blau), I–IV, Jerusalem
1957–86.
Maimonides, EY = Moses Maimonides’ Epistle to Yemen (ed. A.S. Halkin), New York
1952.
Margoliouth, “Legend” = D.S. Margoliouth, “The Legend of the Apostacy of Mai-
monides”, JQR, XIII (1901), pp. 539–541.
Rosenthal, “Discussion” = F. Rosenthal, “Maimonides and a Discussion of Muslim
Speculative Theology”, in: Jewish Tradition in the Diaspora—Studies in Memory of Professor
Walter J. Fischel (ed. M.M. Caspi), Berkeley 1981, pp. 109–112.
Shailat, Letters = I. Shailat, Letters and Essays of Moses Maimonides [Hebrew], Jerusalem
1988.
Shorter EI = Shorter Encyclopaedia of Islam (ed. H.A.R. Gibb and J.H. Kramers), Ithaca
1965.
Sklare, Ben ofni = D.E. Sklare, Samuel Ben ofni Gaon and His Cultural World, Leiden
1996.
TS = Taylor-Schechter Collection, Cambridge University Library.
Wensinck, “Tarāwī ” = A.J. Wensinck, “Tarāwī ”, EI 2, X, 221b.
Wieder, Influence = N. Wieder, Islamic Influence on the Jewish Worship [Hebrew], Oxford
1947 (reprinted in Wieder, The Formation of Jewish Liturgy in the East and the West
[Hebrew], II, Jerusalem 1998, 659–755).
Wiesenberg, Perush = Perush Rabbenu Avraham ben Harambam (ed. E.J. Wiesenberg),
London.
SHAR AL-DALĀLA: A COMMENTARY TO MAIMONIDES’
GUIDE FROM FOURTEENTH-CENTURY YEMEN
Y. Tzvi Langermann
1
Mention should be made of two small publications, each presenting a portion of
the same Yemeni gloss to the Dalāla found in MS Berlin, Or. Oct. 258 [= Steinschneider
108], that appeared early in the twentieth century: I. Horn, Ein anonymer arabischer
Commentar aus dem XV Jahrhundert zu Maimonides’ Dalât al-Hâirin (Breslau, 1907), and
M. Zobel, Ein anonymer arabischer Commentar (Breslau, 1910). The present author identi-
fied a fuller version of this gloss in the margins to MS London, British Library Or.
1423; see Y. Tzvi Langermann, “The India Office Manuscript of Maimonides’ Guide:
The Earliest Complete Copy in the Judaeo-Arabic Original”, British Library Journal 21
(1995), 66–70, on p. 68.
2
Yehuda Ratzaby, Yemenite Jewish Literature (Kiryat Ono, 1995), pp. 23–28 [Hebrew];
Y. Tzvi Langermann, Yemenite Midrash: Philosophical Commentaries on the Torah (New York,
1996), pp. 269–70; idem, “Saving the Soul by Knowing the Soul: A Medieval Yemeni
Interpretation of Song of Songs”, Journal of Jewish Thought and Philosophy 12 (2003),
147–166.
156 y. tzvi langermann
The long version is found in two copies, the second of which is very
late:
There are two main differences between the short and long versions: (1)
The short version covers only the first two parts of the Guide, whereas
the long version addresses part three as well. (2) For some but not all
of the glosses, the long version exhibits substantial accretions. In a few
cases there are significant revisions as well. It should be pointed out,
however, that none of the versions offer comments to all of the chapters
of the Guide. On the other hand, Shar al-Dalāla contains some short
essays inserted into the commentary, usually relating to topics discussed
in the Guide but set aside from the commentary proper.
The selections that we have chosen for discussion here are for the
most part drawn from the long version, utilizing the one early manu-
script, YLN 150. (For occasional references to the short version, we
shall make use of MS Kafih.) We shall not systematically compare the
different versions, with one exception, namely the passages containing
Zekharyah’s different remarks concerning Abū āmid al-Ghazālī. Their
shar` al-dalqla 157
3
Moses Maimonides, The Guide of the Perplexed, translated by Shlomo Pines (Chicago
and London, 1963), p. 3.
4
Kafih 270a; YLN 150, 348a.
158 y. tzvi langermann
5
Kafih, 271a.
6
YLN 150, 348a.
shar` al-dalqla 159
“Joseph” as a tag for the ideal reader of the Guide. Indeed, Zekharya’s
commentary records the express opinion that the “Rabbi Joseph”, the
addressee of the epistle dedicatory, is a fictional character—“verbal stuff-
ing” ( pi umei miltha) introduced by Maimonides, so it appears, solely in
order to engage the reader’s attention.7 However, even with our present,
not insubstantial knowledge of the historical Ibn Sham ūn, I am not
sure that their interpretation is mistaken. Maimonides does give some
hint of disappointment with his disciple; he certainly did not live up
to his promise to let Joseph be the first to see the sections of the Guide
as they were released for circulation.8
7
Kafih, 271 a; YLN 150, 348a; the phrase is used by Maimonides in his commentary
to the Mishnah Bekhorot, chapter 10.
8
I follow here the interpretation given by D.Z. Baneth to some surviving correspon-
dence between Maimonides and Ibn Sham ūn (cf. Maimonides, Iggerot ha-Rambam, 2nd
edition, Jerusalem 1985, 26ff.); others have interpreted the documents differently, or
even questioned their authenticity. See the very recent discussion in Joseph Yahalom,
“‘Sayeth Tuviyyah ben Ziddkiyya’: The Maqama of Joseph ben Simeon in honor of
Maimonides”, Tarbiz 66 (1997), 543–577 [Hebrew], at pp. 551–2.
160 y. tzvi langermann
Know that the prophetic parables are of two kinds. In some of these
parables each word has a meaning, while in others the parable as a whole
indicates the whole of the intended meaning. In such a parable very
many words are to be found, not every one of which adds something to
the intended meaning. They serve rather to embellish the parable and
to render it more coherent or to conceal further the intended meaning;
hence the speech proceeds in such a way as to accord with everything
required by the parable’s external meaning. Understand this well.9
If there is no cause to examine every turn of phrase in Proverbs, then,
one can safely assume, there is no justification for doing so with regard
to rabbinic aggada. However, this is precisely what Zekharya does to
some phrases within Shir haShirim Rabba 1.8, which Maimonides cites,
and which read as follows:
To what were the words of the Torah to be compared before the advent
of Solomon? To a well the waters of which are at a great depth and
cool, yet no man could drink of them. Now what did one clever man
do? He joined cord with cord and rope with rope and drew them up
and drank. Thus did Solomon say one parable after another and speak
one word after another until he understood the meaning of the words
of the Torah . . . Our rabbis say: A man who loses a sela or a pearl in his
house can find the pearl by lighting a taper worth an issar. In the same
way this parable in itself is worth nothing, but by means of it you can
understand the words of the Torah.10
The point is clear enough: one must make use of simple, even inane
parables and stories in order to clarify the sacred writ. The rabbis
themselves said, “the parable is nothing at all.” Maimonides cites this
aggada in order to justify the efforts of the rabbis to get across the cor-
rect interpretation of scripture by means of fantastic stories. The story
must be taken as an indivisible whole that has a single point to make,
which is its only message; one should not err in trying to find hidden
meanings in the details of the narrative. In brief, Maimonides cites this
midrash as a key prooftext for his own claim that the rabbis themselves
saw in aggada nothing but a useful pedagogic tool. Zekharya offers
brief notes to the entire passage, commenting both upon the aggada
and upon Maimonides’ remarks. He writes:
Cord. A hint (ishāra) at demonstration (burhān). He expressed it by means
of ‘rope’ on account of its strength. Rope. Argument ( ujja). Dispositions,
9
Guide, trans. Pines, p. 12.
10
Ibid., 11.
shar` al-dalqla 161
Rewriting Chapters
11
MS YLN 150, 350b.
12
See Guide, trans. Pines, pp. 13–14.
13
Kafih, 275b; YLN 150, 355a. There are no differences between the two versions.
162 y. tzvi langermann
bodily organ, lev signifies four additional things, which are, in Arabic:
fikra (thought), ray (opinion), irāda (will), and aql (intellect). All five of
these meanings are called asmā , the plural of ism, “name” or “term”.
Thus all are primary senses of the Hebrew word. Each primary sense
can be extended by means of a figurative interpretation (isti āra). Mai-
monides illustrates both the primary and extended meanings by means
of biblical quotations.
The figurative extension of the first sense (the bodily organ called
the heart) is “middle”. Maimonides suggests no figurative meanings for
the next two senses. The last two meanings—will and intellect—are
the most important for Maimonides; the real point of this chapter is to
flesh them out. Both irāda and aql are applied in their primary sense
to God; but the very application of human traits or faculties to God
makes the usage figurative rather than literal. God has no qualities, but,
as the situation dictates, human qualities may be applied figuratively to
Him. Maimonides summarizes: “It is in this sense—I mean that indica-
tive of the intellect—that the term is applied figuratively to God in all
the passages in question, save certain exceptional ones where it is used
sometimes to indicate the will. Every passage should be understood
according to its context.”14
Zekharya presents the matter differently. He lists only one primary
sense for lev, namely, intellect. He ignores even the most common
meaning, that is, heart. More precisely, he states that “this [word, i.e.
lev] is one of terms used for the intellect (hādha min asmā ’l- aql).” This
sense is extended by six figurative applications, which are presented
as three pairs: will and providence (al-irāda wa-l- ināya), powers and
purpose (al-quwa wa-l-ghara ), and supremacy and capability (al-ghalaba
wa-l-isti ā a). One may safely say that Zekharya was not unaware of the
biological sense of lev; nor would he necessarily argue with the other
senses of the word listed by Maimonides in the Guide, such as opinion
and thought. Rather, as it seems to me, Zekharya simply chose to begin
where Maimonides leaves off. He skips over preliminaries that appear
to him (and his readership, one must suppose) superfluous in order to
take up the meaning that holds the most interest. That, of course, is
aql, intellect, the cardinal concept of Yemeni philosophy. If not pre-
cisely identical with God, aql is certainly the most important element
in the conception of the deity. Intellect is the closest analogue within
14
Guide, trans. Pines, p. 89.
shar` al-dalqla 163
15
Kafih, 275b; YLN 150, 355a–b. The two versions are again identical.
16
Langermann, “Saving the Soul”, 161–2.
164 y. tzvi langermann
At least one work by a Jewish writer from the Yemen, Natanel ben
Fayyumi’s Bustān ’l- Uqūl, quotes liberally from the Quran for explicitly
polemical purposes. He is, as far as I know, the only Yemeni-Jewish
writer to acknowledge the Qur an as his source.17 I rather doubt that
Jews as a rule studied the Qur an; after all, this is forbidden to non-
Muslims.18 It seems likely, however, that they absorbed Qur anic phrases,
including entire verses, from personal contacts with Muslim scholars
as well as from their study of Islamic texts. This should come as no
surprise, given that all facets of Islamicate culture are suffused with the
language and spirituality of the Qur an. Thus verses or phrases from
the Quran, which figure so prominently in Arabic literature, found their
way into Yemeni-Jewish texts, either as anonymous wisdom sayings,
much like Zekharya’s apothegm concerning rū , or as purely literary
turns of phrase.
We conclude this section with two additional examples of Qur anic
citations, both drawn from the same text, one of a set of three published
by Rabbi Yosef Kafih.19 The first is al-rāsikhūn fī ’l- ilm (“those steeped
[or: firmly rooted] in knowledge”, which appears twice in the Qur an,
most famously in Sūrat Āl Imran (3:7).20 Not surprisingly, the anonymous
Yemeni author applies the phrase to the biblical Moses.21
The second citation adduces Deuteronomy 30:2–3 together with
Qur an 21:104 as prooftexts for an emanationist doctrine, namely,
that all creation issues from the First Intellect, to which it eventually
reverts.22 The pairing of the two verses on an equal footing is indeed
striking. There is also an interesting variant to the Qur anic verse, if it
is not a copyist’s error. Instead of displaying nu īduhu wa dan ilaynā, “so
shall we return to it, we take it upon ourselves as a promise (wa d)”,
17
I cite from the revised edition by Rabbi Yosef Kafih included in the volume
Ma ashavah we-Musar (Kiryat Ono, 1984), chapter six, esp. pp. 110–115.
18
My late mentor, Rabbi Yosef Kafih, knew the Qur an quite well. He once showed
me the copy that he brought with him from the Yemen, adding that he had had to
hide it—not from his grandfather, Rabbi Yihye, who had no objection to his reading
it, but from his Muslim associates, who would not have tolerated a Jew handling the
Qur an.
19
Yosef Kafih, “Three Philosophical Treatises by a Yemeni Jew”, Sefunot 16 (1980),
83–189, reprinted in idem, Ketavim [= Collected Papers], ed. Y. Tobi, vol. 1 ( Jerusalem,
1989), 213–319; our page references are to the latter publication.
20
See, e.g., Helmut Gätje, The Qur ān and its Exegesis (Oxford, 1996), p. 57.
21
Ketavim, p. 272.
22
Ibid., 276.
shar` al-dalqla 165
the Judaeo-Arabic text has nu īduhu wa āda ilaynā, “we shall return it,
and it will revert to us”.
Let us now turn briefly to the sources that may have been utilized
by Zekharyah in his commentary. It is not our intention here to pro-
vide a full or even partial catalogue of books and authors whom he
cites or may be presumed to have consulted. Rather, our aim is to
delineate the philosophical tradition or traditions within which he felt
most comfortable. Like most of the Yemeni-Jewish intellectuals of his
period, his philosophical posture and his approach to texts fit into the
current known today as Islamic neoplatonism. Yemeni Jews seem to
have become acquainted—and enamored—with this stream of thought
chiefly by way of treatises written or promulgated by the Ismā īlī’s. The
strong connections between Yemeni-Jewish thought and the Ismā īlī’s
are well established and I shall not pursue them here any further.23
I should, however, like to draw attention to another tradition, which
Zekhariah certainly knew of by name at least, and, so it seems, accepted
some of its views: the Ishraqi school of thought. Near the beginning
of part two of the Guide Maimonides mentions “al-māsha iyyun”, that
is, the Peripatetics. In his commentary to this passage, Zekharya asks,
“Who are the Peripatetics?” He replies, “The Perpipatetics are the
people of proof (burhān), but the Ishraqis examine by means of intu-
ition (awwal na r).” The need to mention the Ishraqi alternative when
defining the Peripatetics testifies to the inroads the former had made
23
Credit must be given to the late and still very much lamented Shlomo Pines for
establishing these connections in his study, “Nathanael b. al-Fayyumi et la théologie
ismaélienne”, Revue de l’histoire juive en Egypte 1 (1947), 5–22, reprinted in idem, Studies in
the History of Jewish Thought, edited by Warren Zev Harvey and Moshe Idel ( Jerusalem,
1997), 317–34. Note, however, that Pines voiced some uncertainty as the provenance of
the Bustān, allowing that it may have originated in Fatimid Egypt as well as the Yemen.
The current unanimous consensus is that the Bustān was written in the Yemen. For
an extensive discussion, see David Blumenthal, The Philosophic Questions and Answers of
Hoter ben Shelomo (Leiden, 1981), pp. 10–24; a few more details are supplied by Y. Tzvi
Langermann, “Cultural Contacts of the Jews of Yemen”, in A. Harrak (ed.), Contacts
between Cultures (CANAS) 33), vol. 1. West Asia and North Africa (Lewiston: Edwin Mellen
Press, 1992), 288–295.
166 y. tzvi langermann
24
Concerning intuition in Ishraqi thought, see Hossein Ziai, Knowledge and Illumination
(Atlanta, 1990); see also Y. Tzvi Langermann, “Ibn Kammūna and the ‘New Wisdom’
of the Thirteenth Century”, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 15 (2005), 277–327.
25
YLN 150, 348b–349a.
26
This talent is virtually indistinguishable from ads (intuition); see Langermann,
“New Wisdom”.
shar` al-dalqla 167
The immediate source for this essay is without a doubt Abū āmid
al-Ghazālī’s Maqā id al-Falāsifa. Zekharya’s essay is built out of word-
for-word extracts from al-Ghazālī’s, whose treatment is considerably
longer.27 A full discussion of al-Ghazālī’s account would take us off
course.28 Suffice it to note that in his very orderly presentation, al-
Ghazālī matches each of these special abilities to a specific aspect of the
soul. The ability to act upon matter depends on the substance ( jawhar)
of the prophet’s soul. Agility of thought derives from the potency of
the speculative faculty (al-quwwa al-na ariyya), while the ability to receive
communications from beyond is due to the strength of the imaginative
faculty (al-quwwa al-mutakhayyila).
The three khawā of the prophetic soul was a key topos within a
broader theory of natural prophecy that was very widely held in the
Islamic east. I call it “natural” because one of the key aims was to
show that the three chief characteristics of the prophet—the ability to
perform miracles, to arrive quickly at sound conclusions, and to receive
messages from beyond this world—are all in fact natural, human capa-
bilities, which the prophet possesses in their most extreme form. Vari-
ants of this theory are also found, inter alia, in Fakhr al-Dīn al-Rāzī’s
al-Mabā ith al-Mashriqiyya, a text known to Yemeni Jews—and in two
writings of Sa d bin Man ūr Ibn Kammūna as well.29 The presentation
in Ibn Kammūna’s Tanqī al-Ab āth is closest to that of al-Ghazālī. The
same author’s Risāla fī ’l- ikma lists them in a different order—quick-
wittedness, control over matter, and visualizing angels; the discussion
and examples also differ from al-Ghazālī. Fakhr al-Dīn also changes
the order and the presentation.
27
See the end of the section on natural science (al-tabī iyyāt), in Maqāsid al-Falāsifa,
ed. Muhammad Sabrī Kurdī, second printing (Cairo, 1936), part 3, pp. 71–76.
28
Al-Ghazālī presents here of course his own recapitulation of Ibn Sīnā’s opinion,
not all of which he will ultimately reject. See Frank Griffel, “Al-Ghazālī’s Concept of
Prophecy: The Introduction of Avicennian Psychology into Aš arite Theology”, Arabic
Sciences and Philosophy 14 (2004), 101–144, especially pp. 114–115, and also note 46 for
additional bibliography on Ibn Sīnā.
29
Al-Mabāhith al-Mashriqiyya, ed. Muhammad al-Baghdādī, Beirut, 1990, vol. 2,
p. 556; Ibn Kammūna, Tanqīh al-Abhāth, edited by Moshe Perlmann under the title
Examination of the Inquiries into the Three Faiths (Berkeley, 1967), p. 3 (cf. Perlmann’s
annotated English translation, Ibn Kammūna’s Examination of the Three Faiths. A Thirteenth
Century Essay in Comparative Study of Religion, Berkeley-Los Angeles, 1971); Ibn Kammūna,
al-Risāla fī ’l- ikma, MS Istanbul, Ayasofya 2447, ff. 76b–77a.
168 y. tzvi langermann
30
See, e.g., M.L. West, “The Cosmology of ‘Hippocrates’, De Hebdomadibus”, Classical
Quarterly, n.s. 21 (1971), 365–88, at pp. 376–7.
shar` al-dalqla 169
31
YLN 150, 360b–361a.
170 y. tzvi langermann
In the final section of this paper we will take up the question of the
text of the Dalāla; does the Judaeo-Arabic version that serves as the
basis for Zekharya’s commentary differ in any significant way from
the textus receptus? Before answering that, we first ask, what is the textus
receptus? For the Hebrew Moreh, this is clearly the version that Samuel
Ibn Tibbon—after much effort, including some correspondence with
Maimonides himself, and even some apparently unintentional interven-
tion on his part—set before his readers.33 Whether or not Ibn Tibbon’s
translation would have received Maimonides’ full seal of approval, Ibn
Tibbon’s Moreh, rather than Maimonides’ original Dalāla, is the book
that has impacted so strongly upon Jewish thinkers ever since.34
32
Y. Tzvi Langermann, “The Debate between the Philosopher and the Mutakal-
lim”, Proceedings of the American Academy for Jewish Research 60 (1994), 189–240, esp. pp.
193–95.
33
The translations of Ibn Tibbon and others are concisely described by Hebert
A. Davidson, Moses Maimonides: The Man and his Works (Oxford, 2005), pp. 427–428;
for a more extensive discussion, see the appendix to Michael Schwartz’s new Hebrew
translation of the Guide, Moreh Nevukhim li-Rabbeinu Moshe ben Maimon, 2 vols. (Tel Aviv,
2002), vol. 2, 742–747. Warren Zev Harvey calls attention to a critical emendation
of Ibn Tibbon to Guide 2:24 in his “Maimonides’ First Commandment, Physics, and
Doubt”, in Hazon Nahum (Norman Lamm Festschrift) (New York, 1997), 155–159, on
pp. 155–156.
34
The readership of the rival translation of al-Harizi was far, far less, though some
important thinkers, such as Moses Nahmanides, may have relied upon it. There is
now only one complete copy of al-Harizi’s version extant, and this statistic accurately
reflects its minimal impact. Shem Tov ibn Falquera is perhaps the most important of
the small group of European Jews who studied the Dalāla in the original. Nonethe-
less, the awesome influence of the Moreh, the controversies and continuations, were
responses to Ibn Tibbon’s Moreh.
shar` al-dalqla 171
35
For further discussion and bibliography, see Y. Tzvi Langermann, “Supplemen-
tary List of Manuscripts and Fragments of Dalalat al-Ha irin”, Maimonidean Studies, 4
(2000), 31–37.
172 y. tzvi langermann
36
The citations from the Guide are taken from the translation of Shlomo Pines,
pp. 17–18.
37
Ibid., 18.
shar` al-dalqla 173
text, and it was then copied by other scribes. Thanks to the annotator and
the Yemeni scribes, users of the Yemeni manuscripts find Maimonides
incongruously advising readers of the Guide to be on their guard for
mistakes in his reasoning.38
In his commentary Zekharyah identifies the places in the Guide where
contradictions illustrating each of the three “causes” appear.39 To be
more precise, he does not say that he is merely offering examples. On
the face of it he may be saying that he is offering a complete list of
the contradictions; but this is not certain. The fifth and seventh causes,
loci classici for explorations into Maimonides’ supposed esotericism, will
not concern us here.
But what about the sixth “cause”? Where is Maimonides guilty of
sloppy reasoning, and admitting as much? Zekharyah glosses the variant
(which, as we have stressed, he treats as textus receptus, not a variant):
“And on account of the sixth. It is on account of “the intellect, the
intellectually cognizing subject and the intellectually cognizing object
and the premises of the philosophers.”
It is not clear at this point whether he has in mind one or two pas-
sages. “The intellect, the intellectually cognizing subject and the intel-
lectually cognizing object” is without doubt a reference to part one,
chapter 68. What about “the premises of the philosophers”? Presum-
ably this refers to the introduction to part two, where Maimonides lists
some twenty-five premises which form the basis of “philosophy”. Does
Zekharya mean to say that I, 68, contradicts one or more of the 25
premises? Presumably, in line with the definition of the sixth “cause”,
this contradiction would become apparent only after some chain of
reasoning starting from the premises led to a blatant contradiction of
the teaching of I, 68. Alternatively, the “premises of the philosophers”
may be a second example. In that case, both I, 68, and the introduc-
tory premises to part II each contain arguments which, when taken to
their final conclusions, will prove to be contradictory.
Zekharya’s glosses to the passages in question—I, 68 and the intro-
duction to part II—unfortunately are of no help. Curiously enough,
however, the late Professor Shlomo Pines, in his masterful “Translator’s
Introduction” on the sources of the Guide, called attention to some
38
Herbert A. Davidson, Moses Maimonides: The Man and his Works (Oxford, 2005),
p. 389.
39
MS YLN 150, f. 351a.
174 y. tzvi langermann
40
Guide, trans. Pines, p. xcviii.
41
See Josef Stern, “Maimonides on the Growth of Knowledge and limitations of
the Intellect”, in Tony Lévy and Roshdi Rashid, eds., Maimonide, philosophe et savant
(1138–1204) (Leuven, 2004), 143–191.
42
Ibid., 163.
shar` al-dalqla 175
Bibliography
Al-Ghazālī, Maqāsid al-Falāsifa, ed. Muhammad Sabrī Kurdī, second printing (Cairo,
1936).
Al-Rāzī, Fakhr al-Dīn, Al-Mabāhith al-Mashriqiyya, ed. Muhammad al-Baghdādī (Beirut,
1990).
Blumenthal, David, The Philosophic Questions and Answers of Hoter ben Shelomo (Leiden,
1981).
Davidson, H.A., Moses Maimonides: The Man and his Works (Oxford, 2005).
Elman, Y. and Gurock, J.S. (eds), Hazon Nahum: Studies in Jewish Law, Thought, and History
Presented to D. Norman Lamm (New York, 1997).
Gätje, Helmut, The Qur ān and its Exegesis (Oxford, 1996).
Griffel, Frank, “Al-Ghazālī’s Concept of Prophecy: The Introduction of Avicennian
Psychology into Aš arite Theology”, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 14 (2004).
Harvey, W.Z., “Maimonides’ First Commandment, Physics, and Doubt”, in Elman
and Gurock (eds), 155–159.
Horn, I., Ein anonymer arabischer Commentar aus dem XV Jahrhundert zu Maimonides’ Dalât
al-Hâirin (Breslau, 1907).
Ibn Kammūna, al-Risāla fī ’l-hikma, MS Istanbul, Ayasofya 2447.
——, Ibn Kammūna’s Examination of the Three Faiths. A Thirteenth Century Essay in Comparative
Study of Religion, trans. M. Perlmann (Berkeley-Los Angeles, 1971).
——, Tanqīh al-Abhāth, edited by Moshe Perlmann under the title Examination of the
Inquiries into the Three Faiths (Berkeley, 1967).
Kafih, Yosef, “Three Philosophical Treatises by a Yemeni Jew”, Sefunot 16 (1980),
83–189, reprinted in idem, Ketavim [= Collected Papers], ed. Y. Tobi, vol. 1 ( Jerusalem,
1989), 213–319.
Langermann, Y. Tzvi “Saving the Soul by Knowing the Soul: A Medieval Yemeni
Interpretation of Song of Songs”, Journal of Jewish Thought and Philosophy 12 (2003),
147–166.
——, Yemenite Midrash: Philosophical Commentaries on the Torah, (New York, 1996).
——, “Cultural Contacts of the Jews of Yemen”, in A. Harrak (ed.), Contacts between
Cultures (CANAS) 33), vol. 1. West Asia and North Africa (Lewiston: Edwin Mellen
Press, 1992), 288–295.
——, “Ibn Kammūna and the ‘New Wisdom’ of the Thirteenth Century”, Arabic
Sciences and Philosophy 15 (2005), 277–327.
——, “Supplementary List of Manuscripts and Fragments of Dalalat al-Ha irin”, Mai-
monidean Studies, 4 (2000), 31–37.
——, “The India Office Manuscript of Maimonides’ Guide: The Earliest Complete
Copy in the Judaeo-Arabic Original”, British Library Journal 21 (1995), 66–70.
——, “The Debate between the Philosopher and the Mutakallim”, Proceedings of the
American Academy for Jewish Research 60 (1994), 189–240.
Maimonides, Iggerot ha-Rambam, ed. D.Z. Baneth, 2nd edition ( Jerusalem, 1985).
43
I did present my theory at the meeting of Société International pour l’Etude de
la Philosophie Médiévale (SIEPM), at Porto, August, 2002, it will form one of the
chapters in the book promised at the beginning of this essay.
176 y. tzvi langermann
——, Moreh Nevukhim. Hebrew translation from the Arabic with annotations, appendices
and indices by Michael Schwartz, vols. 1–2 (Tel Aviv, 2002).
——, The Guide of the Perplexed, translated by Shlomo Pines (Chicago and London,
1963).
Pines, Shlomo, “Nathanael b. al-Fayyumi et la théologie ismaélienne”, Revue de l’histoire
juive en Egypte 1 (1947), 5–22, reprinted in Warren Zev Harvey and Moshe Idel, eds,
Studies in the History of Jewish Thought ( Jerusalem, 1997), 317–34.
Ratzaby, Yehuda, Yemenite Jewish Literature [Hebrew] (Kiryat Ono, 1995).
Stern, Josef, “Maimonides on the Growth of Knowledge and limitations of the Intel-
lect”, in Lévy, T. and R. Rashid (eds), Maimonide, philosophe et savant (1138–1204)
(Leuven, 2004).
West, M.L., “The Cosmology of ‘Hippocrates’, De Hebdomadibus”, Classical Quarterly,
21 (1971), 365–88.
Yahalom, Joseph, “ ‘Sayeth Tuviyyah ben Ziddkiyya’: The Maqama of Joseph ben
Simeon in honor of Maimonides [Hebrew]”, Tarbiz 66 (1997), 543–577.
Ziai, Hossein, Knowledge and Illumination (Atlanta, 1990).
Zobel, M., Ein anonymer arabischer Commentar (Breslau, 1910).
FROM MAIMONIDES TO SAMUEL IBN TIBBON:
INTERPRETING JUDAISM AS A
PHILOSOPHICAL RELIGION1
Carlos Fraenkel
1
For a more comprehensive treatment of the issues discussed in this article, see my
Hebrew book, From Maimonides to Samuel Ibn Tibbon: The Transformation of the Dalālat
al- ā irīn into the Moreh ha-Nevukhim, Jerusalem: The Hebrew University Magnes
Press, 2007. On Ibn Tibbon, see also also J. Robinson’s recent comprehensive study,
Philosophy and Exegesis in Samuel Ibn Tibbon’s Commentary on Ecclesiastes, doctoral disserta-
tion, Harvard University, 2002. A. Ravitzky laid the groundwork for research on Ibn
Tibbon in his doctoral dissertation, The Teachings of R. Zerahyah b. Isaac b. Shealtiel Hen
and Maimonidean-Tibbonian Philosophy in the Thirteenth Century, Jerusalem, 1978 [Hebrew],
and in a number of more recent articles, of which the most important for my pres-
ent purpose is “R. Samuel Ibn Tibbon and the Esoteric Character of the Guide of
the Perplexed,” Daat 10 (1983), pp. 19–46 [Hebrew]. Quotations from the Guide of the
Perplexed will normally follow S. Pines’ Eng. trans. (Chicago and London: University of
Chicago Press, 1963) which I will sometimes modify on the basis of the Arabic (Dalālat
al- ā irīn, ed. S. Munk and Y. Yoel, Jerusalem, 1931) or on the basis of Ibn Tibbon’s
Hebrew trans. (Moreh ha-Nevukhim, ed. Y. Even Shmuel, Jerusalem, 1987).
2
Cf. also Y. Tzvi Langermann, “A New Source for Samuel ibn Tibbon’s Translation
of the Guide of the Perplexed and his Glosses on it,” Peamim 72 (1997), p. 51 [Hebrew].
178 carlos fraenkel
3
See the account of Maimonides’ sources in S. Pines’ introduction to his English
translation of the Guide (above, no. 1), pp. lvii–cxxxiv.
4
Ed. by Y. Even Shmuel in his edition of the Guide mentioned above (no. 1), p. 11
[henceforth: PMZ ]. Compare already the comments of Ibn Tibbon’s father, Judah,
in his “Preface” to the Heb. trans. of Bahya ibn Paquda’s Duties of the Heart, ed.
A. Zifroni, Jerusalem, 1927–28, p. 2. Ibn Tibbon’s situation was similar to that of other
translators who found themselves in between two cultures, such as Cicero, Is āq b.
unayn, or Gerard of Cremona. See, for example, the remarks of Cicero, like Ibn
Tibbon a philosopher, translator, and cultural mediator, in De Natura Deorum I, 4 and
De Finibus Bonorum et Malorum I, 2–4.
5
Spinoza studied the Guide in the Venice edition (1551) of Ibn Tibbon’s translation
that included the traditional medieval commentaries. See the description of that edi-
tion in J.I. Dienstag, “Maimonides’ Guide of the Perplexed: A Bibliography of Editions
and Translations,” in R. Dan ed., Occident and Orient, Budapest and Leiden, 1988,
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 179
In Ibn Tibbon’s translation, the Guide became one of the most widely
read Jewish texts as is clear from the number of extant manuscripts
of the translation, as well as the number of commentaries written
on it.6 In a sense, Ibn Tibbon himself was the first in a long series of
commentators, for in the course of his ongoing work on the Guide he
added numerous glosses to the text.7 Through the examination of 145
manuscripts of the translation which have been collected at the Institute
of Microfilmed Hebrew Manuscripts in Jerusalem, I found about one
hundred glosses attributed to him. These glosses not only illustrate the
different aspects of Ibn Tibbon’s encounter with the Guide; they also
bear witness to the complex process of transmitting Maimonides’ work
from one cultural context to another.8 In sum, if the Dalālat al- ā irīn
was the gate through which science and philosophy were able to enter
and become an important component of Jewish culture, its transforma-
tion into the Moreh ha-Nevukhim provided the hinge without which this
gate would have remained shut.9 The role Ibn Tibbon played is well
pp. 97–98. On Spinoza as Maimonides’ last medieval disciple, see W.Z. Harvey, “A
Portrait of Spinoza as a Maimonidean,” Journal of the History of Philosophy 19 (1981),
pp. 151–172.
6
Until now, 145 manuscripts have been collected at the Institute of Microfilmed
Hebrew Manuscripts in Jerusalem. They represent about ninety percent of all extant
manuscripts. C. Sirat estimates that only about five percent of the manuscripts copied
in the Middle Ages were preserved; see her “Les manuscrits en caractères hébraïques:
Réalités d’hier et histoire d’aujourd’hui”, Scrittura e Civilita 10 (1986), pp. 239–288.
The Guide first appeared in print in 1480; on that edition and its successors, see Dien-
stag, “Editions” (above, no. 5). The Guide’s circulation far exceeded that of any other
Hebrew composition on science or philosophy; cf. G. Freudenthal, “La Réception des
Sciences gréco-arabes dans les Communautés Juives de la France Méridionale,” Revue
des études juives 152 (1993), p. 93. With regard to the commentaries on the Guide, see
M. Steinschneider’s long list, who notes that most of them explain Ibn Tibbon’s trans-
lation: “Die hebräischen Commentare zum ‘Führer’ des Maimonides,” in A. Freiman
and M. Hildesheimer, eds., Festschrift zum Siebzigsten Geburstage A. Berliners, Frankfurt
a. M., 1903, pp. 345–363. His list was supplemented by J. Dienstag, “Maimonides’
Guide of the Perplexed: A Bibliography of Commentaries and Annotations,” in Z. Falk,
ed., Gevurot ha-Romah, Jerusalem, 1987, pp. 207–237. Compare also I. Husik’s claim
that Jewish thought after the period of Maimonides “is in the nature of a commentary
on Maimonides whether avowedly or not” (A History of Mediaeval Jewish Philosophy,
Philadelphia, 1916, p. 312).
7
Cf. already Steinschneider, “Commentare” (above, no. 6), p. 347.
8
For an edition of Ibn Tibbon’s glosses, see Fraenkel, From Maimonides to Samuel ibn
Tibbon (above, no. 1).
9
I refer here only to the extent of the influence of Maimonides’ writings. Interpre-
tations of Judaism as a philosophical religion existed, of course, earlier, for example
in the work of Philo of Alexandria in Antiquity and in that of Abraham ibn Daud
in medieval Spain. But their writings, in contrast to those of Maimonides, left no
180 carlos fraenkel
significant mark on Jewish culture. On the similarities between Philo’s and Ibn Daud’s
philosophical projects and that of Maimonides, see below, no. 66.
10
Iggeret le-Rambam [Letter to Maimonides], published by S.A. Wertheimer in Ginze
Yerushalayim, vol. 1, Jerusalem, 1896, p. 34.
11
I am referring to the principal stations in the development of the Western tradi-
tion; there are, of course, additional chapters in Latin, Syriac, and Persian.
12
The cultural renewal in southern France—or “Provence,” as the region was called
in the Middle Ages—had already begun in the time of Samuel ibn Tibbon’s father,
Judah ibn Tibbon, to whom Samuel refers as “the father of the translators” in his
Preface to the Guide’s translation (119). On the developments in southern France and
their causes, see I. Twersky, Rabad of Posquières, Cambridge, MA, 1962, pp. 19–29; id.,
“Aspects of Social and Cultural History of Provencal Jewry,” Journal of World History 11
(1968), pp. 185–207; M.H. Vicaire and B. Blumenkranz, Juifs et Judaisme de Languedoc,
Toulouse, 1977; B. Septimus, Hispano-Jewish Culture in Transition, Cambridge MA, 1982;
B. Benedict, The Torah Center in Provence, Jerusalem, 1985 [Hebrew]; Freudenthal, “La
Réception” (above, no. 6); Robinson, Commentary on Ecclesiastes (above, no. 1), chapter
1. It should be noted that before the dissemination of the Guide, the efforts were quite
limited and focused on disseminating religious thought of the sort translated by Judah
Ibn Tibbon; cf. Freudenthal, “La Réception” (above, no. 6), p. 43.
13
Cf. D. Gutas’ account of the rise of the “ideology of rationalism” during the
ninth century, in his Greek Thought, Arabic Culture: The Graeco-Arabic Translation Movement
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 181
in Baghdad and Early Abbasid Society (2nd–4th/8th–10th centuries), London and New York:
Routledge, 1998, pp. 95–104.
14
On the part played by Maimonides’ teachings in forming Jewish interest in phi-
losophy and science during the thirteenth century, see Pines, “Introduction” (above,
no. 3), p. cxx; S. Harvey, “Did Maimonides’ Letter to Samuel Ibn Tibbon Determine
Which Philosophers Would Be Studied by Later Jewish Thinkers?”, Jewish Quarterly
Review 83 (1992), p. 67; and, especially, Freudenthal, “La Réception” (above, no. 6),
pp. 107–113. On the works that were translated, see below, no. 48. With regard to the
term “intellectual revolution,” cf. F. van Steenberghen, The Philosophical Movement in the
Thirteenth Century, Edinburgh: Nelson, 1955, who describes the reception of Aristotelian
philosophy in the Christian world as “the Thirteenth-Century Revolution” (p. 28).
15
See my paper “Beyond the Faithful Disciple: Samuel ibn Tibbon’s Criticism of
Maimonides,” in Maimonides after 800 Years: Essays on Maimonides and His Influence, ed.
J. Harris, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2007, 33–63.
182 carlos fraenkel
him to be a thinker in his own right, not only the disciple of Maimo-
nides and the mediator of his work.
16
Because of space constraints, I cannot discuss here Maimonides’ interpretation
of Judaism as a philosophical religion in detail. I elaborate on this notion more sys-
tematically in chapter 2.2 of Fraenkel, From Maimonides to Samuel ibn Tibbon (above, no.
1). I do not use the word “religion” in this context as meaning something different
from philosophy. I mean philosophy itself as a way of life the purpose of which is
sometimes described as the “imitation of God [ὁµοίωσις θε&ῶ].” See, e.g., Plato, Tht.
176a–177a; Rp. VI, 500c–d, X, 613a–b; Phd. 80e–84b. See also Diotima’s speech on
“desire [ἔρως]” and “philosophy” as motive forces leading a human being to ascend
from the human level to the divine (Smp. 201d–212c).
17
Already Pines, “Introduction” (above, no. 3), cxx, emphasized the importance
of Maimonides’ claim that the prophets were philosophers for understanding the
exegetical project of the Guide. Since in Pines’ view this claim is not supported by any
evidence whatsoever, he suggested that it should be seen as “a ‘noble’ fiction in the
Platonic sense of the word,” whose dissemination and acceptance made it possible for
Aristotelian philosophy to become an important component of Jewish culture in the
period after Maimonides.
18
A tradition that originated in Greek Antiquity with Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle;
see below, no. 20.
19
A tradition that found its first expression in Hellenistic Jewish thought; see below,
no. 66.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 183
20
See the definition of “divine Law” in Guide II, 40: “If [. . .] you find a Law all of
whose ordinances are due to attention being paid, as was stated before, to the sound-
ness [ ]צלאחof the circumstances pertaining to the body and also to the soundness
[ ]צלאחof belief—a Law that takes pains to inculcate correct opinions with regard
to God, may He be exalted in the first place, and with regard to the angels, and that
desires to make man wise, to give him understanding, and to awaken his attention,
so that he should know the whole of that which exists in its true form—you must
know that this guidance comes from Him, may He be exalted, and that this Law
is divine” (Eng. 384 / Heb. 339 / Ar. 271). Cf. also the account of Moses’ Law as
divine Law in Guide III, 27–28. On the connection between these chapters, see W.Z.
Harvey, “Between Political Philosophy and Halakhah in Maimonides’ Thought,” Iyyun
29 (1980), pp. 198–212 [Hebrew]. On the important distinction between “welfare” or
“soundness” (both translating the Arabic “ )”צלאחwith respect to body and soul and
their “perfection []כמאל,” see L. Kaplan, “ ‘I Sleep But My Heart Waketh’: Maimo-
nides’ Conception of Human Perfection,” in I. Robinson, L. Kaplan, J. Bauer, eds.,
The Thought of Moses Maimonides—Philosophical and Legal Studies, Lewiston, Queenston,
and Lampeter: The Edwin Mellen Press, 1990, pp. 130–166, esp. no. 20. The first to
point out the connection between Maimonides’ concept of the prophet and Plato’s
founder of the ideal state was L. Strauss, Philosophie und Gesetz: Beiträge zum Verständnis
Maimunis und seiner Vorläufer, Berlin: Schocken Verlag, 1935, pp. 87–122; see esp. p. 113.
Strauss was also the first to examine the Muslim sources that influenced Maimonides’
political theory. My intention here is not to provide a comprehensive historical analysis,
however, but to very briefly sketch how Maimonides may be said to have adopted the
philosophical-political project of the Greek philosophers, and to have made use of it
in interpreting Judaism as a philosophical religion. In my view it is possible to char-
acterize Plato’s and Aristotle’s political philosophy as an attempt to clarify the condi-
tions that must be fulfilled to attain what Maimonides calls the “ultimate perfection.”
The aim of Plato’s best state is to lead the citizens to virtue, in particular to “justice
[δικαισύνη]” through which “happiness” and “imitation of God” are achieved (on
justice and happiness, see Rp. IX, 576c–588a; on justice and imitation of God, see Rp.
X, 613a–613b). To be just means that each of the three faculties of the soul performs
the task appropriate for it (see Rp. IV, 435b–441c). Since “the intellectual faculty [τὸ
λογιστικὸν]” is the soul’s highest faculty, its task is to govern the lower faculties, as
well as to carry out its natural activity, that is, the apprehension of what exists (Rp. IX,
582c). In this apprehension, according to Plato, the most sublime pleasure is found (Rp.
IX, 584d–586c). For Plato (as later for Maimonides), clearly not all citizens have the
ability to attain the perfection of a philosophical life. It is accessible only to a select
few, who advance from level to level in the best state’s educational program (see Rp.
VI, 502c–VII, 541b; cf. the preconditions that must be met by philosophers: Rp. VI,
485b–487a). In Rp. (and to a considerable degree in Plt. as well), the formation of the
best state and the preservation of its structure depend on the philosopher-king (Rp.
V, 473c–473d). He shapes and governs the state in accordance with his apprehension
184 carlos fraenkel
It is important to note that while the Mosaic Law leads to the “wel-
fare of the soul” in form of correct opinions, it does not teach those
opinions by means of demonstrations, but conveys them in form of
beliefs accepted on the basis of tradition. In Maimonides’ view, such
of the eternal, unchanging, and immaterial forms of the virtues, such as the form of
justice (Rp. VI, 500b–502a) and, ultimately, in accordance with his apprehension of
the principle that grounds both existence and cognition: “the idea of the good [ἰδέα
τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ].” This apprehension is the goal of the philosopher’s education described
in books VI–VIII. In Lg., by contrast, the political order is shaped by laws enacted
by a legislator who received them from God. From Lg. IV, 713a it is possible to infer
that God is intellect, and from 713e–714a, that the laws are an expression of intel-
lect. The purpose of the laws is to lead the state’s citizens to acquire all virtues and
perfections, both human and divine. The attainment of the human perfections, such
as health and wealth, is not an end in itself, but rather a means for the attainment of
the divine perfections. The highest end is the attainment of “intellect [which is the
perfection] that rules over all other things [τὸν ἡγεµόνα νοῦν σύµπαντα]” (Lg. I, 631d).
It is clear that Maimonides’ concept of the Mosaic Law is close to the concept of the
laws in Plato’s state, and it is worth noting in this connection that Avicenna describes
Plato’s book on “the laws [ ”]اﻟﻨﻮاﻣﻴﺲas one dealing with “prophecy and Law [ابﻟﻨﺒﻮة
( ”]واﻟﴩﯾﻌﺔFī Aqsām al- Ulūm al- Aqliyya [On the Division of the Rational Sciences]
in Tis Rasā il fī al- ikma wa-al- abī āt; cf. Strauss, Philosophie und Gesetz, p. 113). Also
Aristotle’s ethical and political doctrines can be interpreted in light of the concept of
the best state, whose purpose is to lead the citizens to virtue, and, thereby, to happi-
ness (note that my claim is, of course, not that this is the only possible interpretation
of Aristotle’s position; my purpose here is only to outline a reading that allows to see
the aspects of Aristotle’s practical philosophy that reappear in Maimonides’ thought).
According to NE I, 1 the art that examines the highest good is the “art of government”
and its task is to shape the state’s structure and the laws that determine the actions
of its citizens in a way that facilitates its attainment. The highest good is “happiness,”
defined as the activity of the soul, according to its essential virtue, and in case there is
more than one, according to the most perfect (NE I, 6). The importance of the laws
in guiding the citizens toward the virtues is emphasized as well in NE X, 10, and in
Pol. VII–VIII, where Aristotle presents his version of the best state. According to NE
X, 7–8, wisdom is the most perfect virtue, i.e., the activity of the divine element in the
human soul, to which the life of contemplation is devoted. From this it appears possible
to infer that the purpose of the ruler and legislator should be to guide the citizens to
the philosophical life and, in a sense, to the imitation of God. Indeed, in EE VIII,
3, God is explicitly declared to be the goal, whose attainment is the purpose of what
“wisdom commands [ἡ φρόνησις ἐπιτάττει]” (1249 b15). A choice is considered good
to the extent it contributes to the “contemplation of God,” and it is considered bad
to the extent it constitutes an obstacle to “the service and contemplation of God [τὸν
θεὸν θεραπεύειν καὶ θεωρεῖν]” (1249 b18–21). Nevertheless, an important difference
between the Greek philosophers and Maimonides must be noted: for Maimonides, the
best state is not a subject of philosophical investigation, but, in fact, already exists in
form of the Mosaic Law and in form of the community that lives in accordance with
it (cf. Strauss, Philosophie und Gesetz, p. 117). It seems thus clear why Maimonides thinks
that when “people are governed by divine commandments ['”]באלאואמר אלאלהיה,
there is no need for books on political philosophy (Maqāla fī inā at al-Man iq [Treatise
on the Art of Logic], ed. Y. Kafih, Qiryat Ono, 1997, chapter 14).
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 185
a distinction was already made by the rabbinic sages: “The sages, may
their memory be blessed, mention likewise that man is required first to
obtain knowledge of the Torah, then to obtain wisdom [. . .] And this
should be the order observed: The opinions in question should first be
known as being received through tradition [' ;]מקבולהthen they should
be demonstrated []תברהן.” (Guide III, 54; Eng. 633–634 / Heb. 595 /
Ar. 467).21 It follows that in order to move from welfare of the soul
to perfection of the soul, a person must transform the beliefs received
through tradition into wisdom, which, according to Maimonides, is
accomplished by studying “the numerous kinds of all the theoretical
sciences.” This study is intended by the commandment to love God:
Among the things to which your attention ought to be directed is that
you should know that in regard to the correct opinions through which
the ultimate perfection may be obtained, the Law has communicated only
their end and made a call to believe in them in a summary way—that
is to believe in the existence of the deity, may He be exalted, His unity,
His knowledge, His power, His will, and His eternity. All these points are
ultimate ends, which can be made clear in detail and through definitions
only after one knows many opinions [. . .]. With regard to all the other
correct opinions concerning the whole of being—opinions that constitute
the numerous kinds of all the theoretical sciences ['אלעלום אלנט'ריה
]כלהא אנואעהאthrough which the opinions forming the ultimate end
are validated—the Law, albeit it does not make a call to direct attention
toward them in detail as it does with regard to [the opinions forming
ultimate ends], does do this in summary fashion by saying: “To love the
Lord” [Deut. 13:11]. You know how this is confirmed in the dictum
regarding love: “With all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all
thy might” [Deut. 6:5]. We have already explained in the Mishneh Torah
[cf. Yesodei ha-Torah 2:2f.] that this love becomes valid only through
the apprehension of the whole of being as it is and through the con-
sideration of His wisdom as it is manifested in it [באדראך אלוג'וד כלה
]עלי מא הו עליה ואעתבאר חכמתה פיה. (Guide III, 28; Eng. 512–513 /
Heb. 471 / Ar. 373.)22
To love God thus means to study the theoretical sciences, and Maimo-
nides describes the content of these studies as follows: “It is certainly
21
Maimonides is interpreting B.T. Shabbat 31a; cf. also the definitions of talmud and
gemara in Mishneh Torah, Book of Knowledge, Laws Concerning the Study of Torah
I, 10–12.
22
Cf. id., Laws Concerning the Foundations of the Torah I, 2 and IV, 12; Laws
of Repentance X, 6; cf. also chapter 5 of the “Eight Chapters” (Introduction to
the Commentary on Pirqe Avot, in Commentary on the Mishnah, ed. and Hebrew trans.
Y. Kafih, Jerusalem: Mosad ha-Rav Kook, 1965).
186 carlos fraenkel
the objects of these opinions and representations but not toward gras-
ping their essence as it truly is. (Guide I, 33; Eng. 70–72 / Heb. 60–61 /
Ar. 47–48.)
Since the public teaching of the theoretical sciences would cause
enormous damage to the multitude, the prophets realized the need to
conceal them. The terms which in rabbinic literature designate esoteric
doctrines, the “Account of the Beginning” and the “Account of the
Chariot,” refer, according to Maimonides, precisely to these sciences:
“the Account of the Beginning is identical with natural science [אלעלם
]אלטביעי, and the Account of the Chariot with divine science [אלעלם
( ”]אלאלאהיGuide I, Introduction; Eng. 6 / Heb. 5 / Ar. 3). This explains
the peculiar literary character of the Mosaic Law, which Maimonides,
in his well known interpretation of Proverbs 25:11, compares to “apples
of gold in settings of silver.”23 The Law’s twofold literary character in
turn reflects the two faculties of the soul that collaborate in bringing
about prophecy. The “quiddity” of prophecy, according to Maimonides,
is “an overflow overflowing from God [. . .] through the intermediation
of the Active Intellect, toward the rational faculty [']אלקוה' אלנאטקה
in the first place and thereafter toward the imaginative faculty ['אלקוה
'( ”]אלמתכ'ילהGuide II, 36; Eng. 369 / Heb. 325 / Ar. 260). The imagi-
nation of the prophet provides the “settings of silver” or the public side
of the Law facing the multitude and designed according to political
and pedagogical considerations. The rational faculty of the prophet
provides the “golden apples” or the concealed side of the Law accessible
only to the intellectual elite and designed according to “the truth as it
is [( ”]אלחק עלי חקיקתהGuide I, Introduction; Eng. 12 / Heb. 11 /
Ar. 8). As a consequence of the two sides of the words of the Law,
“the multitude [ ]אלג'מהורwill comprehend them in accord with the
capacity of their understanding and the weakness of their representa-
tion, whereas the perfect man, who already knew [אלכאמל אלד'י קד
]עלם, will comprehend them otherwise” (id.; Eng. 9 / Heb. 8 / Ar.
5). But in order to reach the perfection required for apprehending the
Law’s concealed side, it is necessary to study the theoretical sciences,
whose dissemination in public was prohibited as we have seen. Accord-
ing to Maimonides, these sciences once “have existed in our religious
community” and “were orally transmitted by a few men belonging
to the elite to a few of the same kind [כאנת מקולה' מן אחאד כ'ואץ
23
Cf. Guide I, Introduction.
188 carlos fraenkel
]לאחאד כ'ואץ,” but they “have perished because of the length of the
time that has passed, because of our being dominated by the pagan
nations, and because, as we have made clear, it is not permitted to
divulge these matters to all people” (Guide I, 71; Eng. 175–176 / Heb.
151–152 / Ar. 121). This means that, although allusions to “the truth
as it is” survived in form of the “secrets of the Torah,” the key neces-
sary for their understanding had been lost due to the circumstances
of the Diaspora. Fortunately, in Maimonides’ time, a replacement key
had become available: Greco-Arabic thought, in particular the intel-
lectual tradition of the falāsifa, which Maimonides considered to be the
closest to the truth of all intellectual traditions in the Muslim world.
Since one “must accept the truth from whoever says it [אסמע אלחק
]ממן קאלה,”24 as Maimonides emphasizes in the introduction to Eight
Chapters, he does not hesitate to direct Ibn Tibbon to the study of the
falāsifa’s works: starting with the writings of Aristotle—“whose intellect
represents the highest achievement of the human intellect [שכלו הוא
]תכלית השכל האנושיexcept for those who received God’s emanation
and became prophets”25—continuing with his Greek commentators,
Alexander of Aphrodisias and Themistius, and concluding with their
Muslim students, especially al-Fārābī, Ibn Bājja and Averroes. It matters
little in this context how perfect the wisdom of the prophets suppos-
edly was—since it is lost, the study of Aristotle and his disciples is not
only permitted; it is an obligation for every Jew who wishes to achieve
human perfection, who wishes to acquire the key to the “secrets of the
Law,” and who wishes to devote himself to what the Law prescribes
as the ultimate end: the intellectual love of God. It should be clear
by now how Maimonides’ interpretation of Judaism as a philosophi-
cal religion could become the conceptual framework that justified the
translation and the study of the philosophical and scientific works that
stood on the bookshelves of the Arabic falāsifa. It becomes apparent,
moreover, how the study of philosophy fits into the exegetical program
that Maimonides sets out to accomplish in the Guide. His addressees are
intelligent students, who have received a philosophical education based
24
Preface to “Eight Chapters” (above, no. 22), p. 155.
25
Iggerot ha-Rambam [Letters of Maimonides], ed. Y. Sheilat, Ma aleh Adumim:
Ma aliyot, 1988–89, 2 vols., p. 553 [henceforth: Letters]. This section of the letter is
not extant in Arabic. See the variant readings in the various Hebrew translations listed
by S. Harvey, “Maimonides’ Letter” (above, no. 14), p. 63, no. 34. In my translation
I used the Hebrew version of Shem Tov Falaquera.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 189
on the writings of Aristotle and his disciples, and now need instruction
for reading the Mosaic Law which allows them to discern its concealed
content. Indeed, the perplexity, from which the Guide of the Perplexed
proposes to cure its readers, stems from the inability of some among
the “perfect men” to recognize the “secrets of the Torah” and their
identity with the teachings of the philosophers. Thus, the two purposes
of the Guide, outlined in the introduction, are to explain to the perplexed
Jewish intellectual “the meanings of certain terms,” as well as “very
obscure parables occurring in the books of the prophets” (Eng. 5–6 /
Heb. 4–5 / Ar. 2). If we accept Maimonides’ premises it turns out that
he does not teach anything new in the Guide. Rather, his modest aim
is to open the eyes of the perplexed and enable them to see the agree-
ment between philosophy and the lost wisdom of the prophets. The
perplexed intellectual who “felt distressed by the externals of the Law
[' ”]ט'ואהר אלשריעהand who thought he would have to renounce “the
foundations of the Law [ ”]קואעד אלשרעif he decided to “follow his
intellect” (Eng. 5 / Heb. 4 / Ar. 2) now discovers under Maimonides’
guidance that, in fact, the exact opposite is the case: he is on the way
to attain the Law’s ultimate goal by means of his philosophical studies!
Maimonides’ exegetical program is thus presented as the recovery of
Judaism’s essence as a philosophical religion, which due to the adverse
circumstances of the Diaspora had gradually fallen into oblivion after
the rabbinic period—reaching a point when Jews were occupied only
with the Torah’s “layers of rind [ ]אלקשורand thought that beneath
them there was no core [ ]לבwhatever” (Guide I, 71; Eng. 176 / Heb.
152 / Ar. 121).
In my opinion the comprehensive effort Ibn Tibbon put into mak-
ing accessible Maimonides’ writings—by translating, interpreting, and
teaching them—should be understood in light of his aim to transform
Maimonides’ interpretation of Judaism into its authoritative interpreta-
tion.26 His presentation of Maimonides as a cultural hero,27 who rescued
the true essence of Judaism bears witness to this project. According to
Ibn Tibbon, the purpose of the Guide is “to provide guidance to the
perplexed with regard to the true meaning of the verses written in
the Torah, the Prophets, and the Writings.” In other words: the Guide
26
Cf. Ravitzky, Teachings of R. Zerahyah (above, no. 1), pp. 1–3.
27
The term was coined by B. Septimus, Hispano-Jewish Culture (above, no. 12); see,
e.g., p. 46.
190 carlos fraenkel
makes the wisdom concealed behind the biblical text, i.e., the “golden
apples” in the “settings of silver,” visible again for the perplexed. In
Ibn Tibbon’s account, the Jewish wisdom tradition began with Moses,
continued until the completion of the Talmud, and then was inter-
rupted until being restored to its past glory through Maimonides’ heroic
accomplishment: 28
The sages [. . .] of the Mishnah and the Talmud also wrote down hints
and riddles, scattered and dispersed in their midrashim, that pertain to
the subjects of wisdom and ethics. Each one [wrote] according to the
wisdom he possessed in these subjects and his ability to apply the art of
concealment. After the sages of the Talmud, however, only very few were
stirred [ ]מעט נמצא מי שהתעוררto compose a book or write a word
about these sciences; the composing of books about legal judgments and
what is forbidden and permitted was sufficient for them. Then God saw
the poverty of knowledge of his people and the amount of ignorance
concerning everything related to wisdom, and He raised up a savior
[]והקים להם גואל, a wise and understanding man, wise in crafts and
with an understanding of “whispering.” Since the days of Rav Ashi
until his own, no one was known to have risen up among our people
who was like him with regard to every aspect of wisdom. He is the true
sage, the divine philosopher, our master and teacher, Moses, the servant
of God, son of the great sage Rabbi Maimon. And the Lord stirred his
spirit [ ]והעיר השם את רוחוto write books of great nobility. He wrote
books in the field of Talmud: the Commentary on the Mishnah of Six Orders,
and another great and noble book, which he called Mishneh Torah. [. . .]
But all of this was insignificant in his eyes until he composed yet another
treatise, a priceless pearl, which he called, according to its utility, the
Guide of the Perplexed. [This utility consists in] the guidance provided to
the perplexed with regard to the true meaning of the verses written in
the Torah, the Prophets, and Writings as the aforementioned sage [i.e.,
Maimonides] explained. (20—21)
It seems clear that in Ibn Tibbon’s view Maimonides, who had attained
great respect as a halakhic authority throughout the Jewish world, was
well-suited to provide the conceptual framework required for trans-
28
Perush Qohelet [Commentary on Ecclesiastes; hereafter: PQ ], ed. and partial Eng.
trans. J. Robinson, in Commentary on Ecclesiastes (above, no. 1). I have modified the trans-
lation. On the quoted passage, see pp. 230–231, nos. 102–107. Note that Ibn Tibbon
here uses Maimonides’ own characterization of the history of Jewish thought, according
to which the wisdom tradition in Judaism was interrupted after the rabbinic period;
cf. the passage in Guide I, 71 discussed above. In the Introduction to the Mishneh Torah,
Maimonides stresses that “Ravina and Rav Ashi and their colleagues” were the “last
of the great sages of Israel,” but he does not claim in that passage that the wisdom
tradition disappeared after their generation.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 191
But Ibn Tibbon did not merely promote the framework in question.
He was also the first to make use of it. To be able to do so, he presents
himself as Maimonides’ faithful disciple: “for from his waters I drink
and make others drink [( ”]כי ממימיו אני שותה ומשקהPQ , 39), and
in several respects he can indeed be said to carry on Maimonides’
intellectual project. His shorter works are directly tied to Maimonides’
writings, and also his two comprehensive works of philosophical exe-
gesis—PQ and Ma amar Yiqqavu ha-Mayim [Treatise ‘Let the Waters Be
Gathered’]29—are not described as independent treatises. Whereas PQ
is presented as the completion of the Guide’s philosophical-exegetical
program, MYM is presented as something like an update of the Guide.
In order to understand this presentation we must first examine the
model Ibn Tibbon used for describing his relationship to Maimonides.
An account of this model is given in the introduction to PQ in form of
an interpretation of Proverbs 11:30: “the fruit of the righteous is a tree
of life; and he that takes souls is wise []ולוקח נפשות חכם:”
The meaning and interpretation of this verse are as follows: “The fruit
of the righteous” is wisdom and it is with [wisdom] that the sage [החכם,
i.e., the “wise” man of the verse] “takes souls,” that is, acquires souls
[]קונה נפשות. He said “souls” and not “[one] soul,” because [the sage]
acquires not only his own soul but the soul of everyone who gathers
and eats his “fruits,” whether from his mouth or from his books that he
composed on wisdom. The meaning of “acquiring” [in this context] is
not acquiring something from someone else and taking possession of it,
such as acquiring a garment, or a tool, or a beast [of burden], or a slave.
Rather, its meaning is to cause the “soul” to exist []המצאת הנפש, that is,
to cause it to exist in actuality by perfecting it and making it pass from
potentiality to actuality, until [the soul] becomes capable of immortality
29
Ed. M.L. Bisliches, Pressburg, 1837 [henceforth: MYM ].
192 carlos fraenkel
[]השארות. This is the soul that the “righteous” causes to exist by means
of his wisdom, which is figuratively represented by the “tree of life” [cf.
Genesis 2:9]. That is, [the sage] is the proximate cause of the [soul’s
actualized] existence. The meaning of “to take” in the phrase “he that
takes souls,” which we have explained as meaning “to acquire,” that is,
“he that acquires souls,” means “to acquire” as in the verse: “He that
acquires heaven and earth” [Gen. 14:19]. (PQ , 1–2)
The meaning of the passage is clear. The sage, by means of his wisdom,
“acquires” the souls of his disciples (i.e., those “who gather and eat
his fruits”) either through oral teaching (“from his mouth”) or through
his writings (“from his books”). “To acquire” the disciple’s soul means:
“to cause it to exist in actuality by perfecting it and making it pass
from potentiality to actuality, until it becomes capable of immortal-
ity.” The correspondence between “to acquire” and “to cause to exist”
is established on the basis of Maimonides’ interpretation of Genesis
14:19 in Guide II, 30 where he explains “to acquire” as God’s creating
the world or causing it to exist. When Ibn Tibbon speaks of the soul’s
“immortality” he refers, of course, not to the soul as a whole but to its
intellectual faculty. What the sage causes to exist in actuality by means
of his wisdom is, then, the intellect of his disciples, i.e., he actualizes
their knowledge through his teachings. A similar idea is expressed in
Guide I, 7 where Maimonides explains in which sense it is possible to
say that one’s disciple is one’s son: “whoever teaches an individual in
some matter and makes him gain an opinion has, as far as his being
provided with this opinion is concerned, as it were given birth to that
individual [( ”]פכאנה אולד ד'לך אלשכ'ץEng. 32 / Heb. 28 / Ar. 21).
In other words, the teacher is the father because he “gives birth” to
the disciple’s intellect, which is his form;30 and since it is by virtue
of the form that a human being is a human being—for without the
form, “he is not a human being but an animal having the shape and
configuration of a human being [ליס הו אנסאנא בל חיואנא עלי שכל
( ”]אלאנסאןEng. 33 / Heb. 29 / Ar. 22)—it turns out that the teacher
30
On the identification of the human form with the intellect, see, e.g., Guide I, 1;
compare the entry “Active Intellect,” in PMZ, p. 71. Although Maimonides does not
explicitly speak of the birth of the intellect in Guide I, 7, his explanation of Seth’s birth
in Adam’s “likeness and image” (cf. Genesis 5:3) makes clear that he is referring to it.
Cf. also the commentaries of Efodi and Shem-Tov ad locum, printed in the Warsaw
1872 edition of the Guide.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 193
is, in fact, in a truer sense the father than the biological father.31 It is
clear, therefore, that “to cause to exist” in Ibn Tibbon’s terminology
means the same as “giving birth” in Maimonides’ terminology. It is
interesting to note that, according to Ibn Tibbon, the sage is only the
“proximate cause” of his disciple’s soul’s immortality. This implies that
there is another cause, a “remote cause,” and that the sage’s wisdom
in some sense mediates between this remote cause and his disciples. To
understand what Ibn Tibbon means here, recall that according to the
passage in PQ , not only “the fruit of the righteous” is identified with
“wisdom,” but also “the tree of life.” Thus, “fruit of the righteous,” “tree
of life,” and “wisdom” are, in fact, three names for the same thing. In
his commentary on Ecclesiastes 1:3—“What does a man gain from all
his efforts beneath the sun”—Ibn Tibbon explains that, according to
Qohelet, nothing is to be gained from efforts directed toward what is
beneath the sun, but much is to be gained from efforts directed toward
what is above the sun:
That which the sage alluded to [in Qohelet] as being above the sun is
the root of true wisdom, called the tree of life. The root of this tree is
without doubt above the sun, for the root of this wisdom is a separate
intellect, which—according to our religious belief and according to the
opinion of all philosophers who believe in the immortality of the soul—
perfects the souls of the righteous and the completely pious until they
conjoin with it [ ]ידבקו בוand become one and the same thing. Then
[the souls] will be at a level of existence above the sun and will become
eternal. (PQ , 159)
Thus, the remote cause that brings about immortality of the soul and
eternal life is the conjunction with the separate intellect, which is the
root of the tree of life, i.e., the source of wisdom. Because the separate
intellect is eternal, and the intellect that cognizes it becomes one with
the cognized object, the cognizing intellect becomes eternal as well:
“When [the soul] conjoins with that [separate] intellect the two of them
become one, for [the soul] becomes divine, of the highest rank, [and]
31
This form which is the intellect is likewise the component of a human being
that remains after death; cf. Book of Knowledge, Laws of Repentance VIII, 3 and Laws
Concerning the Foundations of the Torah IV, 8; see also Guide I, 70 and III, 51. In this
sense, Maimonides can use the rabbinic dictum that a person owes more honor to his
teacher than to his father, for “his father brings him into the life of this world, but his
master, who teaches him wisdom, brings him into the life of the world to come.” Laws
Concerning the Study of Torah VIII, 1 (interpreting B.T. Baba Metzi a 33a; compare
Ibn Tibbon’s use of the same dictum in PQ , 8).
194 carlos fraenkel
32
Pines’ description of the divine intellect in the Guide as “the system of forms [. . .]
subsisting in the universe” fits, of course, also Ibn Tibbon’s separate intellect. Pines,
“Introduction” (above, no. 3), p. xciii.
33
Cf. G. Vajda, “An Analysis of the Ma amar yiqqawu ha-Mayim by Samuel b. Judah
Ibn Tibbon,” Journal of Jewish Studies X (1959), pp. 137–149. Referring to the passage
quoted above (MYM, p. 91), Vajda points out Averroes’ influence, to which Ibn Tib-
bon’s doctrine bears witness: “The expressions used in the passage [. . .] can only be
understood in the context of total fusion, leaving no room for the individual survival of
disincarnated souls, which is definitely an idea of Ibn Roshd’s.” On Averroes’ doctrine
of intellectual conjunction, see H.A. Davidson, Alfarabi, Avicenna, and Averroes on Intellect,
Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992, pp. 321–340, esp. p. 338. Compare Averroes’
description of the “form that comes to be” in the material intellect as “one shared by
all human beings, for the essence by which one human being cognizes the species is
the essence by which the rest of humankind cognizes them—those existing now, those
who have passed away, and those who will exist.” “Averroes’ Commentary of the De
Intellectu attributed to Alexander,” ed. H.A. Davidson, Shlomo Pines Jubilee Volume 1,
Jerusalem, 1988, p. 211; and see the account of conjunction with the active intellect,
id., pp. 214–215. Maimonides attributes a similar view to Ibn Bājja in Guide I, 74; cf.
the commentary of Shem Tov Falaquera, Moreh ha-Moreh [Guide to the Guide], ed.
Y. Schiffman, Jerusalem, 2001, pp. 207–208, who cites Averroes in this context; cf. also
Munk’s remarks in his French translation of the Guide: Le Guide des Egarés, traduction
française par S. Munk, 3 vols., Paris, 1856–1866, vol. 1, p. 434, no. 4.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 195
between the sage and his disciples. Let us now see how he applies this
model in describing his own relationship to Maimonides.
As we saw earlier, Ibn Tibbon conceives the wisdom tradition in
Judaism as a chain of transmission from sages to their disciples. This
chain begins with Moses, continues with David, Solomon, and the
prophets, and then reaches the rabbinic period. After the rabbinic
period Ibn Tibbon attributes a key role to Maimonides, described as
“the savior [. . .] stirred” by God, who rescues the wisdom concealed
in the Jewish sources after it had fallen into oblivion. God, for Ibn
Tibbon, is “called the divine intellect,” and is simply the first in the
series of “separate intellects” (PMZ, 70). We may conclude, therefore,
that the “stirring” of Maimonides’ “spirit” refers to the emanation of
wisdom from the divine intellect on to Maimonides’ intellect, who, in
turn, disseminates it by means of the “books of great nobility” which
he composed.34 The books, as we saw, are one of two ways through
which the sage conveys wisdom to his disciples, and since Ibn Tibbon
never had the opportunity to study with Maimonides face-to-face,35 he
could only partake in his wisdom by studying his writings:
Everything that I interpret [in PQ ] with respect to wisdom [ מדבר
]חכמה, I interpret only according to what was revealed to me from his
[Maimonides’] books that it is his opinion concerning these issues, for
from his waters I drink and make [others] drink [כי ממימיו אני שותה
]ומשקה. And all this comes from the “fruit of the righteous” and from
his good work which is for the sake of life and causes life continuously
and forever. For this reason, I began this Preface with this verse [i.e., “the
fruit of the righteous is a tree of life; and he that takes souls is wise;”
Proverbs 11:30]. (PQ , 39)
The “waters” of Maimonides are, of course a metaphor for his wisdom,
according to Guide I, 30 (“Similarly, they often designate knowledge
as water [ ”;]אלעלם מאאEng. 64 / Heb. 55 / Ar. 43). This wisdom is
transmitted to Ibn Tibbon by means of Maimonides’ “books,” which
are part of the “fruit of the righteous.” From the end of the passage
it is clear that Ibn Tibbon is modeling the presentation of himself as
Maimonides’ disciple on the sage-disciple relationship described earlier
34
It is plausible to assume that the divine emanation reaches Maimonides mediated
through the active intellect; cf. the definition of the “quiddity” of prophecy in Guide II,
36. It appears that Ibn Tibbon followed here the habit of the prophets, who, according
to Maimonides, sometimes fail to mention the intermediate causes (cf. Guide II, 48).
35
As is well-known, Maimonides did not encourage Ibn Tibbon to visit him in Egypt
and refused to accept him as his student; see his letter to Ibn Tibbon (Letters, p. 550).
196 carlos fraenkel
36
On God opening Ibn Tibbon’s eyes, compare PQ , 518.
37
In PQ , 453, Ibn Tibbon writes: “and the word ‘to see’ is equivocal; it can refer
to the seeing of the heart, which is knowledge, as was mentioned in Guide I, 4.” Cf.
also PQ , 597.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 197
38
On the “holy spirit,” see Guide II, 45.
39
On this work, see Y. Tzvi Langermann, “A New Collection of Texts in Medieval
Jewish Philosophy,” Qiryat Sefer 64 (1992–1993), pp. 1428–1430 [Hebrew].
40
See Guide III, 45, where Maimonides explains the reasons for the commandments
associated with the Temple: “As for the table and the bread that was always to be upon
it [cf. Ex. 25:23–30], I do not know the reason for this and I have not found up to now
something to which I might ascribe this practice” (Eng. 578 / Heb. 537 / Ar. 423).
198 carlos fraenkel
41
Published in D. Abrams, R. Asher b. David, Complete Works, Los Angeles: Cherub
Press, 1996, p. 143.
42
This developmental model has been explained in detail by A. Ravitzky; see his
“Rabbi Samuel Ibn Tibbon” (above, no. 1), pp. 36–41; cf. also Robinson, Commentary
on Ecclesiastes (above, no. 1), chapter 2.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 199
And the master, the teacher of righteousness, the great sage, the divine
philosopher and Torah scholar []הפילוסוף התוריי האלהי, our master
Moses, son of the great Rabbi Maimon, may the memory of the righ-
teous be for a blessing—when he, too, saw that only a few were left who
understand the indications [ ]הרמזיםmade by those who spoke through
the holy spirit, and the prophets, and the rabbinic sages, who had added
to the exposition of the Law’s secrets []אשר הרחיבו בסתרי התורה, he
[in turn] added to their indications an explanation, likewise by means of
indications, in many places [. . .]. And I, the young one coming after him,
saw that only very few were left who understand his indications, and even
less who understand the indications of Scripture. Moreover, I saw the
true sciences, which have become very widespread among the nations,
under whose rule I live, and in their countries, more widespread than in
the Muslim countries. [As a consequence] I became aware of the great
need to enlighten the eyes of the intellectuals [ ]להאיר עיני המשכיליםby
means of that which God, exalted be He, graciously let me know and
understand with regard to his [Maimonides’] words, and with regard to
the issues concerning which he had widened the holes in the settings of
silver [ ]הרחיב בנקבי המשכיותthat cover the apples of the parables of
the prophets, of those who speak through the holy spirit, and of the rab-
binic sages. And [I also saw the great need to enlighten the eyes of the
intellectuals] with regard to what I understand concerning the words of
the Torah, of the prophets, of those who speak through the holy spirit,
and of the rabbinic sages. I revealed, therefore, in this treatise [. . .] what
I revealed concerning [things] that nobody had revealed before, so that
we may not become a disgrace in the eyes of our neighbors, an object
of mockery and derision for those around us [. . .]. And I have put my
trust in God [. . .] and I ask Him to draw me near, and to draw near all
those who judge me favorably among the seekers of wisdom who under-
stand this treatise. And the truth that will be apprehended through [this
treatise] is the knowledge of the true God [והאמת אשר בו תושג ידיעת
]אלהי אמת. (MYM, 174–175)
In his independent treatises, therefore, and in particular in MYM, Ibn
Tibbon claims to be doing what Maimonides did in the Guide: adding
new explanations to the writings of his predecessors, widening “the
holes in the settings of silver,” and presenting the Law’s secrets in terms
suited to his cultural context. The difference between them is that a
new source had become available to Ibn Tibbon, namely the writings
of Maimonides himself. MYM thus stands in relation to the Guide as the
Guide stands in relation to rabbinic literature, which contained the most
recent exposition of the Law’s wisdom before Maimonides. Whereas
rabbinic literature was an expression of this wisdom appropriate for
the time of the Mishnah and the Talmud and the Guide its expression
appropriate for the time of Maimonides, MYM is its expression appro-
priate for the time of Ibn Tibbon. It follows that for a contemporary of
200 carlos fraenkel
Ibn Tibbon, who lived in the same cultural context, the shortest path
leading to “knowledge of the true God” was no longer the Guide, but
rather MYM. While Ibn Tibbon started out as Maimonides’ “son and
student,” toward the end of his career, he clearly saw himself ready to
become Maimonides’ successor. He thus began with the translation of
the Guide, continued with its completion, and concluded by replacing
it! From the point of view of the wisdom contained in the Guide, there
is, of course, no real distinction: as the Guide’s translator, Ibn Tibbon
transferred it from one language to another language, whereas as the
author of MYM, he transferred it from the “settings of silver” suited
to one historical-cultural context to the “settings of silver” suited to
another historical-cultural context.
43
Sefer Otot ha-Shamayim, ed. R. Fontaine, Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1995; Sheloshah Ma amarim
al ha-Devequt [the third treatise is attributed to Averroes’ son, Abdallah], Heb. trans. S.
Ibn Tibbon, ed. J. Hercz, Berlin, 1869.
44
On PQ , see Robinson, Commentary on Ecclesiastes (above, no. 1).
45
See the entry “hokhmat ha-teva [natural science]” in PMZ, pp. 50–51. The Meteo-
rology was listed as the fourth book on natural science. The relationship between the
translation of Sefer Otot ha-Shamayim and the issues discussed in MYM was elucidated by
A. Ravitzky; see his “Aristotle’s Meteorology and Maimonidean Exegesis of the Account
of Creation,” in Jerusalem Studies in Jewish Thought 9 (1990), pp. 225–250 [Hebrew].
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 201
On the relationship between the translation of Sheloshah Ma amarim and the issues dis-
cussed in PQ , see A. Ravitzky, “The Secrets of the Guide of the Perplexed: Between the
Thirteenth and the Twentieth Century,” in Jerusalem Studies in Jewish Thought 5 (1985),
p. 50 [Hebrew].
46
See his “Maimonides’ Letter” (above, no. 14), pp. 51–70.
47
This is how Ibn Tibbon characterizes the list in his translation of Maimonides’
letter to him that was published by I. Sonne, “Maimonides’ Letter to Samuel b. Tib-
bon according to an Unknown Copy found in the Archive of the Jewish Community
in Verona,” Tarbiz 10 (1939), p. 332 [Hebrew].
48
See the references to the works they translated in the index to M. Steinschneider,
Die Hebräischen Übersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als Dolmetscher, Berlin, 1893. Cf.
also the surveys in Freudenthal, “La Réception” (above, no. 6) and M. Zonta, La filosofia
antica nel Medioevo ebraico, Brescia, 1996.
49
See Ravitzky, Teachings of R. Zerahyah (above, no. 1), chapter 1, in particular p. 1.
202 carlos fraenkel
50
See Ravitzky, id., chapter 1. It is important to emphasize, however, that despite
the shared characteristics, this is not a homogenous intellectual tradition; see id., p. 3,
and the issues discussed later in Ravitzky’s book. As members of Ibn Tibbon’s circle
in the thirteenth century Ravitzky mentions Jacob Anatoli, Moses Ibn Tibbon, Moses
of Salerno, and Zerahyah ben Shealtiel Hen, documenting the impact Ibn Tibbon
had on their works; see id., pp. 22–34. At the same time, he notes that Ibn Tibbon’s
influence was not confined to this circle, citing numerous examples of his influence on
additional thinkers in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries; see id., pp. 34–40.
51
My claim, of course, is not that al-Fārābī was the only one of the Muslim falāsifa
who influenced Maimonides, but with regard to the issue under consideration, his work
was in my opinion Maimonides’ most important source. On Maimonides in the context
of the Aristotelian school in Spain, see J.L. Kraemer, “Maimonides and the Spanish
Aristotelian School,” in M.D. Meyerson and E.D. English, eds., Christians, Muslims,
and Jews in Medieval and Early Modern Spain: Interaction and Cultural Change, Notre Dame:
University of Notre Dame Press, 1999, pp. 40–68.
52
See the account attributed to him by Ibn Abī U aybi a in Uyūn al-Anbā fī abaqāt
al-A ibbā , ed. A. Müller, Königsberg, 1884, vol. II, 134–135 on “the emergence of phi-
losophy in Islam” and of his role in it. Interestingly, this account makes no reference
to al-Kindi, apparently because al-Fārābī did not consider him a true philosopher. The
extent to which the account is reliable is a matter of controversy, but for my present
purpose it suffices that it shows that al-Fārābī saw himself as initiating the re-emergence
of philosophy in the Muslim world.
53
Kitāb al- urūf [Book of Letters], ed. M. Mahdi, Beirut, 1990, book 2, sec. 143.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 203
54
Id., book 2, sec. 108. Cf. Ta sīl al-Sa āda in Al-A māl al-Falsafīya, ed. J. Al-Yasin,
Beirut, 1992, p. 185. It should be added that in al-Fārābī’s scheme, the speculative and
legal traditions, Kalām and Fiqh (al-Fārābī employs in this context the standard Islamic
terms), occupied a rank still below that of revealed religion, whose servants they were.
Philosophy, therefore, rules the entire system of the sciences. Cf. Kitāb al- urūf, book
2, sec. 110. Numerous sources and parallels for al-Fārābī’s doctrines were noted by
R. Walzer in his edition and Eng. trans. of Kitāb Mabādi Ārā Ahl al-Madīna al-Fā ila,
Oxford: Clarendon Press and New York: Oxford University Press, 1985.
55
On revelation as a result of intellectual perfection, cf. Kitāb al-Siyāsa al-Madaniyya,
ed. F.M. Najjar, Beirut, 1964, pp. 49–50; note, however, that there al-Fārābī neither
mentions the role of the imaginative faculty nor uses the term “prophet.”
56
This is the concept of prophecy in al-Madīna al-Fā ila, chap. 15, sec. 10. Its influ-
ence on Maimonides’ definition of prophecy in Guide II, 36 is obvious. Note, however,
that other conceptions can be found as well in the writings of both al-Fārābī and Mai-
monides. On al-Fārābī’s concept of the prophet, see R. Walzer, “Al-Fārābī’s Theory of
Prophecy and Divination,” Journal of Hellenic Studies 77 (1957), pp. 142–148. On the
different concepts of prophecy in al-Fārābī and Maimonides, see J. Macy, “Prophecy
in al-Fārābī and Maimonides: The Imaginative and Rational Faculties,” in Maimonides
and Philosophy, Dordrecht, 1986, pp. 185–201.
57
Al-Madīna al-Fā ila, chap. 14, sec. 7.
58
Id., chap. 17, sec. 2; cf. al-Siyāsa al-Madaniyya, pp. 55–57; Ta sīl, pp. 40–41.
59
Id., chap. 15, sec. 10; cf. I a al- Ulūm, ed. U. Amin, Cairo, 1948, pp. 102–103;
al-Siyāsa al-Madaniyya, p. 48 ff.; Ta sīl, pp. 41–42. The matters which the citizens of
the best state must know appear to include the whole of theoretical and practical phi-
losophy which al-Fārābī summarizes in this treatise. See the list of topics in chap. 17,
sec. 1; a shorter list appears in al-Siyāsa al-Madaniyya, p. 55.
204 carlos fraenkel
to note that among those who at first receive the relevant doctrines
in form of parables, there are some who in the course of their study
advance toward the truth, and as a consequence reject the imitations as
false. A student of this sort, according to al-Fārābī, must be “elevated”
step by step, and should his abilities suffice, must finally be admitted to
the level of the philosophers, where he exchanges the parables for the
apprehension of things as they truly are.60
According to Maimonides, “everything composed” by al-Fārābī is
like “fine flour, and it is possible for man to gain understanding and
knowledge from his words, for he was exceedingly wise [היה מופלג
( ”]בחכמהLetters, 553). In two ways, Maimonides work is closely tied to
al-Fārābī’s:61 first, Maimonides is the pre-eminent Jewish representative
of the falsafa tradition, and his writings are based on its characteristic
texts whose study he recommends to Ibn Tibbon, as we saw above.62
Second, in his interpretation of Judaism as a philosophical religion,
Maimonides used the main components of the model that al-Fārābī
had developed for explaining the relationship between philosophy and
revealed religion.63 The religion’s founders were perfect philosophers, its
commandments lead to philosophical contemplation, which, according
to al-Fārābī, brings about “the highest happiness,”64 and the structure
of the Mosaic Law reflects the two faculties of the soul that collaborate
in prophetic revelation: it speaks “in the language of the sons of man,”
which is “the imagination of the multitude [( ”]אלכ'יאל אלג'מהוריGuide
I, 26; Eng. 56 / Heb. 49 / Ar. 38), but also contains indications of
“the truth as it is” (Guide I, Introduction; Eng. 12 / Heb. 11 / Ar. 8).
Moreover, we can say that in a sense the aim of the Guide is to “elevate”
the perplexed intellectual from the level of parables that constitute the
60
Al-Madīna al-Fā ila, chap. 17, sec. 4.
61
Many studies have been devoted to Maimonides’ relationship to al-Fārābī; see in
particular L. Berman, “Maimonides, the Disciple of Alfarabi”, in Israel Oriental Studies
4 (1974), pp. 154–178.
62
On the correspondence between Maimonides’ recommendations and his sources,
see Pines, “Introduction” (above, no. 3), who uses the list provided in Maimonides’
letter to Ibn Tibbon as his point of departure for describing the sources of the Guide
(cf. pp. lix–lx).
63
In a similar way, these components were adopted by Muslim philosophers in their
interpretation of Islam as a philosophical religion; cf. Berman, “Disciple of Alfarabi”
(above, no. 61), p. 155, no. 5.
64
Al-Madīna al-Fā ila, chap. 15, sec. 11; cf. id., chap. 13, sec. 5 and Risāla fī al- Aql,
ed. M. Bouyges, Beirut, 1938, p. 31.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 205
public teachings of the Law, to the level of true doctrines that constitute
its secret teachings.65
Let us now turn to Ibn Tibbon’s role. Al-Fārābī’s political philosophy
intended to provide a general justification for the central place of falsafa
in a religious society. Maimonides’ work intended to justify the use of
falsafa in Judaism in particular, as a replacement for the lost wisdom of
the prophets. Ibn Tibbon, finally, transformed this justification into the
conceptual framework within which Jewish philosophy developed until
the time of Spinoza, and that made the Hebrew chapter in the history
of Western philosophy possible through the translation and reception
of the works of the falāsifa in the Jewish communities in Christian
Europe. We can highlight the importance of Ibn Tibbon’s role, if we
compare Maimonides’ work to that of the great Jewish philosopher in
Antiquity, Philo of Alexandria. Like Maimonides, Philo too attempted
to transform Judaism into a philosophical religion in the cultural set-
ting of the Hellenistic period, and their projects, in fact, resemble
65
I do not mean to deny the existence of significant differences between Maimo-
nides and al-Fārābī. For example, for Maimonides philosophy attained perfection not
in Aristotle’s time but in the time of Moses; he claims, moreover, that in general the
prophets were on a higher intellectual level than “the men of science” (Guide III, 51,
Eng. 619 / Heb. 580 / Ar. 456), and that, although Aristotle’s “intellect represents the
highest achievement of the human intellect,” he nevertheless remained below the level
of the prophets, “who received God’s emanation” (Letters, 553). Whereas al-Fārābī saw
himself as the successor of Plato and Aristotle, Maimonides saw himself as the successor
of the sages of Israel, from Abraham to the rabbinic sages, employing Greco-Arabic
philosophy only as a replacement for their lost wisdom. It is, however, noteworthy that
al-Fārābī as well mentions the legend about the antiquity of philosophy, relating how
it was passed on from ancient Babylonia to Egypt, and from Egypt to Greece (Ta sīl,
pp. 38–39). This legend served as a justification for the translation of philosophical
and scientific works from Greek into Arabic, for it presents the translation as a restora-
tion of ancient wisdom; cf. Gutas, Greek Thought, Arabic Culture (above, no. 13), chap. 2.
A further difference between Maimonides and al-Fārābī is due to the fact that the
agreement between philosophy and religion that al-Fārābī had based on the claim
that religion is merely an imitation of philosophy devised by the imaginative faculty,
was later vehemently criticized by al-Ghazālī, in particular in his Tahāfut al-Falāsifa. In
my view one can identify a whole stratum in the Guide’s argumentation that responds
to this critique. The clearest example is the issue of the world’s eternity or creation.
The independent treatises of Averroes illustrate well how seriously the philosophers of
Andalusia took al-Ghazālī. Tahāfut al-Tahāfut, Fasl al-Maqāl, and Kitāb al-Kashf show all
three how Averroes attempted to come to terms with the attack on philosophy. Perhaps
one could say that while Averroes tries to refute the critique, Maimonides integrates
it into the exoteric argumentation of the Guide. Be that as it may, it seems that by
the time of Maimonides and Averroes, the falāsifa could no longer adopt al-Fārābī’s
philosophical project without responding to al-Ghazālī’s critique.
206 carlos fraenkel
66
For example, also according to Philo, Moses “attained the summit of philosophy,”
and the Mosaic Law addresses its audience on two levels: on one it is concerned with
the “education of the multitude [τῶν πολλῶν διδασκαλίαν],” who are “the lovers of
the body;” on another it presents “the truth that is absolutely certain” to the “lov-
ers of the soul” (Deus 51–56). The Law’s purpose is to guide toward the “imitation
of God [ὁµοίωσις θεῷ];” the “royal road” that leads to God (that is, to the “King of
the universe”) is “true philosophy,” and “true philosophy” is identical to “the word
of God” (Post. 101–102). Contemplation of God denotes “the beginning and the end
of happiness” (QE II, 51), and this goal is attained by “the intellect when it is seized
by divine love” (Somn. II, 32). In addition to Philo, one can also make mention of
philosophers who preceded Maimonides in the Middle Ages, in particular Abraham
ibn Daud; in fact, Maimonides himself refers to “the Andalusians among the people
of our nation, all of [whom] cling to the affirmations of the philosophers and incline
to their opinions, in so far as these do not ruin the foundation of the Law” (Guide I,
71; Eng. 177 / Heb. 152 / Ar. 122). The similarities between Ibn Daud’s project and
Maimonides’ are again striking. Ibn Daud’s aim is to clarify the “agreement []הסכמה
between philosophy and religion” for the intellectual who fell into “perplexity []בלבול,”
because he is unable to hold “in his right hand the light of his religion, and in his left
the light of his wisdom” (ha-Emunah ha-Ramah [The Exalted Faith], Heb. trans. Solomon
b. Labi, Frankfurt a. M., 1852, Introduction); As in Maimonides, the solution is exegeti-
cal: one must show to the perplexed intellectual that the Law and wisdom speak with
one voice (ER II, 6); to that end, every verse must be interpreted figuratively “whose
literal sense is in contradiction with something to which the intellect bears witness” (ER,
Introduction). The revelation to the prophets consists in that their intellect receives the
intellegibles that emanate from the active intellect; and at the highest level of prophecy,
the prophet’s intellect becomes like the “exalted substances,” i.e., the separate intellects
(ER II, 5). On Ibn Daud, see T.A.M. Fontaine, In Defence of Judaism—Abraham Ibn Daud:
Sources and Structures of ha-Emunah ha-Ramah, Assen and Maastricht: Van Gorcum, 1990;
A. Oren, From the Simple Faith to the Exalted Faith: The Pre-Maimonidean Thought of Abraham
Ibn Daud, Tel-Aviv, 1998 [Hebrew].
67
By contrast, Philo exercised a decisive influence on the development of Christian
philosophy in the time of the Church Fathers; for an overview, see D.T. Runia, Philo in
Early Christian Literature—A Survey, Assen: Van Gorcum; Minneapolis: Fortress Press, 1993.
Philo thus contributed to the fact that Christian thought from its inception incorporated
philosophical doctrines. This early encounter with philosophy perhaps explains why
medieval Christian culture did not require to the same extent as medieval Judaism a
justifying framework for the reception of philosophical and scientific works—such as
Ibn Tibbon attempted to construe on the basis of Maimonides’ writings. Nonetheless it
is interesting to note that the Latin translation of the Guide in fact was used by the first
Christian philosophers who were dealing with the integration of the newly translated
Greco-Arabic philosophical literature—among them Albertus Magnus, and Thomas
Aquinas. To a degree they likewise made use of the Guide in order to define the place
of falsafa within their religious tradition, for the goal of “Rabbi Moyses Iudaeus,” in the
words of Thomas Aquinas, was “to bring into agreement [concordare]” the teachings
of Aristotle and of revealed religion (Summa Theologiae I, qu. 50, a.3). For a general
survey of Maimonides’ influence on Christian thought, see. J. Guttmann, “Der Einfluss
der maimonidischen Philosophie auf das christliche Abendland,” in W. Bacher et al.,
eds., Moses ben Maimon—Sein Leben, Seine Werke und Sein Einfluss, Leipzig: Buchhandlung
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 207
that some rabbinic circles were probably acquainted with Philo’s work
which had been brought to Palestine in the library of Origen—one of
the first Christian philosophers—when he was forced to leave Alex-
andria in the third century and subsequently settled in Caesarea.68 It
appears, therefore, plausible to assume that the profound influence
exerted by Maimonides’ writings is in part the result of the efforts that
Ibn Tibbon put into their dissemination, although other circumstances
contributed to that influence as well, above all the openness of many
Jewish communities in Southern France toward Judeo-Arabic culture,
and their willingness to support its reception. This is especially true of
the community in Lunel, where Ibn Tibbon carried out the translation
of the Guide.69
Gustav Fock, 1908, pp. 135–230; W. Kluxen, “Maimonides and Latin Scholasticism,”
in S. Pines and Y. Yovel, eds., Maimonides and Philosophy (above, no. 56), pp. 224–232.
68
Cf. D. Barthélemy, “Est-ce Hoshaya Rabba qui censura le ‘Commentaire Allé-
gorique’? ” in Philon d’Alexandrie: Lyon, 11–15 septembre 1966, Paris: Centre National de
la Recherche Scientifique, 1967.
69
See the remarks of Ibn Tibbon’s father concerning R. Meshullam bar Jacob, head
of the Lunel community at the time, in the “Preface” to his Heb. trans. of Bahya ibn
Paquda’s Duties of the Heart (above, no. 4): “A remnant of our people also found refuge
in Christian lands, and among them were, from ancient times, great sages in the science
of Torah and Talmud. But they did not study the other sciences, because their Torah
was their craft, and because books on the other sciences were not available to them.
[This situation continued] until the pure candlestick was fixed among them, the lamp
of commandment and Torah, the great master, the pious and holy Rabbi Meshullam,
may his lamp shine, son of the venerable sage, Rabbi Jacob, of blessed memory. The
pure, refined oil of his understanding made the lamp of wisdom continuously burn
and his soul was conjoined with his God’s Torah and with the fear of God. He made
wisdom his cup and his portion, and he longed for the books of wisdom composed by
the geonim. To the extent of his ability, he collected, disseminated, and [made] translate
[works belonging to] the science of the law, the science of language, religious science,
style, ethics, and the parables of the wise men, and his hand is like a nest for all their
precious things.” This intellectual openness remained characteristic of the Lunel com-
munity also later. Evidence for this we find in the correspondence between the sages of
Lunel and Maimonides and in their enthusiastic reception of his writings—“for our soul
is bound by our love for them,” as Jonathan ha-Kohen put it in a letter to Maimonides.
Ibn Tibbon, in the preface to his translation, likewise describes “the desire [for the
Guide] of this land’s sages and wise men [. . .] led by the pious priest, R. Jonathan, may
God protect and bless him, and the other sages of Biq at Yeriho [i.e., Lunel], my city of
residence [. . .] and they pleaded in their writings to the great master, R. Maimon, of
blessed memory [. . .] and asked him to send [the Guide] to them” (118).
208 carlos fraenkel
Bibliography
Abrams, D., R. Asher b. David, Complete Works, Los Angeles: Cherub Press, 1996.
Al-Fārābī, Mabādi Ārā Ahl al-Madīna al-Fā ila, ed. and trans. R. Walzer in Al-Fārābī on
the Perfect State, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.
——, I ā al- Ulūm, ed. U. Amin, Cairo, 1948.
——, Kitāb al- urūf, ed. M. Mahdi, Beirut, 1990.
——, Kitāb al-Siyāsa al-Madaniyya, ed. F.M. Najjar, Beirut, 1964.
——, Risāla fī al- Aql, ed. M. Bouyges, Beirut, 1938.
——, Ta īl al-Sa āda in Al-A māl al-Falsafīya, ed. J. Al-Yasin, Beirut, 1992.
70
Cf. Ravitzky, “R. Samuel Ibn Tibbon” (above, no. 1), pp. 20–24.
71
Cf. C. Fraenkel, “The Problem of Anthropomorphism in a Hitherto Unknown
Passage from Samuel Ibn Tibbon’s Ma amar Yiqqawu ha-Mayim and in a Newly-Dis-
covered Letter by David ben Saul,” Jewish Studies Quarterly 11 (2004), pp. 83–126, and
the literature quoted there.
72
For a comprehensive bibliography on the first Maimonidean controversy, see
J.I. Dienstag, “The Moreh Nevukhim Controversy—An Annotated Bibliography,” in
F. Rosner, Abraham Maimonides’ “Wars of the Lord” and the Maimonidean Controversy,
Haifa: The Maimonides Research Institute, 2000, pp. 154–200. On the influence of
Maimonides’ teachings on the positions of the Kabbalists, see M. Idel, “Maimonides
and Kabbalah,” in I. Twersky, ed., Studies in Maimonides, Cambridge: Harvard University
Press, 1990, pp. 31–79.
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 209
Averroes, Sheloshah Ma amarim al ha-Devequt, Heb. trans. S. Ibn Tibbon, ed. J. Hercz,
Berlin, 1869.
——, “Averroes’ Commentary of the De Intellectu attributed to Alexander,” ed. H.A.
Davidson, Shlomo Pines Jubilee Volume 1, Jerusalem, 1988, pp. 205–217.
Barthélemy, D., “Est-ce Hoshaya Rabba qui censura le ‘Commentaire Allégorique’?” in
Philon d’Alexandrie: Lyon, 11–15 septembre 1966, Paris: Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique, 1967, pp. 45–78.
Benedict, B., The Torah Center in Provence, Jerusalem, 1985 [Hebrew].
Berman, L., “Maimonides, the Disciple of Alfarabi,” in Israel Oriental Studies 4 (1974),
pp. 154–178.
Davidson, H.A., Alfarabi, Avicenna, and Averroes on Intellect, Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 1992.
Dienstag, J. “The Moreh Nevukhim Controversy—An Annotated Bibliography,” in
F. Rosner, Abraham Maimonides’ “Wars of the Lord” and the Maimonidean Controversy,
Haifa: The Maimonides Research Institute, 2000, pp. 154–200.
——, “Maimonides’ Guide of the Perplexed: A Bibliography of Editions and Translations,”
in R. Dan, ed., Occident and Orient, Budapest and Leiden, 1988.
——, “Maimonides’ Guide of the Perplexed: A Bibliography of Commentaries and Anno-
tations,” in Z. Falk, ed., Gevurot ha-Romah, Jerusalem, 1987, pp. 207–237.
Falaquera, Shem Tov, Moreh ha-Moreh, ed. Y. Schiffman, Jerusalem, 2001.
Fontaine, T.A.M., In Defence of Judaism—Abraham Ibn Daud: Sources and Structures of ha-
Emunah ha-Ramah, Assen and Maastricht: Van Gorcum, 1990.
Fraenkel, C., “Beyond the Faithful Disciple: Samuel ibn Tibbon’s Criticism of Mai-
monides,” in Maimonides after 800 Years: Essays on Maimonides and His Influence, ed.
J. Harris, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2007, pp. 33–63.
——, “The Problem of Anthropomorphism in a Hitherto Unknown Passage from
Samuel Ibn Tibbon’s Ma amar Yiqqawu ha-Mayim and in a Newly-Discovered Letter
by David ben Saul,” Jewish Studies Quarterly 11, 1–2 (2004), pp. 83–126.
——, From Maimonides to Samuel Ibn Tibbon: The Transformation of the Dalālat al- ā irīn
into the Moreh ha-Nevukhim, Jerusalem: Hebrew University Magnes Press, 2007
[Hebrew].
Freudenthal, G., “La Réception des Sciences gréco-arabes dans les Communautés Juives
de la France Méridionale,” Revue des études juives 152 (1993), 29–136.
Gutas, D., Greek Thought, Arabic Culture: The Graeco-Arabic Translation Movement in Baghdad
and Early Abbasid Society (2nd–4th/8th–10th centuries), London and New York: Rout-
ledge, 1998.
Guttmann, J., “Der Einfluss der maimonidischen Philosophie auf das christliche
Abendland,” in W. Bacher et al., eds., Moses ben Maimon—Sein Leben, Seine Werke und
Sein Einfluss, Leipzig: Buchhandlung Gustav Fock, 1908, pp. 135–230.
Harvey, S., “Did Maimonides’ Letter to Samuel Ibn Tibbon Determine Which Phi-
losophers Would Be Studied by Later Jewish Thinkers?,” Jewish Quarterly Review 83,
1–2 (1992), pp. 51–70.
Harvey, W.Z., “A Portrait of Spinoza as a Maimonidean,” Journal of the History of
Philosophy 19 (1981), pp. 151–172.
——, “Between Political Philosophy and Halakhah in Maimonides’ Thought,” Iyyun 29
(1980), pp. 198–212 [Hebrew].
Husik, I., A History of Mediaeval Jewish Philosophy, Philadelphia, 1916.
Ibn Abī U aybi a, Uyūn al-Anbā fī abaqāt al-A ibbā , ed. A. Müller, 2 vols., Königsberg,
1884.
Ibn Daud, Abraham ha-Emunah ha-Ramah [The Exalted Faith], Heb. trans. Solomon
b. Labi, Frankfurt a.M., 1852.
Ibn Paquda, Bahya, Duties of the Heart, Heb. trans. Judah ibn Tibbon, ed. A. Zifroni,
Jerusalem, 1927–28.
Ibn Tibbon, Samuel, Ma amar Yiqqavu ha-Mayim, ed. M.L. Bisliches, Pressburg, 1837.
210 carlos fraenkel
——, Perush Qohelet, ed. and partial Eng. trans. J. Robinson, in Philosophy and Exegesis
in Samuel Ibn Tibbon’s Commentary on Ecclesiastes, doctoral dissertation, Harvard Uni-
versity, 2002.
——, Sefer Otot ha-Shamayim, Heb. trans. of Aristotle’s Meteorology, ed. R. Fontaine,
Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1995.
Idel, M., “Maimonides and Kabbalah,” in I. Twersky, ed., Studies in Maimonides, Cam-
bridge: Harvard University Press, 1990, pp. 31–79.
Jonathan ha-Kohen, Iggeret le-Rambam, publ. S.A. Wertheimer, in Ginze Yerushalayim, vol.
1, Jerusalem, 1896, pp. 33–35.
Kaplan, L., “ ‘I Sleep But My Heart Waketh’: Maimonides’ Conception of Human
Perfection,” in I. Robinson, L. Kaplan, J. Bauer, eds., The Thought of Moses Maimo-
nides—Philosophical and Legal Studies, Lewiston, Queenston, and Lampeter: The Edwin
Mellen Press, 1990, pp. 130–166.
Kraemer, J.L., “Maimonides and the Spanish Aristotelian School,” in M.D. Meyerson
and E.D. English, eds., Christians, Muslims, and Jews in Medieval and Early Modern Spain:
Interaction and Cultural Change, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1999,
pp. 40–68.
Langermann, Y. Tzvi, “A New Source for Samuel ibn Tibbon’s Translation of the Guide
of the Perplexed and his Glosses on it,” Peamim 72 (1997), pp. 51–74 [Hebrew].
——, “A New Collection of Texts in Medieval Jewish Philosophy,” Qiryat Sefer 64
(1992–1993), pp. 1428–1430 [Hebrew].
Macy, J., “Prophecy in al-Fārābī and Maimonides: The Imaginative and Rational
Faculties,” in Pines and Yovel, eds., Maimonides and Philosophy, 1986, pp. 185–201.
Maimonides, Commentary on the Mishnah, ed. and Hebrew trans. Y. Kafih, Jerusalem:
Mosad ha-Rav Kook, 1965.
——, Dalālat al- ā irīn, ed. S. Munk and Y. Yoel, Jerusalem, 1931; Heb. trans. S. ibn
Tibbon, Moreh ha-Nevukhim, ed. Y. Even Shmuel, Jerusalem, 1987; Eng. trans. S. Pines,
The Guide of the Perplexed, Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1963;
French trans. S. Munk, Le Guide des Egarés, 3 vols., Paris, 1856–1866.
——, Iggerot ha-Rambam, ed. Y. Sheilat, 2 vols, Ma aleh Adumim: Ma aliyot,
1988–89.
——, Maqāla fī Sinā at al-Mantiq, ed. Y. Kafih, Qiryat Ono, 1997.
Oren, A., From the Simple Faith to the Exalted Faith: The Pre-Maimonidean Thought of Abraham
Ibn Daud, Tel-Aviv, 1998 [Hebrew].
Pines, S. and Y. Yovel, eds., Maimonides and Philosophy: papers presented at the sixth Jerusalem
Philosophical Encounters, May 1985, Dordrecht: Martinus Nijhoff, 1986.
Ravitzky, A., “R. Samuel Ibn Tibbon and the Esoteric Character of the Guide of the
Perplexed,” Daat 10 (1983), pp. 19–46 [Hebrew].
——, “The Secrets of the Guide of the Perplexed: Between the Thirteenth and the Twen-
tieth Century,” in Jerusalem Studies in Jewish Thought, 5 (1985), pp. 23–69 [Hebrew].
——, The Teachings of R. Zerahyah b. Isaac b. Shealtiel Hen and Maimonidean-Tibbonian Phi-
losophy in the Thirteenth Century, doctoral dissertation, Jerusalem, 1978 [Hebrew].
——, “Aristotle’s Meteorology and Maimonidean Exegesis of the Account of Creation,”
Jerusalem Studies in Jewish Thought, 9 (1990), pp. 225–250 [Hebrew].
Robinson, J., Philosophy and Exegesis in Samuel Ibn Tibbon’s Commentary on Ecclesiastes, doc-
toral dissertation, Harvard University, 2002.
Runia, D.T., Philo in Early Christian Literature—A Survey, Assen: Van Gorcum; Minne-
apolis: Fortress Press, 1993.
Septimus, B., Hispano-Jewish Culture in Transition, Cambridge MA, 1982.
Sirat, C., “Les manuscrits en caractères hébraïques: Réalités d’hier et histoire d’aujourd’hui,”
Scrittura e Civilita 10 (1986), pp. 239–288.
Sonne, I., “Maimonides’ Letter to Samuel b. Tibbon according to an Unknown Copy
found in the Archive of the Jewish Community in Verona,” Tarbiz 10 (1939), pp.
135–154; 309–333 [Hebrew].
from maimonides to samuel ibn tibbon 211
Esti Eisenmann
Among the Hebrew works that have never been printed and are pre-
served only in manuscripts, Ahabah ba-Ta{anugim (Love in Delights) is a
most valuable one.1 It was written by Rabbi Moses ben Judah Noga
(Rambi), a student of Rabbi Yom Tob ben Abraham Ishbili (Ritba),
in the years 1354–1355, probably in Catalonia.
The title of the work, Ahabah ba-Ta{anugim, is borrowed from the Song
of Songs 7:7: אהבה בתענוגים,“ ;מה יפית ומה נעמתHow beautiful and
how pleasant art thou, O love of delights”. However, the book is not
about erotic love. It is about true love, the love of the philosopher for
wisdom and knowledge. Ahabah ba-Ta{anugim is therefore a comprehensive
summary of the physics and metaphysics of the Middle Ages, and also
includes a theological section. Its aim is to explain philosophy and to
demonstrate its harmony with the Scriptures in order to arouse in the
educated reader a passion for such learning.
In this essay I would like to present Rambi’s distinctive attitude
toward Maimonides in Ahabah ba-Ta{anugim. Therefore, after a brief
general exposition on Ahabah ba-Ta{anugim,2 I will describe Rambi’s
attitude toward Maimonides and demonstrate how it is reflected in
his discussions of Maimonides’ views within the general theme of the
encyclopedia.
Ahabah ba-Ta{anugim contains three sections. The first one summarizes
physics, the second summarizes metaphysics and the third is devoted
1
The manuscripts are: St. Petersburg, Institute of Oriental Studies of the Russian
Academy MS C 9 (number at the Institute of Microfilmed Hebrew Manuscripts at
the Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem: 69241); Oxford-Bodleian MS
Opp. 141 Neubauer 1292 (number at the Institute of Microfilmed Hebrew Manuscripts
at the Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem: 22106); Moscow, Russian
State Library, MS Guenzburg 1185 (number at the Institute of Microfilmed Hebrew
Manuscripts at the Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem: 48935); Oxford-
Bodleian MS Or. 45 Neubauer 1291 (number at the Institute of Microfilmed Hebrew
Manuscripts at the Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem: 22105). Here I
shall refer to the St. Petersburg Institute of Oriental Studies manuscript.
2
For a full description see Eisenmann (2000) and Eisenmann (2002).
214 esti eisenmann
to theological issues. In its first two parts, Rambi clearly and system-
atically presents the central topics of physics and metaphysics such as
vacuum, time, place, and so on. In his presentation he explains the
points of dispute between various philosophers and resolves them by
undermining the fundamental arguments that lay behind those views
that he wishes to refute.
From these discussions, one can see that Rambi is a faithful disciple
of Averroes and is consistent in his rejection of the views of Avicenna
and Al-Ghazali. He attacks Avicenna and Al-Ghazali and regards them
as thinkers of a lower standard, who attempted to make a mixture
of religion and philosophy.3 This mixture is invalid since when one is
engaged in philosophy one must accept all the assumptions relating to
philosophy, while when one discusses religious matters, one must accept
the principles of religion.4
In contrast to the flawed philosophy of Avicenna and Al-Ghazali,
Rambi considers Averroes a perfect philosopher, second only to Aris-
totle. He believes that Averroes’ commentaries on Aristotle are unbiased
and that they saved the Wise from intellectual perdition.5 Therefore, on
almost every philosophical dispute Rambi decides in favor of Averroes.6
After resolving the disputes, Rambi goes on to demonstrate how the
philosophical opinions, or actually Averroes’ opinions, can be found in
the Torah. For this purpose, Rambi interprets Maimonides’ esoteric
words in The Guide of the Perplexed, and Abraham ibn Ezra’s elusive
secrets in his Commentary on the Torah.
I would like now to describe Rambi’s attitude towards Maimonides.
Rambi is an admirer of Maimonides, and views him not only as the
master of all philosophers, but also as the master of all prophets; he
even calls The Guide of the Perplexed “the sacred book”!7 Rambi is a fiery
opponent of anyone who criticizes Maimonides, and he claims that any
criticism that arises stems from a misunderstanding of Maimonides’
words, rather than from a mistake in Maimonides’ thought.8
3
94v.
4
29v–30r.
5
85v–86r.
6
One should notice that Rambi does not always follow Averroes. On the contrary,
more than once he digresses from his opinions. Nevertheless, he always presents his
opinions as Averroes’. For some examples see Eisenmann (forthcoming).
7
24r; 85r; 142r; 189r.
8
188r.
AHABAH BA-TA{ANUGIM 215
9
Shiffman (2001) p. 175.
10
187r.
11
Maimonides (1963), The Guide of the Perplexed, introduction, vol. 1, p. 15.
216 esti eisenmann
12
94v.
13
114r.
AHABAH BA-TA{ANUGIM 217
14
72v; 171r.
15
Nasr & Leaman (1996) pp. 793–794.
16
120v.
17
Nasr & Leaman (1996) pp. 793–796; Davidson (1992) pp. 223–231.
18
Shehadi (1982) pp. 83–85; Nasr & Leaman (1996), pp. 240–241.
19
101v.
20
Maimonides (1963) vol. 1, 1: 57, pp. 132–133.
21
94v.
218 esti eisenmann
22
Ivry (2000); Davidson (1992) pp. 223–228.
23
65v.
24
65v.
AHABAH BA-TA{ANUGIM 219
25
65v.
26
Langermann (1993).
27
Maimonides (1963) vol. 2, 3: 17, pp. 464–474.
220 esti eisenmann
28
The long commentary to Exodus 23:25.
29
196v.
30
192v.
31
178r.
AHABAH BA-TA{ANUGIM 221
Summary
32
Nahmanides on Genesis 41:1.
33
173v. I believe that Rambi is correct in his assertion that Maimonides had more
than one meaning for the term Kavod. See Eisenmann (2004).
34
129v.
35
67r.
222 esti eisenmann
Bibliography
Davidson, H., Alfarabi, Avicenna, and Averroes on Intellect: Their Cosmologies, Theories of the Active
Intellect, and Theories of Human Intellect, New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.
Eisenmann, E., “Moses ben Yehuda and Scholasticism after Thomas Aquinas”
[Hebrew], The Golden Ages, Bar-Ilan University (forthcoming).
——, “The Created Glory and the Created Light in Maimonides’ Thought” [Hebrew],
Da{at, 55 (2004) pp. 41–58.
——, “Ahabah ba-Ta anugim: A 14th Century Encyclopedia of Science and Judaism”,
Ph.D. diss., [Hebrew], Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 2002.
——, “Ahavah ba-Ta anugim: A Fourteenth-Century Encyclopedia of Science and
Theology”, in Harvey (2000) pp. 415–429.
Harvey, S. (ed.), The Medieval Hebrew Encyclopedias of Science and Philosophy, Dordrecht:
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2000.
Ivry, A., “The Soul of the Hebrew Encyclopedists”, in Harvey (2000) pp. 223–228.
Langermann, T., “Some Astrological Themes in the Thought of Abraham ibn Ezra”,
in Isadore Twersky and Jay M. Harris (eds), Rabbi Abraham ibn Ezra, Studies in the
Writing of a Twelfth Century Jewish Polymath, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University,
Center for Jewish Studies, 1993, pp. 28–85.
Maimonides, The Guide of the Perplexed, 2 vols. trans. S. Pines, Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1963.
Nasr, S.H. and O. Leaman (eds), History of Islamic Philosophy, vol. 2, London: Rout-
ledge, 1996.
Shehadi, F., Metaphysics in Islamic Philosophy, Delmar, NY: Caravan Books, 1982.
Shiffman, Y., Rabbi Shem Tov ben Joseph Falaquera’s More Ha-More: A Philosophical and
Philological Analysis [Hebrew], Jerusalem, 2001.
LATE MEDIEVAL JEWISH WRITERS ON MAIMONIDES
Angel Sáenz-Badillos
1
Cf. Harvey S. 2001: 127.
2
Cf. Baer 1939–40: 205; Pines 1967: 1 ff.; Manekin 1997: 351 f. It has been said
that “Scholastic influences upon fourteenth and fifteenth-century Jewish philosophy can
be seen in the increased attention paid to Scholastic logic . . .” (Rudavski 2003: 345).
Other very interesting thinkers of the time could of course be added to this study.
224 angel sáenz-badillos
case, Jewish thinkers of this period felt the need to search for alternative
approaches in the different branches of Philosophy.
The sociological conditions of the time had a strong influence on
the intellectual atmosphere. It is no wonder that the events of 1391
provoked the reaction of some influential Jews of the epoch against
the philosophical rationalism that was a part of the education of the
most cultivated Jewish families. They saw in it what had troubled the
minds of the communities and originated the conversion of many
of their educated and wealthy members. It should not be a surprise
that Aristotle, Averroes and Maimonides were harshly combatted at
that time by spiritual leaders of Judaism like Hasdai Crescas, or other
traditionalist thinkers.3
In Aragon and Catalonia, at the turn of the fourteenth century and
the first decade of the fifteenth, the authority of Hasdai Crescas, the
“philosophic critic”,4 was unquestionable. Hasdai, seeing the commotion
suffered by the Jewish communities, tried to establish a new foundation
of Jewish thought and halakah leaving aside the system of Maimonides
and, in general, Aristotelian philosophy.5 For Crescas, the cause of all
Maimonides’ errors, and those of his successors, was that Aristotle’s
science had replaced the traditional Jewish perspective. It seemed nec-
essary to overturn Maimonides’ philosophy using philosophical tools.6
Taking some elements from the new Physics of Occam, he tried to lay
the basis of a more traditional Judaism, with a new doctrine inspired
by some trends of Christian theology. There are researchers that tend
to reduce the influence of Crescas’ attitude in the intellectual life of the
Crown of Aragon, seeing it as too obscure and denying its success and
continuity.7 But the way of thinking that Crescas represented would be
shared by many Catalan-Jewish thinkers during the fifteenth century.
3
“Aristotelian philosophy was accused of having troubled the minds of the people,
causing the leaders of the communities, wealthy and generally acquainted with philo-
sophical ideas, to be among the first to convert instead of providing an example of
heroic conduct. This accusation, which has been taken up again by contemporary
scholars such as I. Baer, is presented in the work of Shem Tov”. (Sirat 1990: 346).
4
Harvey W. 1998: XI.
5
C. Sirat states that his “aim was to replace the work of Maimonides, from both the
philosophical and halakhic points of view . . . According to Crescas, the very foundation
of Maimonidean thought is false. The way that leads to God is not the knowledge of
the intelligibles but the fear and love of God . . .” (Sirat 1990: 358).
6
Lasker 1997: 403.
7
“His rejection of all the commonly accepted notions, and especially of Mai-
monides, aroused astonishment and indignation. Many scholars, who in fact admired
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 225
Crescas, rallied to the support of the ‘Second Moses’ (who was whitewashed of all his
philosophical audacities), and the period saw more Maimonidean than partisans of
Crescas”. Sirat 1990: 370; cf. Pines 1967: 22 f.
8
Based on a marked distinction between “the path of investigation” (derekh ha-chaqi-
rah) and “the path of tradition and faith” (derekh ha-qabbalah ve-ha-emunah) that parallels
Aquinas’ distinction between philosophy and theology, according to Tirosh-Rothschild
1997: 506.
226 angel sáenz-badillos
the century,9 having different views on the more or less hostile attitude
toward philosophy in general and toward Maimonides in particular,10
and on the role played by the different thinkers.11
The minutes of the Tortosa Dispute show us that Maimonides’
authority was respected by both Jews and conversos. In spite of his
conversion, Jeronimo de Santa Fe was familiar with and employed
Maimonides’ works. He quoted him many times in defense of his own
points of view. He mentioned Maimonides’ opinion to support his own
new opinions on the nature and the coming of the Messiah.12 In very
9
For instance, C. Sirat sees a renaissance of Aristotelian philosophy towards the
middle of the century. (Sirat 1990: 381).
10
According to Ackerman, “The hostile attitude towards philosophy was…not the
dominant approach among the rabbinic leadership and the intellectual elite of fifteenth-
century Jewish Spain” (Ackerman 2003: 376). He includes among the adversaries of
rationalism, among others, Profyat Duran, and among those who represent a more
moderate position, Abraham Bibago, Abraham Shalom and Eli Habillo. Ackerman
gives a particular interpretation to the moderation of anti-rationalism in the fifteenth
century: “Such an anti-philosophical critique would hinder attempts to argue for the
rationality of Judaism and the irrationality of Christianity” (Ackerman 2003: 378).
Philosophical inquiry was permitted and the reading of philosophical texts was not
considered heretical. “These scholars rebuffed the approach of the antirationalists by
dismissing the charge that philosophy contributed to the crisis that engulfed Spanish
Jewry . . . Although Torah was viewed as a more reliable source of truth than philosophy,
the study of nature and metaphysical inquiry would inevitably lead to a deeper under-
standing of God and thereby contribute to human felicity. Many of these philosophers
concluded that rational investigation of religious principles was obligatory and even
part of the commandment to study the Torah” (Ackerman 2003: 378). “Hispano-
Jewish philosophers of the later period presented a different Maimonides . . . they were
attracted to Maimonides’ critique of the theory of eternity and his argument at the
end of the Guide that human perfection is not equivalent to intellectual perfection”.
(Ackerman 2003: 379) He mentions the influence of Christian Scholasticism and the
more favorable view of pre-Maimonidean thinkers among the differences from the
Jewish thinkers of the preceding centuries (Ackerman 2003: 380 f.).
11
For instance, Manekin includes Profyat Duran, Abraham Bibago and Abraham
Shalom among the “much more conservative” Jewish philosophers who flourished in
the late fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, in the same group as, for instance, Hasdai
Crescas. And he gives an explanation of this attitude: “partly as a response to the
spiritual crisis in the Spanish Jewish community, which left them battling Christian
conversionary attempts on the one hand, and Jewish Averroist tendencies on the
other” (Manekin 1997: 352). Following Maimonides’ definition of emunah (Ar. i tiqād),
“the notion that is conceived in the soul when it has been averred of it that is in fact
just as it has been represented”, (Guide for the Perplexed I: 50) its cognitive interpretation
(as belief or conviction) is well-known to Jewish philosophers of the fifteenth century.
The main biblical and rabbinical meaning was “trust”, “reliance”, “acceptance”. In
the fifteenth century it is also “faith” (fides). Cf. Manekin 1997: 353.
12
At the beginning of the first session, he quoted the well-known passage of the
Guide (using its Hebrew name, “More”) on the “apples of gold in settings of silver”
(“mala aurea in lectis argenteis”, Pacios 1957, II: 20). He used other passages of this
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 227
Profyat Duran
book (Pacios 1957, II: 194, 254–6, on Guide for the Perplexed III: 32), in relation espe-
cially to the nature of the Messiah, the main topic of the Dispute, taken from Soferim
(Pacios 1957, II: 90, 274, 343, 361, 451, 469), Sefer Mada (Pacios 1957, II: 118, 157,
454, 486, 565), or the Letter to the Jews of Teman (Pacios 1957, II: 98, 343, 387); there
were also general allusions to the Rambam (Pacios 1957, II: 97, 110, 199, 381, 452,
456, 462, etc.).
13
Pacios 1957, II: 566, 573.
14
In the Dispute itself, some of the Jewish participants were using syllogisms as a
way of discussing the polemical topics. Cf. Pacios 1957, II: 213, etc.
15
Talmage 1981: 79 ff.; Lasker 1998: 181.
16
Sirat 1990: 354 f.
228 angel sáenz-badillos
17
As Friedländer said in his Introduction to Ma aseh Efod, it meant in a sense the
application of logic to grammar. See Profyat Duran 1865: 13.
18
Kobler 1952, I: 277.
19
Kobler 1952, I: 278.
20
From the first page on: 1: Moreh; 3: Mishneh Torah on the laws of the sons of Noah;
5: Perush Abot; 7: Moreh (III: 51); 12; 15: letter to Yonatan from Luniel; 139: Millot ha-
higayon; 185, in a letter: Sefer ha-mada , etc.
21
Profyat Duran 1865: 19.
22
Profyat Duran 1865: 4 ff.
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 229
Talmudists, who think that the investigation of this book, the science
of the Talmud, is the only way that leads to ultimate human happiness.
For this group, the study of the natural sciences or the theology of the
Greeks is intrinsically bad; a part of them think that the study of the
Scripture is a waste of time, and it is better to concentrate exclusively
on the science of the Talmud.23 The second group
are the experts in the Torah that are dedicated to philosophy and follow
the traces of philosophers like Aristotle and are attracted to his work, but
at the same time they consider themselves attracted to the Torah of our
teacher Moses, and would like to link these two contraries. They think
that in fact it is like trying to acquire the ultimate happiness, since it is
the perfection of virtue for the soul, and this will be ready for its specific
perfection, the perfection of the logical, intellectual, natural and theologi-
cal sciences, in the way that the Greek sages exposed them in their books.
In their opinion, these are the “mysteries of the Torah”: the topics of the
natural sciences in the Torah are called ma aśeh bereshit, and those of the
theology, ma aśeh merkavah; these are the mysteries of the Torah of which
the sages warn that they should not be investigated except under certain
conditions, and the knowledge of all those things is the cause of the
eternal happiness of the soul when it passes from the potency to the act
in the acquisition of all these intellectual things . . .24
Profyat quotes Maimonides’ parable on the king in his palace,25 placing
the Talmudists around the palace without entering it, under those who
study Logic, who search for the door of the palace, those dedicated to
the natural sciences, who enter into the atrium of the palace, and those
who study the theological questions, who arrive at the chamber of the
king.26 It is clear that Profyat does not share this point of view. Some
of the members of this group, says Profyat, “are so stupid as to say
that some narratives of the Torah and some precepts are parables and
comparisons referred to the philosophical topics”. For some of them
the sciences of the Greeks are the most important element for attaining
supreme happiness, and Maimonides has become for them a hindrance,
an obstacle, since they interpret him the wrong way. Many sages of
Israel that have not deeply investigated the words of Maimonides make
him responsible for them, and Profyat is ready to show that they are
23
Profyat Duran 1865: 5.
24
Profyat Duran 1865: 6.
25
Guide for the Perplexed III: 51.
26
Profyat Duran 1865: 7.
230 angel sáenz-badillos
27
Profyat Duran 1865: 8.
28
Profyat Duran 1865: 8.
29
Profyat Duran 1865: 9.
30
Profyat Duran 1865: 9.
31
Profyat Duran 1865: 14.
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 231
his Moreh for building a wall that may protect the Torah against the
stones of the Philosophers.32
Shelomoh Bonafed
32
Profyat Duran 1865: 15.
33
Guide for the Perplexed I: 54; III: 54.
34
Although other minor manuscripts have been preserved, the largest and most
important manuscript of Bonafed’s dîwân is Ms. 1984 (Mich. 155) from the Bodleian
Library, Oxford. All our quotations refer to this manuscript: see Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol.
42–42v.
232 angel sáenz-badillos
Based on the force of the proofs that there are in some biblical books, and
in sentences extracted from passages of the Torah, we must deduce that
the understanding of the precepts consists in fulfilling them: this is the real
knowledge and the true instruction. The quality of their practice is the
scale to ascend to the heights, the road and the path toward the palace
of God and his holy abode, as the Ephodi wrote. Since the precepts are
the chosen property of the elected people and if they accomplish them
they will be able to walk among the living ones for ever. It is similar to
the treatment by means of drugs and grasses that make effect thanks to
their inherent properties. And the study is the reflection on the Torah, a
meditation on it day and night, so that the one that reads it learns how
to accomplish the works and to fulfill the laws as it is due.
The pious one that serves his creator loving him, and carries out his
precepts with all his soul and with all his forces, even if he never stud-
ied physics nor metaphysics, and never investigated what there is in the
heights or what there is below, if he has as his only goal the love of his
creator and the fulfillment of his precepts, he will be successful in every
activity, and thanks to his justice, he will be very distinguished, even
king. He will be wiser than Aristotle and all his sages, since he will have
the eternal life while they will have eternal death. The one to whom the
Creator has endowed with knowledge and understanding will recognize
and experience that this, and only this, is the true knowledge of the
Torah. Most of the passages of the Torah agree with this for those that
truly understand them.35
Leaving aside his great respect for Maimonides, Bonafed was surely
not an enthusiastic Aristotelian or a rationalist.36 It seems remarkable,
however, that in the stiffened, unfriendly atmosphere of the first years
of the century, while Jewish communities were suffering the pressure
of the dominant religion, a Jewish intellectual like Bonafed could ener-
getically defend the scientific knowledge of his Christian neighbors.
Among his still unpublished letters and poems we find a long discussion
maintained in Hebrew with a young philosopher, a student of Yishaq
Arondi from Huesca, maintaining that the logic taught in his time by
35
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 42–42v.
36
See, for instance, following verses of a poem dedicated to Shealtiel Gracian in
the “year of the conversions”, 1414, included in an unpublished letter (weradim hem,
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 42v–43v, 9 s.):
The heart of all sages is in Aristotle’s wisdom,
And true Law was by logic secluded and eliminated.
If the salvation of the souls were in their books,
The coming of the Lord to Sinai for letting hear his voice was meaningless.
In the prose section of the letter Bonafed criticizes the Aristotelians and praises Profyat
Duran and En Shealtiel Gracian.
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 233
37
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 87r–102r. In the best study on medieval Hebrew logic, the
dissertation of Rosenberg (1973), this dispute is mentioned, publishing a few lines of
the introduction with some imprecisions. See Sáenz-Badillos & Prats 2003: 15 ff.
38
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 87r.
39
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 90r.
40
On Logic in the education of young Jewish intellectuals in Provence and the
Crown of Aragon, see Manekin 1992: 8 f.
234 angel sáenz-badillos
that his teacher has taught him.41 The criticism of Averroes42 and his
interpretation of Aristotle seems to me highly significant. The pre-
dominant trend among Jewish medieval thinkers interested in logic,
like Maimonides, or Gersonides (the latter not mentioned by Bonafed),
followed without discussion the Arabic way. A critical attitude like
Bonafed’s was rather new in medieval Jewish thought.
Bonafed replied:
If you had seen the books of Albertus Magnus’,43 who was expert in the
seven disciplines, you would have been silent, and your soul would have
cried for our inferiority and limitation in this exile. See, they have created
something new on the earth, the science of Llull.44
He recognizes the superiority of the Christians in the sciences: “today
they have the sciences in property” (ibid.). This pre-eminence in the
field of logic and of other sciences is due in his opinion to three fun-
damental causes:
First, they have the translation of Boethius that is the one that really
responds to Aristotle’s intention, while we follow the translation of
Averroes that according to his words, went further on and changed the
meaning of Aristotle’s words, misinterpreting his intention in most of
the passages . . .45
Bonafed thinks that the changes introduced by Averroes in the first
figure of the syllogism are very clear. According to the Christians in
the first figure the subject of the first premise has to be the predicate
of the second one, and the syllogism begins with the more universal
41
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 87r.
42
On Averroes (1126–1198), cf. Cruz Hernández 1986 and 1996: 503 ff. See also
Dumitriu 1977: 31 ff. His Basic work on this topic is the Kitâb al-darūrí fî-l-mantiq (“What
is necessary on logic”). About his influence on the Scholastic, Dumitriu says: “Arabic
influence on Scholastic logic is evident; without Arabic logic one could not explain a
series of concepts specific to Scholastics, such as the theory of universals, suppositions,
intentions, etc. Scholastic logic cannot be understood, in a historical way, without Arabic
logic . . .” (36). His Works were translated several times into Hebrew during the Middle
Ages. Cf. Wolfson 1961: 88 ff.
43
Albertus Magnus, (1193–1280) the “Doctor expertus”, made accessible Greek,
Arabic and Jewish thought to the Western intellectuals. On his treatises about logic
see Boehner 1950: 1. Cf. also Dumitriu 1977: 83 ff. On his translation into Hebrew
cf. Steinschneider 1893: 465 ff.
44
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 89r. On Ramon Llull (ca. 1232–1316) see Johnston 1987;
Abellán 1979: I, 274, and 1996: 86; Dumitriu 1977: 79 ff. On the translation of his
Ars brevis into Hebrew, cf. Steinschneider 1893: 475 f.
45
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 89r.
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 235
premise (all living beings are substance; all men are living beings; ergo
all men are substance); for the Arabs, and for Maimonides who follows
them, in the first figure the predicate of the first premise that is the
less universal or minor, is the subject of the second one (all men are
animals; all animals feel; ergo, all men feel). Second, the translators of
Averroes into Hebrew “changed and destroyed the meanings” of his
words. Finally, the Christian teachers, without economic problems, can
focus exclusively on the study of these disciplines. One more reason:
after the conversions the number of Jewish sages became very small,
and most of them were indifferent with respect to sciences. In ancient
times sciences were patrimony of the Jewish people, but the circum-
stances changed, and the Christians dominate the seven disciplines (the
trivium and the quadrivium). Bonafed concludes that in order to access
wisdom it is necessary to learn languages like Latin.46
His adversary complains that Shelomoh is defending the goyim, and
sustains that the Jewish sages are superior to the Christians in the
knowledge of this art, alleging two reasons: “the sharp intelligence of
our nation”, as a result of eating kosher food, and “the light of the
Torah.”47
In his new and definitive letter,48 Bonafed answers in a harsh tone
with long explanations that show his familiarity with the topic. The
positive vision of the logic of the Christians is not a betrayal, since
he remains faithful to the Torah. He has written it “moved by the
concern for the topic, and for love of the truth”, recognizing that
the Jewish sages of his generation have moved away from logic while
the Christian masters continue under its banner.49 There is no reason
to distrust the fidelity of Christians to philosophy; Aristotle was pagan,
but Maimonides himself took the positive elements from him:
Aristotle, head of the Greek sages, prepared offerings for the queen of
heaven saddening our sacred Torah, and in most of the books that he
wrote did he not speak also against us? In concrete, the premises of the
numerous lies of his examples prevailed. In spite of all, our great teacher
of blessed memory did not renounce following his premises when his mind
was dealing with that science and he took out to the light the mysteries
and wrote books on the seven disciplines, maintaining himself true to
46
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 89r.
47
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 92rv.
48
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 95v–102r.
49
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 98r.
236 angel sáenz-badillos
his faith, and he never prayed to his gods. Who ascended through the
mysterious steps of the investigation of the Torah like Moses? But after
having eaten the delicious bread of its axioms and the fruit of its stud-
ies, he threw the shell of their worthless ideas and built the embankment
whose glory fills the whole earth, the glorious book of The Guide; under
its shade we live among the nations. He is like a fortified tower in the
city of our God that is his perfect Torah; he saved the city with his wis-
dom and took the lance of science from the hands of the Greeks, giving
them death with it, and squashing all the paladins of the investigation
of amid them.50
The clarity of ideas, the ability to distinguish the different postures,
the reasoned defense of that of the Christians, even dissenting from
almost all his coreligionists and above all from Maimonides, are proof
of Bonafed’s independence of mind and of his strong personality. We
find remarkable both his passionate defense of the true Aristotle as
transmitted by the version of Boethius, and his distancing from the
great majority of the Arab and Jewish logical tradition, especially from
Averroes and his disciples, including Maimonides.51 But in spite of his
clear dissent in the field of logic, Bonafed should in no way be included
among the anti-Maimonidean thinkers of the century.
Abraham Bibago
50
Ms. Bodl. 1984, fol. 98v.
51
The influence of scholastic logic on Jewish thinkers, both in Italy and in the Ibe-
rian Peninsula, is relatively late. See Steinschneider 1893: 470 ff. During the fourteenth
century, the most fruitful and creative in the history of Hebrew logic according to Sh.
Rosenberg, the great Jewish authors of Provence, Yosef ibn Kaspi, Gersonides (cf.
Manekin 1992; Rosenberg 1973: 75–93) or Mosheh Narboni, were Averroists.
52
See Daniel et al., eds. 2000: 270 ff.
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 237
53
“The most extensive employment of scholastic philosophy is evident in the works
of Abraham Bibago, who cited Dominican and Franciscan authors such as Alexander of
Hales, Thomas Aquinas, Duns Scotus, Johannes Versoris, Francis of Mairone, Nicholas
Bonet, Geraldus Odonis and Petrus Aurioli”. (Tirosh-Rothschild 1997: 505).
54
Abraham Bibago 1978: 198. According to Lazaroff, “Scholastic influence, especially
Aquinas, is found in Abraham Bibago’s exhaustive treatment of emunah in his The Way
of Emunah. Unlike Arama, Bibago is not stridently anti-philosophical. On the contrary,
in order to make emunah epistemologically respectable, Bibago argues that knowledge
can be achieved either through rational inquiry (the way of investigation) or by accept-
ing propositions on faith (the way of emunah) . . . Moreover, knowledge based on faith
is superior to philosophical knowledge, in that it is accessible to all, not merely to the
wise” Lazaroff 1981: 4. See. Abraham Bibago 1978: 212–215; cf. Manekin 1997: 357.
“Judaism was the one true and rational faith that brought salvation to the believers
among the Jewish people” (Lazaroff 1981: 2).
55
See Orfali 1997: 197 ff. He introduced “the term ‘faith’ in a clearly Aristotelian
system”. (Sirat 1990: 386) Faith is “intellectual acquisition conceived according to the
truth on the basis of premises received from tradition”. (Sirat 1990: 388).
56
Derekh emunah II, 4, according to Daniel et al., eds. 2000: 270 f.
57
Derekh emunah II, 5, according to Daniel et al., eds. 2000: 271 ff.
58
Rudavsky 2003: 347.
238 angel sáenz-badillos
59
Manekin 1997: 358.
60
Cf. Lazaroff 1981: 3. Lazaroff sees in Bibago’s work “a certain rationalism and
empiricism resulting from the influence of Maimonides and ibn Rushd, a traditional
and somewhat antimetaphysical supernaturalism that reasserted itself in late scholastic
Augustinianism and nominalism, and a particularism and nationalism characteristic of
Halevi”. “Bibago offers an orthodox interpretation of Maimonides’ often ambiguous phi-
losophy. Like his contemporary Abraham Shalom, he vigorously defends Maimonides,
in his case, especially against Gersonides . . . Bibago often interprets Maimonides in
terms of Ibn Rushd and tries to make their doctrines consistent . . . On two basic issues
that separated Maimonides and Aristotelism from Crescas, Bibago clearly sided with
Maimonides (intellectual relation with God and free will)” (1981: 48).
61
Abraham Bibago 1978: 47.
62
Abraham Bibago 1978: 180.
63
Abraham Bibago 1978: 181.
64
Abraham Bibago 1978: 188 f.
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 239
The Rabbis never intended to prohibit the study of the sciences: “to
study the sciences is allowed and commanded to every man by the fact
that he is a man, and the person that is not wise is like a body without
soul.”65 Bibago discusses the opposing views on this topic (prohibition
or necessity of the study of the sciences) with the help of syllogisms,
and he finally concludes that man as an intelligent being has to study
the sciences, and as a believer he has to study the Torah and acquire
emunah.66 One of the strongest arguments in favor of this conclusion is
the authority of Maimonides, who recommended the study of sciences
as a preparation for the study of the Torah.67
For him philosophy is not to be included in the “science of the
Greeks”: “The science that is called ‘Greek’ is something peculiar
to the Greek nation, not to other peoples”. Sciences in general are
human, not “Greek”. The Greek science that has been excluded in
Jewish studies is of two types: that of its religions and festivals, and
the “science of rhetoric.”68
Abraham Shalom
65
Abraham Bibago 1978: 189.
66
Abraham Bibago 1978: 189 f.
67
Abraham Bibago 1978: 195. He also quotes the testimony of Eusebius maintaining
that the science that can be found in the Greek writers has its origins in Israel, and
that Aristotle himself was a Jew.
68
Abraham Bibago 1978: 198–202.
69
“Profoundly convinced of the doctrines of the Jewish religion on the one hand and
the truth of the Maimonidean positions on the other, he endeavored to communicate
his certitudes in the philosophical style of the period”. (Sirat 1990: 393).
240 angel sáenz-badillos
70
See Orfali 1997: 201.
71
Davidson 1964: 1 ff.
72
Davidson 1964: 5 ff.
73
See Kuzari II: 66. Shalom speaks of the heqqesh toriyi, the “Torah syllogism”
(Davidson 1964: 101). He alludes to the Rambam (ha-Rab) on at least five occasions
(1v, 3v (3), 4, 5 (against Gersonides), 8 (creation), etc.)
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 241
Bibliography
Abellán, J.L. (1979) Historia crítica del pensamiento español (Madrid: Espasa-Calpe 1979).
—— (1996) Historia del pensamiento español: de Séneca a nuestros días (Madrid: Espasa-Calpe
1996).
Abraham Bibago (1978) Derekh emunah, ed. H. Fränkel-Goldschmidt ( Jerusalem: Mosad
Bialik 1978).
Abraham Shalom (1574) Neweh Shalom (Venice. Repr. Brooklyn?: Chaim Reich
1992?).
Ackerman, A. (2003) “Jewish philosophy and the Jewish-Christian philosophical dialogue
in fifteenth-century Spain”, in Frank & Leaman 2003: 371–390.
Baer, Y. (1939–40) “Abner of Burgos’ Minhat Kenaot and its Influence on Hasday Crescas”
(Hebr.), Tarbiz 11 (1939–40) 188–206.
Boehner, Ph. (1950) Medieval Logic. An Outline of Its Development from 1250 to c. 1400
(Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press 1950).
Cruz Hernández, M. (1986) Abū-l-Walîd Ibn Rushd, Averroes. Vida, obra, pensamiento, influ-
encia. (Córdoba: Monte de Piedad y Caja de Ahorros de Córdoba 1986).
—— (1996) Historia del pensamiento en el mundo islámico. 2. El pensamiento de al-Ándalus
(Madrid: Alianza Editorial 1996).
Davidson, H.A. (1964) The Philosophy of Abraham Shalom. A Fifteenth-Century Exposition
and Defense of Maimonides (Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press
1964).
Dumitriu, A. (1977) History of Logic. II. (Tunbridge Wells: Abacus Press 1977).
Frank, D. & O. Leaman, eds (1997) History of Jewish Philosophy (London and New York:
Routledge 1997).
74
Zonta 1996: 270.
242 angel sáenz-badillos
——, eds (2003) The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Jewish Philosophy (Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press 2003).
Frank, D., O. Leaman, & Ch. Manekin, eds (2000) The Jewish Philosophy Reader (London
and New York: Routledge 2000).
Harvey, S. (2001) “De Maimónides a Crescas”, in Targarona & Sáenz-Badillos 2001:
125–144.
Harvey, W.Z. (1998) Physics and Metaphysics in asdai Crescas (Amsterdam: J.C. Gieben
1998).
Johnston, M.D. (1987) The Spiritual Logic of Ramon Llull (Oxford: Clarendon Press
1987).
Kobler, F. (1952) Letters of Jews through the Ages. From Biblical Times to the Middle of the
Eighteenth Century, 2 vols (London: Ararat Publishing Society & East and West Library
1952).
Lasker, D. (1997) “Chasdai Crescas”, in Frank & Leaman 1997: 399–414.
—— (1998) “The Impact of Christianity on Late Iberian Jewish Philosophy”, in In
Iberia and beyond: Hispanic Jews between Cultures. Proceedings of a Symposium to Mark
the 500th anniversary of the Expulsion of Spanish Jewry, ed. B.D. Cooperman
(Newark: University of Delaware Press 1998) 175–190.
Lazaroff, A. (1981) The Theology of Abraham Bibago. A Defense of the Divine Will, Knowl-
edge, and Providence in Fifteenth-Century Spanish-Jewish Philosophy (Tuscaloosa AL: The
University of Alabama Press 1981).
Manekin, Ch. H. (1992) The Logic of Gersonides. A Translation of Sefer ha-Heqqesh ha-Yashar
(The Book of Correct Syllogism) of Rabbi Levi ben Gershom with Introduction, Com-
mentary, and Analytical Glossary. (Dordrecht, Boston, London: Kluwer Academic
Publishers 1992).
—— (1997) “Hebrew philosophy in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries: an overview”,
in Frank & Leaman 1997: 350–378.
—— (1997a) “When the Jews Learned Logic from the Pope: Three Medieval Hebrew
Translations of the Tractatus of Peter of Spain”, Science in Context 10 (1997)
395–430.
—— (1999) “Scholastic Logic and the Jews”, Bulletin de Philosophie Médiévale 41 (1999)
123–147.
Orfali, M. (1997) Biblioteca de autores lógicos hispano-judíos (Siglos XI–XV) (Granada: Uni-
versidad de Granada 1997).
Pacios, A. (1957) La disputa de Tortosa, 2 vols. (Madrid-Barcelona: Instituto Arias Mon-
tano CSIC 1957).
Pines, Sh. (1967) Scholasticism after Thomas Aquinas and the Teachings of asdai Crescas and
his Predecessors. Proceedings of the Israel Academy of Sciences and Humanities, vol. 1,
no. 10 ( Jerusalem 1967).
Profyat Duran (1865) Maase Efod, Einleitung in das Studium und Grammatik der Hebräischen
Sprache, ed. J. Friedländer & J. Kohn (Wien: J. Holzwarth. Repr. Jerusalem: Makor,
1970).
Rosenberg, Sh. (1973) Logic and Ontology in Jewish Philosophy in the XIVth Century (Hebr.).
PhD dissert. The Hebrew University ( Jerusalem: 1973).
Rudavsky, T.M. (2003) “The impact of Scholasticism upon Jewish philosophy in the
fourteenth and fifteenth centuries”, in Frank & Leaman 2003: 345–370.
Sáenz-Badillos, A. & A. Prats (2003) “Selomoh Bonafed y la lógica cristiana del siglo
XV”, Revista española de Filosofía Medieval. Miscellanea Mediaevalia en honor de Joaquín
Lomba Fuentes 10 (2003) 15–27.
Septimus, B. (1982) Hispano-Jewish Culture in Transition: the Career and Controversies of Ramah
(Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press 1982).
Sirat, C. (1990) A History of Jewish Philosophy in the Middle Ages (Cambridge, etc.: Cam-
bridge University Press; Paris: Éditions de la Maison des Sciences de l’homme
1990).
late medieval jewish writers on maimonides 243
Steinschneider, M. (1893) Die hebräischen Übersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als
Dolmetscher (Berlin 1893).
Talmage, F. (1981) “The Polemical Writings of Profiat Duran”, Immanuel 13 (1981)
69–85.
Targarona, J. & A. Sáenz-Badillos, eds. (2001) Pensamiento y mística hispanojudía y sefardí
(Cuenca: Ediciones de la Universidad de Castilla-La Mancha 2001).
Tirosh-Rothschild, H. (1997) “Jewish philosophy on the eve of modernity”, in Frank
& Leaman 1997: 499–573.
Wolfson, H.A. (1961) “Plans for the Publication of a Corpus Commentariorum Aver-
rois in Aristotelem”, Speculum 36 (1961) 88–104.
Zonta, M. (1996) La filosofia antica nel Medioevo ebraico. Le traduzioni ebraiche medievali dei
testi filosofici antichi (Brescia: Paideia 1996).
—— (2002) La filosofia ebraica medievale. Storia e testi (Bari: Ed. Laterza 2002).
MAIMONIDES’ DISPUTED LEGACY
Menachem Kellner
1. Introduction
1
It is well-worth noting that while the academic world “celebrated” the anniversary
in all the ways just noted, so far as I could tell the “Lithuanian yeshiva world” allowed
the anniversary to pass in almost total silence. I suspect that is actually a sign of health
in a world in which Maimonides’ Mishneh Torah is studied intensively every day; arbitrary
anniversaries make very little sense in such a context. But in the Hasidic world, with
246 menachem kellner
There are at least two areas in which the Maimonidean reform suc-
ceeded. But even his successes are hardly full-fledged. Maimonides con-
vinced Jews that God is radically incorporeal. I do not believe that there
is a literate Jew alive today who does not at least pay lip-service to that
claim. But even while affirming it in principle, many deny it in practice.
For Maimonides, divine incorporeality means absolute, radical simplicity.
A composite God is not incorporeal. Jews who affirm the kabbalistic
doctrine of sefirot as an account, even poetic, of processes internal to
divinity are, I have no doubt Maimonides would hold, sectarians who
have no share in the world to come, no matter how loudly they sing
the third stanza of the synagogue hymn Yigdal, or with what enthusiasm
they declaim the third verse of the poem Ani Maxamin. Similarly, Jews
who attribute divinity, no matter how attenuated, to beings other than
God (such as deceased wonder-working rabbis from Brooklyn), or who
seek to propitiate through charms and talismans beings other than God
(such as the evil eye), all fail to pass Maimonidean muster as believers
in the unity and incorporeality of God.
Maimonides also convinced Jews that the Torah has a theology which
may be summarized in thirteen normative, authoritative, obligatory
dogmas. But for every hundred Jews who can tell you that Judaism has
thirteen principles of faith, probably fewer than a dozen can tell you
what they are, and of that dozen, vanishingly few have ever actually
read them in the way in which Maimonides set them down.2 Of that
tiny minority, how many have actually worked through them in the
way in which Maimonides thought proper? Maimonides demanded
that Jews understand the arguments which made acceptance of the
principles a rational necessity. Far from establishing Judaism on a firm
philosophical basis, his principles were pried from their theoretical
framework and turned into a literary trope. Indeed, given the dramatic
changes in natural science since Maimonides’ day, and the concomitant
its plethora of hilulilot and celebratory yahrzeit observances, the silence surrounding
Maimonides’ yahrzeit may be indicative of an attitude of reserve concerning him. On
this latter, see Allan Nadler, “The ‘Rambam Revival’ in Early Modern Jewish Thought:
Maskilim, Mitnagdim, and Hasidim on Maimonides’ Guide of the Perplexed”, in B. Kraut
(ed.), Moses Maimonides: Communal Impact, Historic Legacy (Queens, NY: Queens College
Center for Jewish Studies, 2005): 36–61.
2
Let alone in the language, Arabic, in which they were written. Even those who pay
lip-service to the principles have felt free through the generations to reject or modify
them. See Marc Shapiro, The Limits of Orthodox Theology: Maimonides’ Thirteen Principles
Reappraised (Oxford: Littman Library of Civilization, 2004).
maimonides’ disputed legacy 247
3
Compare Herbert A. Davidson’s comment that, given the changes in astronomy
and philosophy since Copernicus, Newton, Hume, and Kant, “Celestial motion no
longer lends itself to a proof of the existence of an incorporeal being who maintains
the heavens in motion, and no philosophic school of standing steps forward any longer
with an alternative apodictic demonstration of the existence of God. If Maimonides
were alive today, he would have to concede that he too was unable to fulfill the first
two positive commandments of the divine Law in the manner he insisted on.” See
p. 145 in Davidson, “The First Two Positive Commandments in Maimonides’ List of the
613 Believed to Have Been Given to Moses at Sinai,” in Creation and Re-Creation in Jewish
Thought: Festschrift in Honor of Joseph Dan on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, edited
by Rachel Elior and Peter Schaefer (Tuebingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2005): 113–145.
4
Warren Zev Harvey would argue that Maimonides enjoyed other successes. See his
“The Return of Maimonideanism,” Journal of Jewish Social Studies 24 (1980): 249–268.
Harvey discusses the influence of Maimonides on thinkers like Leon Roth (1896–1963)
and Yeshayahu Leibowitz (1903–1994).
5
London: Littman Library of Jewish Civilization, 2006. Henceforth: Confrontation.
248 menachem kellner
6
Introduction to the Code of Maimonides (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1980),
p. 324n.
7
See Moshe Idel, Kabbalah: New Perspectives (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988),
p. 253. As Idel notes, H. Graetz was the first scholar to express this idea. For further
discussion of it, see Gershom Scholem, Origins of the Kabbalah (Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1987), p. 7.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 249
8
Maimonides consistently sought to avoid controversies which might divide the
Jewish people or threaten the stability of Jewish society. On this, see: Yaxakov Blid-
stein, Ha-tefillah be-mishnato he-hilkhatit shel ha-rambam ( Jerusalem: Mossad Bialik, 1994),
pp. 138–143; Blidstein, Samkhut u-meri be-halakhat ha-rambam (Tel Aviv: Ha-kibbutz
ha-mexuhad, 2002), pp. 149–150. Razon Arussi cites many examples of Maimonides’
attempts to avoid controversy in his “Unity and Separatism in the Teaching of Mai-
monides,” Techumin 8 (1987): 462–487 (Hebrew).
9
A good example of this approach is Maimonides’ famous statement in the intro-
duction to his “Eight Chapters”:
Know that the things about which we shall speak in these chapters and in what
will come in the commentary are not matters invented on my own nor explana-
tions I have originated. Indeed, they are matters gathered from the discourse of
the Sages in the Midrash, the Talmud, and other compositions of theirs, as well
as from the discourse of both the ancient and modern philosophers and from
the compositions of many men. Hear the truth from whoever says it. Sometimes
I have taken a complete passage from the text of a famous book. Now there is
nothing wrong with that, for I do not attribute to myself what someone who
preceded me said. We hereby acknowledge this and shall not indicate that “so
and so said” and “so and so said,” since that would be useless prolixity. Moreover,
the name of such an individual might make the passage offensive to someone without experience
and make him think it has an evil inner meaning of which he is not aware. Consequently, I
saw fit to omit the author’s name, since my goal is to be useful to the reader. We shall explain
to him the hidden meanings in this tractate.
I cite the text from the Introduction to “Eight Chapters” as it is translated in R. Weiss
and C. Butterworth (eds.), Ethical Writings of Maimonides (New York: Dover, 1983), p. 60
(emphasis added).
250 menachem kellner
Maimonides did not wait till he wrote the Guide of the Perplexed in order
to express his vision of Judaism. All of his writings express this vision
to one extent or another. In writings addressed to ordinary, everyday
Jews and their rabbis he subtly refashions the Judaism of his readers
into one closer to the austere and demanding faith which he believed
was revealed at Sinai.
In my new book I analyze two opposed philosophies of Halakhah,
that of Halevi and his successors, which tends towards the expansion
of rabbinic authority into political spheres, and that of Maimonides,
which tends to limit the authority of rabbis to what may be called
technical matters of Halakhah. The view which I found in Halevi leads
(indirectly) to claims that rabbis have authority in all questions and
that their ex cathedra pronouncements, which, it is claimed, reflect the
position of the Torah (daxat Torah) must be accepted without demur. I
argued that Maimonides not only never heard of this notion, but that
he would certainly have rejected it had he known of it.10
Issues of sanctity and of ritual purity and impurity obviously relate
to Halakhah, but also, at least in the eyes of many contemporary Jews,
to the nature of the universe itself. Much of the discourse in contem-
porary Orthodoxy (both Zionist and haredi) about the Land of Israel
relates to its ontological status as a land significantly unlike all other
lands. I literally have no idea how Maimonides would react to the State
of Israel, and to questions concerning territorial compromise. But,
whatever position he might take, he would not phrase the question in
terms of the ontological status of the Land of Israel.
With respect to the issue of ritual purity and impurity, one example
taken from contemporary discourse will show how far Maimonides is
from being representative today. A considerable amount of (admittedly
anecdotal) evidence indicates that in very many cases newly observant
Jews in the haredi world marry other newly observant Jews. One of
the reasons for this is that such people were born to non-observant
parents. That means that at the moment of conception their mothers
were tainted by menstrual impurity, which means that the offspring are
in some sense also tainted. This taint in no way impinges upon their
character, their chances for a share in the world to come, or the esteem
10
The contemporary implications of this debate between these opposed philosophies
of halakhah are examined in my “Rabbis in Politics: A Study in Medieval and Modern
Jewish Political Theory,” State and Society 3 (2003): 673–698 (Hebrew).
maimonides’ disputed legacy 251
11
For a discussion of some of the background to this, see Daniel J. Lasker, “Kab-
balah, Halakhah, and Modern Medicine: The Case of Artificial Insemination,” Modern
Judaism 8 (1988): 1–14. On the sociology of this phenomenon, see Kimmy Caplan,
“Israeli Haredi Society and the Repentance Phenomenon,” Jewish Studies Quarterly 8
(2002): 369–398, esp. pp. 394–396.
12
I do not mean to imply that Maimonides was uninterested in questions of lineage
(see, e.g., “Laws of Kings,” XII.3), but that he did not see violations of the laws of
menstrual impurity as something which could impart an “ontological taint.”
13
My thanks to Jolene S. Kellner for drawing this point to my attention.
252 menachem kellner
the challenge of living by her wits (literally), but the comfort of God’s
love and the instructions of God’s agents. We may admire those who
think for themselves, but many are just as happy to have their thinking
done for them. An enchanted world has many attractions! This indeed
may be one of the reasons why Maimonides’ attempted reforms aroused
so much opposition.
One does not need the nonsense associated with the singer Madonna
to know that many contemporary Jews treat the Hebrew language as
mystically significant and ontologically distinct from other languages.
Here, too, much of the world of contemporary Judaism is far from
Maimonidean.
The hypostasization of kavod and shekhinah in Kabbalah, and the fact
that all contemporary Orthodoxy, hasidic and mitnagdic, is infused
with kabbalistic motifs makes it clear beyond the need of demonstra-
tion that Maimonides’ “de-hypostasization” of these notions has few
echoes in contemporary Judaism. In this case, as in the case of Hebrew,
there seems to be no substantial distinction between Orthodoxy on
the one hand, and Conservative, Reform, Reconstructionist, and New
Age Judaism on the other; all have enthusiastically adopted kabbalistic
motifs.14
A subject to which I have devoted considerable attention over the
years is the nature of Maimonides’ universalism.15 Here Maimonides is
deeply at variance with the spirit of (to my mind) much too much of
contemporary Orthodoxy. The easy acceptance of the idea that Jews
as such are in some important way (spiritually and morally) superior to
non-Jews as such permeates much of Orthodox discourse. Prudential
considerations often lead to attempts to downplay or hide these notions,
14
Maimonides, in the felicitous phrase of Anthony Julius, also sought to “depopulate”
the heavens. While angels do not appear to play much of a role in religious life these
days, whether in Judaism, or in Christianity and Islam, there can be little doubt that
Maimonides’ denial of the existence of angels as traditionally construed would strike
few responsive chords in the hearts of many contemporary Jews. See Julius, Idolizing
Pictures: Idolatry, Iconoclasm and Jewish Art (London: Thames and Hudson, 2000), p. 33.
15
My most recent study is “Steven Schwarzschild, Moses Maimonides, and ‘Jew-
ish Non-Jews’,” in Görge K. Hasselhoff and Otfried Fraisse (eds.), Moses Maimonides
(1138–1204): His Religious, Scientifical, and Philosophical Wirkungsgeschichte in Different
Cultural Contexts (Würzburg: Ergon, 2004): 587–606. This essay was revised as ch. 7
in Confrontation. Many of my studies in Maimonidean universalism are about to be
reprinted in my Science in the Bet Midrash: Studies in Maimonides (New York: Academic
Studies Press, 2010).
maimonides’ disputed legacy 253
Anyone familiar with Jewish Orthodoxy today can attest to the fact
that the Hirschian ideal of Torah study combined with a “secular”
education is in retreat on many fronts. In what follows I will show
that Maimonides’ position is much more radical than any put forward
in modernity. That being the case, it should come as no surprise that
it has few, if any adherents today. Indeed, it is rarely recognized for
what it is.16
Maimonides concludes the introduction to his revolutionary code,
Mishneh Torah, with the following “scandalous” peroration:
In our times, severe troubles prevail and all are in distress; the wisdom
of our Torah scholars has disappeared, and the understanding of our
discerning men is hidden. Thus, the commentaries, the settled laws,
and the responses to questions that the Geonim wrote, which had once
seemed clear, have in our times become hard to understand, so that only
a few properly understand them. And one hardly needs to mention the
Talmud itself, the Babylonian Talmud and the Jerusalem Talmud, the
16
An earlier version of this section of the paper appeared in Hebrew as “Mishneh
Torah—Maduxa,” Mesorah le-Yosef 4 (2005): 316–329.
254 menachem kellner
Sifra, the Sifri, and the Tosefta, which all require a broad mind, a wise
soul, and considerable study, before one can correctly know from them
what is forbidden or permitted and the other rules of the Torah. For this
reason, I, Moshe son of Maimon the Sefardi, became stirred to action
and, relying on the help of the Rock blessed be He, intently studied all
these books, for I saw fit to write what can be determined from all of
these works in regard to what is forbidden and permitted, and unclean
and clean, and the other rules of the Torah: Everything in clear language
and terse style, so that the whole Oral Torah would become thoroughly
known to all; without bringing problems and solutions or differences of
view, one saying such and such and another saying something else; but
rather clear, convincing, and correct statements, in accordance with the
legal rules drawn from all of these works and commentaries that have
appeared from the time of Moshe to the present.17 This is so that all
the rules should be accessible to great and small in the rules of each
and every commandment and the rules of the legislations of the Torah
scholars and prophets: in short, so that a person should need no other
work in the World in the rules of any of the laws of Israel; but that this
work might collect the entire Oral Torah, including the positive legisla-
tions, the customs, and the negative legislations enacted from the time
of Moses Our Teacher until the writing of the Talmud, as the Geonim
interpreted it for us in all of the works they wrote after the Talmud.
Thus, I have called this work the [Complete] Restatement of the [Oral] Torah
(Mishneh Torah), for a person reads the Written Torah first and then reads
this work, and knows from it the entire Oral Torah, without needing to
read any other book between them.18
Maimonides says here that in order to know Halakhah, one needs to
study the written Torah and the Mishneh Torah and nothing else. Could
he have possibly meant that? Whether or not that was Maimonides’
meaning will become clear as we proceed. It is clear, however, that at
least some of his contemporaries understood him in that fashion.
We learn this from a letter sent by Maimonides to Pinhas ha-Cohen,
a rabbinic judge in Alexandria. This letter is an answer by Maimonides
to a variety of issues raised by his correspondent. It is obvious from the
(somewhat exasperated) reply of Maimonides that Pinhas had implied
that Maimonides sought to replace the Talmud with the Mishneh Torah.
Here is what Maimonides wrote:
17
Ephraim Urbach notes the irony here; the Mishneh Torah attracted the attention
of thousands of commentators and expositors, “bringing problems and solutions or
differences of view, one saying such and such and another saying something else.” See
Urbach, Ha-Mishpat ha-Ivry ( Jerusalem: Magnes, 1973), vol. 3, p. 1022.
18
I cite the translation of Machon Mamre (http://www.mechon-mamre.org/e/
e0000.htm) with minor emendations.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 255
For all this it is proper to remonstrate with you, and to make known to
you that I understood what you intended, even though you did not make
it explicit, but only hinted. Know therefore that I have never said, Heaven
forbid, “Do not preoccupy yourself with the study of the Gemara, of the
Halakhot of Rabbi Isaac Alfasi, or of any other text.” In point of fact,
God Himself is my witness that for the past year and a half [the students
who have come to me] have not studied my own composition with me;
quite the contrary . . . Have I ever commanded or has it ever occurred
to me to burn all the books composed before my time because of my
regard for my own work? In the introduction to my own composition, I
explicitly wrote that my sole purpose in composing it was to alleviate the
burden of those students who because of their impatience of spirit were
not able to descend to the depths of the Talmud, and therefore could
not understand from it the way of determining what is permissible and
what is forbidden.19
However we choose to read this passage (the temptation to say
“Methinks the rabbi doth protest too much” is nearly overpowering) it
is clear that at least some of Maimonides’ contemporaries took him to
mean precisely what he wrote, to wit, that in order to decide halakhic
issues one needed to consult only two books, and two books only, the
Written Torah and the Mishneh Torah. Maimonides, like Desdemona,
may be protesting too much, but it is clear that he is protesting against
an interpretation of his project which had obviously struck root, even
in his own Egypt.20
One of the few great Talmudists in Jewish history who can be called
a Maimonidean in the fullest sense of the term was R. Menahem
ben Solomon of the House of Meir, known as the Meiri (Provence,
1249–c.1310).21 In the introduction to his monumental Talmud com-
mentary, in the midst of a survey of writers who preceded him, he notes
the many innovations in Maimonides’22 “composition” and then writes:
19
With the exception of the first sentence (which Twersky skips), I cite the transla-
tion from Twersky, Introduction, p. 32.
20
Other contemporaries faulted Maimonides for writing the Mishneh Torah out of
“an overbearing spirit.” See the gloss of R. Abraham ben David of Posquières to
the statement quoted above from the introduction to the Mishneh Torah. For a radical
reading of Maimonides’ intentions, see Moshe Halbertal, “What is the Mishneh Torah?
On Codification and Ambivalence,” in Jay Harris (ed.), Maimonides after 800 Years: Essays
on Maimonides and His Influence (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2007): 81–112.
21
Two recent studies of Meiri relevant to our discussion are Moshe Halbertal, Bein
Torah le-Hokhmah: R. Menachem Ha-Meiri u-Baxalei ha-Halakhah ha-Maimunixim be-Provanz
( Jerusalem: Magnes, 2000) and Gedaliah Oren, “Meiri al ha-Aher,” Ph.D. Dissertation,
University of Haifa, 2005.
22
Meiri calls him ha-rav moreh zedek.
256 menachem kellner
“it is almost as if his intention were such that one would not need, in
addition to his books,23 any of the books of the Talmud, or any of the
compositions of the ancients, as the rabbi [i.e. Maimonides] revealed
in the introduction to his books.” Meiri goes on to comment laconi-
cally: “But the sages of the generations24 did not see fit to abandon the
books of the Talmud in any fashion whatsoever, but all agreed to exalt
them to the head of their teaching, taking them as the foundation and
column, and taking all other compositions as branches of them.”25 I do
not detect any criticism here of of Maimonides, only a statement of
the situation. But that statement makes it clear that Meiri understood
Maimonides to want to render recourse to the Talmud unnecessary.
There is a third text from the period which also shows that at least
one other of Maimonides’ readers took him literally in this matter.
This is the upshot of a letter written by an unknown person in the
generation after Maimonides.26
As will become clear in what follows, unlike R. Pinhas ha-Dayyan,
Meiri, the anonymous controversialist, and A.S. Halkin, I am not
convinced that Maimonides wrote the Mishneh Torah in order to render
the Talmud and allied literature superfluous; but I do think he wished
to reform the traditional Jewish curriculum in radical ways. In this he
certainly failed.
In order to understand what Maimonides is actually doing it will be
useful to look at a statement by a later “Maimonidean,” R. Levi ben
Gershom (Gersonides, 1288–1344). Glossing Ex. 32: 32 (‘Now if You
will forgive their sin, [well and good]; but if not, erase me from the
book which You have written!’), Gersonides wrote:
Behold, the book which God ‘wrote’ is all that exists since it is caused
by Him. [Moses] thus said, “erase me from the book which You have
written!” It is as if he had said “take my soul.” [In so doing] he alle-
23
Meiri sees the Mishneh Torah as a collection of fourteen discrete volumes.
24
This expression hakhmei ha-dorot occurs close to 300 times in Jewish literature
according to a database I consulted; two-thirds of those occurrences are in the writings
of Meiri. The term hakhmei ha-dor occurs another 500 times or so. Meiri is responsible
for a large chunk of those occurrences as well.
25
Shmuel Dykman (ed.), Meiri’s Bet ha-Behirah on Berakhot, 2nd edition ( Jerusalem:
Makhon ha-Talmud ha-Yisraeli ha-Shalem, 1965), p. 25 (Hebrew pagination).
26
A.S. Halkin published the letter in “A Defence of the Mishneh Torah,” Tarbiz 25
(1956): 412–428 (Hebrew). This article was republished as an appendix to David Z.
Baneth’s edition of Iggerot ha-Rambam ( Jerusalem: Magnes, 1985). As is evident from his
notes, Halkin agrees with the position taken by his author, namely that Maimonides
hoped that study of the Mishneh Torah would replace Talmud study.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 257
27
I take no stand on questions arising from the “eastern” interpretations of Mai-
monides as a mystical rationalist here. For a recent study see Y. Tzvi Langermann,
“Saving the Soul by Knowing the Soul: A Medieval Yemeni Interpretation of Song
of Songs,” Journal of Jewish Thought and Philosophy 12 (2003): 147–166.
28
There was no Hebrew or Arabic term for “science” in the modern sense avail-
able to Maimonides since the modern term names an activity (and world-view) made
possible by the “scientific revolution” of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. This
point should be borne in mind, even though it does not directly impinge upon the
arguments being made here because modern science no less than medieval science
exposes the wondrous workings of nature and, for religious people, of nature’s God.
I attend to some of the problems raised for our understanding of Maimonides by
the scientific revolution in “Maimonides’ Allegiances to Torah and Science,” Torah U
Madda Journal 7 (1997): 88–104.
258 menachem kellner
29
After writing this sentence I discovered, to my surprise, that no less a figure than the
late Rabbi Joseph B. Soloveitchik actually doubts this. See Pinchas H. Peli’s authorized
rendition of Soloveitchik’s lectures in On Repentance (Northvale: Jason Aronson, 2000),
pp. 130–131. Rabbi Soloveitchik bases his (incorrect) interpretation of Maimonides on
a distinction between “knowledge” and “belief ” when in Maimonides’ own texts the
same Arabic word (itiqad) appears. For discussion of this issue, see Charles Manekin,
“Belief, Certainty, and Divine Attributes in the Guide of the Perplexed,” Maimonidean Stud-
ies 1 (1990): 117–141. This is not the only place where R. Soloveitchik, to my mind,
misreads Maimonides. I hope to address this issue in a separate study.
30
On this, see, most recently, Herbert A. Davidson, “The First Two Positive Com-
mandments . . .” (above, note 3).
31
I quote here and below from the translation of Shlomo Pines (Chicago: University
of Chicago Press, 1963); our text is on p. 9.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 259
32
Davidson (above, note 3), p. 130, maintains that in the Book of Commandments Mai-
monides held the first commandment to involve belief, not knowledge. But he agrees
that here in “Foundations” the commandment is to know that God exists.
260 menachem kellner
33
“Laws of Torah Study,” I.11–12. For valuable studies of this passage see J. Kafih,
“ ‘Secular’ Studies According to Maimonides,” in Kafih, Ketavim ( Jerusalem: Axaleh be-
Tamar, 2002) vol. 2, pp. 587–596 (Hebrew) and Hannah Kasher, “Talmud Torah as
a Means of Apprehending God in Maimonides’ Teachings,” Jerusalem Studies in Jewish
Thought 5 (1986): 71–81 (Hebrew).
34
On this sort of writing in Maimonides, see David Henschke, “On the Question
of Unity in Maimonides’ Thought,” Daxat 37 (1996): 37–71 (Hebrew) and Menachem
Kellner, “The Literary Character of the Mishneh Torah: On the Art of Writing in
Maimonides’ Halakhic Works,” E. Fleisher, G. Blidstein, C Horowitz, and B. Septimus
(eds.) Mexah Shexarim: Studies in Medieval Jewish Spiritual Life in Memory of Isadore Twersky
( Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 2001): 29–45.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 261
What is pardes? Our text here is from “Laws of Torah Study,” the third
section of Sefer ha-Madda, the “Book of Knowledge.” Earlier in the same
book, at the end of the fourth chapter of “Laws of the Foundations
of the Torah,” Maimonides defines pardes as follows:
The topics connected with these five precepts, treated in the above four
chapters, are what the early sages called pardes, as they said, “four entered
pardes.” And although those four men were great men of Israel and great
sages, they did not all possess the capacity to know and grasp these subjects
clearly. Therefore, I say that it is not proper to dally in pardes till one has
first filled oneself with bread and meat; by which I mean knowledge of
what is permitted and what is forbidden, and similar distinctions in other
classes of precepts. Although these last subjects were called by the Sages
“a small thing,” as when they say “great things, maxaseh merkavah, and a
small thing, the discussions of Abaye and Rava, still they should have
precedence, for the knowledge of these things gives composure to the
mind in the beginning. They are the precious boon bestowed by God, to
promote social well-being on earth, and enable men to obtain bliss in the
life hereafter.36 Moreover, the knowledge of them is within the reach of
all, young and old, men and women;37 those gifted with great intellectual
capacity as well as those whose intelligence is limited.”
35
For discussions of Maimonides’ use of the expression “oral Torah” see the following
studies of Gerald (Yaxakov) Blidstein: “Maimonides on ‘Oral Law’,” Jewish Law Annual 1
(1978): 108–122 and “Oral Law as Institution in Maimonides,” in The Thought of Moses
Maimonides, edited by Ira Robinson (Lewiston: Edwin Mellen, 1990): 167–182.
36
I, for one, do not detect here a retreat from Maimonides’ settled doctrine that the
key to life in the world to come is intellectual perfection. Since that question is not at
issue here, I shall not go further into this subject.
37
This is perhaps the place to note that Maimonides’ attempt to get women accepted
as the ontological (if not social and halakhic) equals of men must also be adjudged a
failure. See the writings of the “Haifa School” on medieval philosophical misogyny:
Menachem Kellner, “Philosophical Misogyny in Medieval Jewish Thought: Gersonides
vs. Maimonides,” in A. Ravitzky (ed.), Y. Sermonetta Memorial Volume ( Jerusalem: Magnes,
1998): 113–28 (Hebrew); Avraham Melamed, “ ‘Maimonides on Women: Formless
Matter or Potential Prophet?’,” Perspectives on Jewish Thought and Mysticism . . . Dedicated
to . . . Alexander Altmann, ed. Elliot Wolfson, Alfred Ivry, and Allan Arkush (Amsterdam:
Harwood Academic, 1998): 99–134; Julia Schwartzman, “Gender Concepts of Medieval
Jewish Thinkers and the Book of Proverbs,” Jewish Studies Quarterly 7 (2000): 183–202;
and Julia Schwartzman, “Is She Too Created in the Image of God? Medieval Philo-
sophical Exegesis of the Creation of the Woman According to Genesis 1–3,” Daxat 39
(1997): 69–86 (Hebrew). For an important study by a non-Haifaite, see W.Z. Harvey,
262 menachem kellner
the intellect which links with humans, and existence after death. Because of the
importance of these two sciences, the natural and the divine—and they were justly
considered important—they warned against teaching them as the mathematical
sciences are taught.
For an annotated translation of the entire text, see Menachem Kellner, “Maimonides’
Commentary on Mishnah Hagigah II.1: Translation and Commentary,” in Marc D.
Angel (ed.), From Strength to Strength: Lectures from Shearith Israel (New York: Sepher-
Hermon Press, 1998): 101–111.
41
Guide of the Perplexed I, introduction, p. 5.
264 menachem kellner
But even beginning students are meant to spend some of their time
on these subjects. This second conclusion should be obvious even if
Maimonides had not stated it explicitly: the study of physics and meta-
physics is necessary in order to know that God exists, and in order to
arrive at true and proper love and awe for God. These three are com-
mandments which must be obeyed by all, “even” women and children,
“young and old, men and women; those gifted with great intellectual
capacity as well as those whose intelligence is limited.” But beyond
that, if we want gifted advanced students to study science at a level
appropriate to them, it makes absolutely no sense for them to put off
beginning those studies till they have mastered Talmud; one need not
be a pedagogical genius to realize that.
We may now finally get to the point of all this. Maimonides wrote
the Mishneh Torah as part of an attempted curricular reform, one which
would have brought into the Talmudic academy the study of science.
Did he succeed in this reform? I do not believe that there is today or
has ever been a single yeshiva or rabbinical seminary in the world
operating on these principles. If I have properly understood his aim,
he clearly and emphatically failed.42
3. Universalism
42
The following, fairly speculative point, may be worth noting here. A good case can
be made to the effect that for Maimonides the Torah of Abraham was philosophical
and universalist while the Torah of Moses added a body of laws and practices to that
philosophical base, and was addressed to a particular nation. It is the point of the
messianic world to expose the philosophical and universalist aspects of the Torah to all
(as I understand Maimonides this does not involve the abrogation of the laws of the
Torah, but, rather, their extension to all humankind). The Mishneh Torah might thus be
seen as part of on attempt on the part of Maimonides to preserve Mosaic Torah while
making curricular space and time for Abrahamic (ultimately messianic) Torah. These
ideas are fleshed out in my “Maimonides’ True Religion—for Jews, or All Humanity?,”
Me’orot [= Edah Journal] 7.1 (2008) (http://www.yctorah.org/content/view/436/10/).
maimonides’ disputed legacy 265
beings and not just to the descendents of the Biblical Patriarchs; that
Jews share no special characteristic (be it a special soul, Halevi’s al-amr
al-ilahi, “das pintele Yid,” or anything else) which is lacking in Gentiles;
that proselytes are the equal of born Jews; that in the messianic era
all human beings will worship the Lord from a stance of full spiritual
equality; and that while the Torah conveys a distinct advantage to its
adherents, Jews as such have no advantage over Gentiles with respect
to prophecy, providence, and immortality.43
Any fair-minded assessment of the state of contemporary Judaism
in general and of contemporary Orthodoxy in particular44 leads to the
conclusion that if I have correctly characterized Maimonides’ thought in
the previous paragraph, then he certainly failed to get his ideas accepted
in later Judaism. I want to illustrate this claim by looking at the way
in which one particular Maimonidean text was read by one leading
Yeshiva head in the USA in the middle of the twentieth century.
Maimonides divided his Mishneh Torah into fourteen books. The
seventh book of the fourteen is itself divided into seven sections (and
is the only book divided into precisely that number of sections). This
seventh section is itself divided (in the printed editions) into thirteen
chapters. The thirteenth of these chapters is itself divided into thirteen
paragraphs (halakhot). Thus, the thirteenth halakhah of the thirteenth
chapter of the seventh section of the seventh book of the Mishneh Torah
marks the precise mid-point of that work.
The number thirteen is, of course, significant in Judaism generally,45
but has special significance for Maimonides. Not only did he promul-
gate thirteen principles of Judaism, but in “Laws of Circumcision,”
III.9, following Talmudic precedent, he emphasizes the fact that the
43
For arguments in support of this interpretation of Maimonides, see Confrontation.
44
In my experience, so-called liberal and secularist Jews are no less particularist than
are the Orthodox; indeed, when it comes to the full acceptance of proselytes, Orthodox
Jews in Israel are typically much more open than their secularist counterparts. I often
check the “particularism-level” of audiences to which I speak by telling the following
joke: An Eastern European Jew in the nineteenth century, tired of the discrimination
to which he was subjected, converts to Christianity. The following morning he starts to
put on tefillin. His wife says, “Idiot, what are you doing? Just yesterday you converted!”
The man strikes himself on the head and says “goyyishe kop!” The last expression
means “gentile head”—anyone who laughs at the joke thinks that conversion out of
Judaism makes a Jew dumber. Invariably, almost everyone in the audience laughs.
45
The Talmudic rabbis deduce thirteen attributes of divine mercy from Ex. 34:
6–7 (RH 17b) and count thirteen principles of halakhic exegesis (Sifra, Introduction).
Thirteen is best-known as the age at which Jewish males reach their majority.
266 menachem kellner
46
Isaac Abravanel discusses various other reasons for Maimonides’ use of precisely
thirteen principles in Rosh Amanah chapter ten.
47
Strauss, “How to Begin to Study the Guide of the Perplexed,” in the Shlomo Pines
translation of the Guide (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1963), pp. xi–lvi, p. xiii.
Further on the significance of the number seven in Maimonides see Joel Kraemer,
“Moses Maimonides: An Intellectual Portrait,” in Kenneth Seeskin, The Cambridge
Companion to Maimonides (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2005): 11–57, pp.
20 and 42.
48
I wonder if this expression ought to be read as an implied critique of notions
of original sin? Such notions are not only native to Christianity, but also attracted a
number of (post-Maimonidean, Kabbalistic) Jewish figures. As I argued in Maimonides’
Confrontation with Mysticism Maimonides looked for opportunities to battle what I call
“proto-Kabbalah.” Whether or not the text here reflects that tendency demands
separate study. For a recent study on expression of original sin in Jewish exegesis, see
Alan Cooper, “A Medieval Jewish Version of Original Sin: Ephraim of Luntshits on
Leviticus 12,” Harvard Theological Review 97 (2004): 445–460. For some studies on the
notion among Jewish philosophers, see Daniel J. Lasker, “Original Sin and Its Atone-
ment According to Hasdai Crescas,” Daxat 20 (1988): 127–35 (Hebrew) and Devorah
Schechterman, “The Doctrine of Original Sin and Commentaries on Maimonides
in Jewish Philosophy of the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries,” Daxat 20 (1988):
65–90 (Hebrew).
49
I cite the translation of Isaac Klein, Book of Agriculture (New Haven: Yale University
Press, 1979), p. 403.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 267
50
This debate was made the subject of a penetrating study by Marc (Menachem)
Hirshman, Torah Lekhol Baxei Olam: Zerem Universali be-Sifrut ha-Tanaxim ve-Yahaso le-Hokhmat
he-Amim (Torah for the Entire World: A Universalist Stream in Tannaitic Literature and
its Relation to Gentile Wisdom) (Tel Aviv; Ha-Kibbutz Ha-Meuhad, 1999). The book’s
main findings were presented in English in Hirshman, “Rabbinic Universalism in the
Second and Third Centuries,” Harvard Theological Review 93 (2000): 101–15.
268 menachem kellner
but that the expression literally means all human beings (as opposed
to Jews, native or converted).51
The expression is best-known to most contemporary Jews (and cer-
tainly to the audience of the passage by Rabbi Kotler that I will discuss
below) from a text which Maimonides himself may or may not have
known, the liturgical poem (piyyut) Unetaneh tokef.52 Tracing its sources
will be instructive for our purposes.
Here is the relevant passage:
We acclaim this day’s pure sanctity, its awesome power. This day, Lord,
Your dominion is deeply felt. Compassion and truth, its foundations, are
perceived. In truth do You judge and prosecute, discern motives and
bear witness, record and seal, count and measure, remembering all that
we have forgotten. You open the Book of Remembrance and it speaks
for itself, for every man has signed it with his deeds. The great shofar is
sounded. A still, small voice is heard. This day even angels are alarmed,
seized with fear and trembling as they declare: “The day of judgment is
here!” For even the hosts of heaven are judged. This day all who walk
the earth [kol baxei olam] pass before You as a flock of sheep. And like a
shepherd who gathers his flock, bringing them under his staff, You bring
everything that lives before You for review. You determine the life and
decree the destiny of every creature.53
It ought to be noted that the author of this poem takes it as a given
that God judges kol baxei olam on Rosh ha-Shanah. If he took himself
literally, then he held that God judges each and every individual human
being; a trivial point, perhaps, but one that I can personally attest
surprises many contemporary Jews, even learned ones.54
The author of our poem clearly had in mind the following text
(M. RH I.2):
51
A scan of the one hundred ninety one citations of this expression in the Bar-Ilan
Responsa Project database of rabbinic literature shows that in most cases it means
human beings simply, and in many places it is used in explicit contradistinction to
Jews.
52
For a useful discussion of what is known about the poem, see David Golinkin’s
discussion at http://www.schechter.edu/pubs/insight48.htm.
53
I cite the translation of Jules Harlow from the High Holidays Prayer Book (mahzor)
which he published in 1972.
54
A learned Jew in my synagogue in Haifa, a lawyer and by no means narrow-
minded, tried to prove to me that the expression kol baxei olam cannot refer to non-Jews
because it is found in Unetaneh tokef ! Even after I showed him the poem’s sources (as
discussed here), he had to agree on intellectual grounds that I was correct, but still
could not accept with comfort the notion that God actually judged Gentiles as well
as Jews on the New Year.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 269
55
The Soncino translator here understood our expression with crushing literalism;
kol baxei olam is taken to mean all of God’s creatures, and not just all human beings,
and certainly not just Jews. This translation probably reflects the Talmud’s explanation
of the phrase “children of maron,” as deriving from the way a shepherd counts his
flock. See the article cited in the following note. Compare further R. David Kimhi
(Radak) to Psalms 145:10.
56
On this expression, see N. Wieder, “A Controversial Mishnaic and Liturgical
Expression,” Journal of Jewish Studies 18 (1967):1–7.
57
Actually, my Bar-Ilan “responsa project” database found them; I just pushed the
buttons. In any event, the places are: “Repentance,” III.3 and VI.3, “Tefillin,” X.11,
“Sanhedrin,” XII.3, and “Kings,” VIII.10.
270 menachem kellner
58
I doubt that the emphasis here is accidental or purely stylistic.
59
The text actually says makom, “place”; I emended it on my own authority to
bimkom.
60
See Mishnat Rabbi Aharon (Lakewood, NJ: Makhon Mishnat Rabbi Aharon, 1992),
vol. 3, p. 147. Rabbi Kotler repeats the point in vol. 4 (2005), pp. 42 and 82.
61
For representative texts, see Commentary to M. Avot IV.6 and M. Nedarim IV.3;
compare also “Laws Concerning Torah Study,” I.7; for studies see Daniel H. Frank,
“Teaching for a Fee: Pedagogy and Friendship in Socrates and Maimonides,” in Oliver
Leaman (ed.), Friendship East and West: Philosophical Perspectives (London: Curzon, 1996):
156–163 and Ephraim Kanarfogel, “Compensation for the Study of Torah in Medieval
Rabbinic Thought,” in Ruth Link-Salinger (ed.), Of Scholars, Savants, And Their Texts:
Studies In Philosophy And Religious Thought: Essays In Honor Of Arthur Hyman. (New York:
maimonides’ disputed legacy 271
into a major prop for an institution, the kollel (an institute for the sub-
sidized study of Talmud by married men), which he would have had
to oppose!
There are other levels to Rabbi Kotler’s brilliance evident here. For
Maimonides, the “portion and inheritance” of the consecrated indi-
vidual “shall be in the Lord forever and ever.” But what is, as it were,
the Lord’s portion? Rabbi Kotler cites the Talmud to great advantage:
“since the day that the Temple was destroyed, the Holy One, blessed be
He, has nothing in this world but the four cubits of halakhah alone.”
For Rabbi Kotler’s intended audience the implication is clear. God has
nothing in the world but the four cubits of halakhah; if a person has
a “portion and inheritance” in the Lord, can that portion and inheri-
tance be in any sphere other than the “four cubits of halakhah alone”?
The point can even be made linguistically, adding to its rhetorically
if not intellectually persuasive powers: the individuals whose status is
at question in this discussion are called baxei olam (literally: those who
come into the world); “since the day that the Temple was destroyed,
the Holy One, blessed be He, has nothing in this world [olam] but the
four cubits of halakhah alone.” The individuals (baxei olam) who con-
secrate themselves like the holy of holies must be, according to Rabbi
Kotler, connected to the only world (olam) with which the Holy One
blessed be He concerns Himself, the world (olam) of the four cubits of
the halakhah alone.
Rabbi Kotler has done two things to Maimonides here: turned the
referent of our passage from all human beings to some Jews, and found
a way to draft Maimonides’ support for the kind of institution which
he himself created. With respect to the first, I do not mean to imply
that Rabbi Kotler purposefully misrepresented Maimonides. On the
contrary, I have every reason to believe that he was convinced that
he was explicating Maimonides’ true views—and that precisely is the
strongest possible indication that in this matter, as in so many others,
Maimonides’ views were not understood, let alone adopted. The hard-
wired particularism of Halevi, Kabbalah, Maharal and Hasidism has
become so much part of the warp and woof of yeshiva Orthodoxy in
the last century that only a rare product of that world can read what
Peter Lang, 1989): 135–147. The prevalence today of the idea that yeshiva students are
owed a livelihood must be counted as one of Maimonides’ more spectacular failures.
But, unlike the issues taken up in this article, it is widely admitted in traditionalist Jewish
circles that Maimonides sought but failed to reform Jewish practice in this regard.
272 menachem kellner
4. Concluding Remarks
There are many other ways in which the legacy which Maimonides
sought to leave the Jewish people is far and away not the legacy which
the Jews accepted from him. Among the more blatant we may note
the following. Maimonides sought to dissuade Jews from visiting graves,
condemned the use of mezuzot as talismans, and forbade appeals to
angels. But Jews today flock to his own (alleged) tomb, change their
mezuzot when struck by tragedy, and sing shalom aleichem every Friday
eve.63 Maimonides, as is well-known, sought to exclude piyyutim (liturgi-
cal poems) from the synagogue service, fought against the profession-
alization of the rabbinate, and it is very likely, denied the existence of
demons.64 This is hardly an exhaustive list,65 but it does illustrate how
little Maimonides was able to control his own legacy.
62
Further on R. Kotler’s use of Maimonides, see my “Each Generation and Its
Maimonides: The Maimonides of Rabbi Aharon Kotler,” in H. Kreisel, U. Ehrlich,
D. Lasker (eds), By the Well: Studies in Jewish Philosophy and Halakhic Thought Presented to
Gerald J. Blidstein (Beersheva: Ben-Gurion University Press, 2008): 463–86 (Hebrew).
63
For these matters, see “Laws of Mourning,” IV.4; “Laws of the Mezuzah,” V.4;
and the fifth of Thirteen Principles. I discuss the first of these in Maimonides’ Confrontation
with Mysticism and the second in “Philosophical Themes in Maimonides’ Sefer Ahavah,”
in Lenn Evan Goodman, Idit Dobbs-Weinstein and James Grady (eds), Maimonides and
His Heritage (Albany: SUNY Press, 2009): 13–35.
64
For the first of these, see Seth Kadish, Kavvanah: Directing the Heart in Jewish Prayer
(Northvale: Jason Aronson, 1997), pp. 398–399; for the second, note 55 above, and
for the last, Marc Shapiro, “Maimonidean Halakhah and Superstition,” Maimonidean
Studies 4 (2000): 61–108.
65
David Berger’s critique of attempts to turn Maimonides into a supporter of mes-
sianic claims about the late Rabbi M.M. Schneersohn (Berger, The Rebbe, the Messiah,
and the Scandal of Orthodox Indifference [London: Littman Library of Jewish Civilization,
maimonides’ disputed legacy 273
Bibliography
Arussi, R., “Unity and Separatism in the Teaching of Maimonides”, Techumin 8 (1987):
462–487 [Hebrew].
Berger, D., “The Uses of Maimonides by Twentieth-Century Jewry”, in B. Kraut (ed.),
Moses Maimonides: Communal Impact, Historic Legacy, New York: Queens College Center
for Jewish Studies, 2005, 62–72.
——, The Rebbe, the Messiah, and the Scandal of Orthodox Indifference, London: Littman
Library of Jewish Civilization, 2001.
Blidstein, G., Ha-tefillah be-mishnato he-hilkhatit shel ha-rambam, Jerusalem: Mossad Bialik,
1994.
——, Samkhut u-meri be-halakhat ha-rambam, Tel Aviv: Ha-kibbutz ha-me’uhad, 2002.
——, “Maimonides on ‘Oral Law’ ”, Jewish Law Annual 1 (1978), 108–122.
——, “Oral Law as Institution in Maimonides”, in I. Robinson (ed.), The Thought of
Moses Maimonides, Lewiston: Edwin Mellen, 1990, 167–182.
Caplan, K., “Israeli Haredi Society and the Repentance Phenomenon”, Jewish Studies
Quarterly 8 (2002), 369–398.
Cooper, A., “A Medieval Jewish Version of Original Sin: Ephraim of Luntshits on
Leviticus 12”, Harvard Theological Review 97 (2004), 445–460.
Davidson, H., “The First Two Positive Commandments in Maimonides’ List of the
613 Believed to Have Been Given to Moses at Sinai”, in R. Elior and P. Schaefer
(eds.) Creation and Re-Creation in Jewish Thought: Festschrift in Honor of Joseph Dan on the
Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2005, 113–145.
Dykman, Sh., (ed.), Meiri’s Bet ha-Behirah on Berakhot, 2nd edition, Jerusalem: Makhon
ha-Talmud ha-Yisraeli ha-Shalem, 1965.
Frank, D.H., “Teaching for a Fee: Pedagogy and Friendship in Socrates and Mai-
monides”, in O. Leaman (ed.), Friendship East and West: Philosophical Perspectives, London:
Curzon, 1996, 156–163.
Golinkin, D., “Do ‘Repentance, Prayer and Tzedakah Avert the Severe Decree’?”
(http://www.schechter.edu/pubs/insight48.htm).
Halbertal, M., Bein Torah le-Hokhmah: R. Menachem Ha-Meiri u-Baxalei ha-Halakhah ha-
Maimuni’im be-Provanz, Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 2000.
——, “What is the Mishneh Torah? On Codification and Ambivalence”, in Jay Harris
(ed.), Maimonides after 800 Years: Essays on Maimonides and His Influence, Cambridge:
Harvard University Press, 2007, 81–112.
2001]) should surely be mentioned here; so, too, the various uses to which Maimonides
is put in Zionist discourse. On the latter, see Daniel J. Lasker, “Maimonides’ Influence
on Israeli Politics,” Tarbut Demokratit 2 (1999): 101–12 (Hebrew). See further, David
Berger, “The Uses of Maimonides by Twentieth-Century Jewry,” in Benny Kraut
(ed.), Moses Maimonides: Communal Impact, Historic Legacy (New York: Queens College,
2005): 62–72.
66
My thanks to Dr. Avram Montag and R. Ephraim Yawitz for their comments on
earlier drafts of this essay.
274 menachem kellner
Halkin, A.S., “A Defence of the Mishneh Torah”, Tarbiz 25 (1956), 412–428 [Hebrew].
Harvey, W.Z., “The Obligation of Talmud on Women according to Maimonides”,
Tradition 19:2 (Summer, 1981), 122–130.
——, “The Return of Maimonideanism”, Journal of Jewish Social Studies 24 (1980),
249–268.
Henschke, D., “On the Question of Unity in Maimonides’ Thought”, Daxat 37 (1996),
37–71 [Hebrew].
Hirshman, M., “Rabbinic Universalism in the Second and Third Centuries”, Harvard
Theological Review 93 (2000), 101–15.
——, Torah Lekhol Baxei Olam: Zerem Universali be-Sifrut ha-Tanaxim ve-Yahaso le-Hokhmat
he-Amim [Torah for the Entire World: A Universalist Stream in Tannaitic Literature
and its Relation to Gentile Wisdom], Tel Aviv: Ha-Kibbutz Ha-Meuhad, 1999.
Idel, M., Kabbalah: New Perspectives, New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988.
Julius, A., Idolizing Pictures: Idolatry, Iconoclasm and Jewish Art, London: Thames and
Hudson, 2000.
Kadish, S., Kavvanah: Directing the Heart in Jewish Prayer, Northvale: Jason Aronson,
1997.
Kafih, J., “ ‘Secular’ Studies According to Maimonides”, in id., Ketavim, vol. 2, Jerusalem:
A’aleh be-Tamar, 2002, 587–596 [Hebrew].
Kanarfogel, E., “Compensation for the Study of Torah in Medieval Rabbinic Thought”,
in R. Link-Salinger (ed.), Of Scholars, Savants, And Their Texts: Studies In Philosophy And
Religious Thought: Essays In Honor Of Arthur Hyman, New York: Peter Lang, 1989,
135–147.
Kasher, H., “Talmud Torah as a Means of Apprehending God in Maimonides’
Teachings”, Jerusalem Studies in Jewish Thought 5 (1986), 71–81 [Hebrew].
Kellner, M., “Each Generation and Its Maimonides: The Maimonides of Rabbi Aharon
Kotler”, in H. Kreisel, U. Ehrlich, D. Lasker (eds.), By the Well: Studies in Jewish
Philosophy and Halakhic Thought Presented to Gerald J. Blidstein, Beersheva: Ben-Gurion
University Press, 2008, 463–86 [Hebrew].
——, “The Literary Character of the Mishneh Torah: On the Art of Writing in
Maimonides’ Halakhic Works”, in E. Fleisher, G. Blidstein, C Horowitz, and
B. Septimus (eds.), Mexah Shexarim: Studies in Medieval Jewish Spiritual Life in Memory of
Isadore Twersky, Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 2001, 29–45.
——, “Maimonides’ Allegiances to Torah and Science”, Torah U Madda Journal 7 (1997),
88–104.
——, “Maimonides’ Commentary on Mishnah Hagigah II.1: Translation and Com-
mentary”, in M.D. Angel (ed.), From Strength to Strength: Lectures from Shearith Israel,
New York: Sepher-Hermon Press, 1998, 101–111.
——, “Maimonides’ True Religion—for Jews, or All Humanity?”, Me’orot [= Edah Journal]
7.1 (2008) (http://www.yctorah.org/content/view/436/10/).
——, “Mishneh Torah—Madu’a”, Mesorah le-Yosef 4 (2005), 316–329.
——, “Philosophical Misogyny in Medieval Jewish Thought: Gersonides vs. Mai-
monides”, in A. Ravitzky (ed.), Y. Sermonetta Memorial Volume, Jerusalem: Magnes
Press, 1998, 113–28 [Hebrew].
——, “Philosophical Themes in Maimonides’ Sefer Ahavah”, in Lenn Evan Goodman,
Idit Dobbs-Weinstein and James Grady (eds.), Maimonides and His Heritage, Albany:
SUNY Press, 2009, 13–35.
——, “Rabbis in Politics: A Study in Medieval and Modern Jewish Political Theory”,
State and Society 3 (2003), 673–698 [Hebrew].
——, “Steven Schwarzschild, Moses Maimonides, and ‘Jewish Non-Jews’ ”, in G.K.
Hasselhoff and O. Fraisse (eds.), Moses Maimonides (1138–1204): His Religious, Scientifical,
and Philosophical Wirkungsgeschichte in Different Cultural Contexts, Würzburg: Ergon, 2004,
587–606.
maimonides’ disputed legacy 275
——, Maimonides’ Confrontation with Mysticism, London: Littman Library of Jewish Civil-
ization, 2006.
——, Science in the Bet Midrash: Studies in Maimonides, New York: Academic Studies Press,
forthcoming.
Kotler, R. Aharon, Mishnat Rabbi Aharon, Lakewood, NJ: Makhon Mishnat Rabbi
Aharon, 1992.
Kraemer, J., “Moses Maimonides: An Intellectual Portrait”, in K. Seeskin (ed.), The
Cambridge Companion to Maimonides, New York: Cambridge University Press, 2005,
11–57.
Langermann, Y. Tzvi, “Saving the Soul by Knowing the Soul: A Medieval Yemeni
Interpretation of Song of Songs”, Journal of Jewish Thought and Philosophy 12 (2003),
147–166.
Lasker, D.J., “Kabbalah, Halakhah, and Modern Medicine: The Case of Artificial
Insemination”, Modern Judaism 8 (1988), 1–14.
——, “Maimonides’ Influence on Israeli Politics”, Tarbut Demokratit 2 (1999), 101–12
[Hebrew].
——, “Original Sin and Its Atonement According to Hasdai Crescas”, Daxat 20 (1988)
127–35 [Hebrew].
Maimonides, Ethical Writings of Maimonides, ed. R. Weiss and C. Butterworth, New
York: Dover, 1983.
——, Iggerot ha-Rambam, ed. D.Z. Baneth, Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 1985.
——, The Code of Maimonides. Book 7: The Book of Agriculture, trans. Isaac Klein, New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1979.
——, The Complete Restatement of the Oral Law (Mishneh Torah), trans. by the staff of
Mechon Mamre (http://www.mechon-mamre.org/e/e0000.htm).
——, The Guide of the Perplexed, trans. Shlomo Pines, Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1963.
Manekin, C., “Belief, Certainty, and Divine Attributes in the Guide of the Perplexed”,
Maimonidean Studies 1 (1990), 117–141.
Melamed, A., “ ‘Maimonides on Women: Formless Matter or Potential Prophet?’ ”, in
E. Wolfson, A. Ivry and A. Arkush (eds.), Perspectives on Jewish Thought and Mysticism . . .
Dedicated to . . . Alexander Altmann, Amsterdam: Harwood Academic, 1998, 99–134.
Nadler, A., “The ‘Rambam Revival’ in Early Modern Jewish Thought: Maskilim,
Mitnagdim, and Hasidim on Maimonides’ Guide of the Perplexed”, in B. Kraut (ed.),
Moses Maimonides: Communal Impact, Historic Legacy, New York: Queens College Center
for Jewish Studies [cf. title by Berger above], 2005, 36–61.
Oren, G., “Meiri al ha-Aher”, Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Haifa, 2005.
Peli, P., On Repentance: The Thought and Oral Discourses of Rabbi Joseph Dov Soloveitchik,
Northvale: Jason Aronson, 2000.
Schechterman, D., “The Doctrine of Original Sin and Commentaries on Maimonides
in Jewish Philosophy of the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries”, Daxat 20 (1988),
65–90 [Hebrew].
Scholem, G., Origins of the Kabbalah, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1987.
Schwartzman, J., “Gender Concepts of Medieval Jewish Thinkers and the Book of
Proverbs”, Jewish Studies Quarterly 7 (2000), 183–202.
——, “Is She Too Created in the Image of God? Medieval Philosophical Exegesis
of the Creation of the Woman According to Genesis 1–3”, Daxat 39 (1997), 69–86
[Hebrew].
Shapiro, M., “Maimonidean Halakhah and Superstition”, Maimonidean Studies 4 (2000),
61–108.
——, The Limits of Orthodox Theology: Maimonides’ Thirteen Principles Reappraised, Oxford:
Littman Library of Civilization, 2004.
276 menachem kellner
Strauss, L., “How to Begin to Study the Guide of the Perplexed”, in Maimonides, Guide,
trans. Pines, 1963, xi–lvi.
Twersky, I., Introduction to the Code of Maimonides, New Haven: Yale University Press,
1980.
Urbach, E., Ha-Mishpat ha-Ivry, Jerusalem: Magnes Press, 1973.
Wieder, N., “A Controversial Mishnaic and Liturgical Expression”, Journal of Jewish
Studies 18 (1967), 1–7.
THE IMAGE OF MAIMONIDES IN HABAD HASIDISM*
Naftali Loewenthal
Joined in Paradox?
3
See Jay Harris, “The Image of Maimonides in Nineteenth Century Jewish
Historiography”, in Proceedings of the American Academy for Jewish Research, LIV, 1987,
117–139.
4
See Louis Jacobs, Seeker of Unity—the Life and Works of Aaron of Starosselje (London,
1966); Rachel Elior, The Paradoxical Ascent to G-d, The Kabbalistic Theosophy of Habad
Hasidism, trans. Jeffrey M. Green, (State University of New York Press: New York,
1993).
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 279
5
Alexander Altmann, “Das Verhältnis Maimunis zur jüdischen Mystik”, Monatsschrift
für Geschichte und Wissenschaft des Judentums, 80 Jahrgang, Sonderabdruck, Berlin, 1936,
305–330. The English version, “Maimonides’s Attitude towards Jewish Mysticism”,
was published in A. Jospe, ed., Studies in Jewish Thought: an anthology of German Jewish
scholarship (Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1981) 200–219.
6
Moshe Idel, “Maimonides and Kabbalah”, in Isadore Twersky, ed., Studies in
Maimonides (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1990) 31–81.
7
Concerning the history of this claim see Gershom Scholem, “Mehoker limekubal
(agadat hamekubalim al haRambam)” Tarbiz 6 (3) (1935) 90–98.
8
Idel, “Maimonides and Kabbalah”, 54–70.
9
Ibid., 67. Idel points out the irony that Abulafia reached his mystical interpreta-
tion of the Guide by employment of the technique of repeated recitation of Divine
Names, a form of quest for mystical experience which was ignored or even eventually
attacked by Maimonides (ibid., 69).
10
Ibid., 52.
280 naftali loewenthal
11
See Paul B. Fenton “Abraham Maimonides (1186–1237) founding a mystical
dynasty”, in Moshe Idel, Mortimer Ostow, eds., Jewish Mystical Leaders and Leadership in
the 13th Century (Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 1998) 127–154; S.D. Gotein “Documents
on Abraham Maimonides and his Pietist Circle”, Tarbiz 33 (1963), 181–197.
12
David Blumenthal “Maimonides’ Intellectualist Mysticism and the Superiority
of the Philosophy of Moses”, Studies in Medieval Culture 10 (1977), 51–68 (reprinted in
David R. Blumenthal, ed., Approaches to Judaism in Medieval Times, vol. 1, Chico, Calif.:
Scholars Press, 1984, 27–52).
13
Blumenthal, “Intellectualist Mysticism” (1977), 34.
14
Ibid., p. 35.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 281
Devekut
15
Steven Harvey, “The Meaning of Terms Designating Love in Judeo-Arabic
Thought and Some Remarks on the Judeo-Arabic Interpretation of Maimonides”, in
Norman Golb, ed., Studies in Muslim-Jewish Relations, Judeo-Arabic Studies, Proceedings of the
Founding Conference of the Society for Judeo-Arabic Studies (Amsterdam: Harwood Academic
Publishers, 1997) 175–196. See also Georges Vajda, L’amour de Dieu dans la théologie juive du
moyen age (Paris: Vrin, 1957), chapter on “Moïse Maïmonide (1135–1204)”, 118–145.
16
See Mishneh Torah, Hil. Teshuvah, 10:3.
17
See Allan Nadler, The Faith of the Mithnagdim, Rabbinic Responses to Hasidic Rapture
(Baltimore and London: The John Hopkins University Press, 1997) 48–9.
18
See the Vilna Gaon’s comment #13 to Shulhan Arukh Yoreh Dexah, 179:10.
282 naftali loewenthal
19
S.A. Horodecky, “HaRambam ba-kabbalah uva-hasidut”, Moznayim vol. 3,
1935.
20
Y.Y. Dienstag, “Maimonides, The Guide for the Perplexed and the Book of Knowledge
in Hasidic Literature” [Hebrew], The Abraham Weiss Jubilee Volume (New York: 1964)
307–330.
21
Ibid., 307. See n. 7 above. Evidence of the attitude of the contemporary Hasidim
is an article by B. Shahar (presumably a pen-name), “Moreh Hanevukhim lehaRam-
bam beTorat haHasidut” in the pan-hasidic publication Olam HaHasidut, no. 14, Tevet
5756, 36–39.
22
See Dienstag, “Maimonides in Hasidic Literature”, 314.
23
Ibid., 326, citing Rabbi Menahem Mendel of Vitebsk (1730–1788) and the later
R. Avraham of Slonim (1802–1884). See the beginning of Ephodi’s commentary to
Guide III 51.
24
Rabbi Nathan Sternhartz, Hayei Muharan ( Jerusalem, 1962), Part II ‘Shivhei
haRan’, Lehitrahek mehakirot sec. 3, 19b.
25
Ibid., sec. 5, 19d.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 283
26
The full text is printed in the collection of letters appended to the HaMosad
leHotza’at Sifrei Musar vaHasidut edition of R. Menahem Mendel of Vitebsk, Pri
Ha-Aretz ( Jerusalem, 1974), 54–57.
27
See J.G. Weiss, Studies in Eastern European Jewish Mysticism, ed. D. Goldstein, (Oxford:
The Littman Library, Oxford University Press, 1985) 159, and 168 n. 10, citing Eliezer
Zweifel’s Shalom ’al Yisrael (Vilna, 1873) 3:17–18. See also Dienstag, “Maimonides in
Hasidic Literature”, 314–6.
28
Before he became a hasid Rabbi Avraham had been a disciple of the Vilna Gaon,
and it is unlikely that he was unaware of the provenance of the passage.
29
J.G. Weiss, Studies in Eastern European Jewish Mysticism 39 n. 3, reprint of an article
originally published as J.G. Weiss “A Circle of Pneumatics in Pre-Hasidism”, Journal
of Jewish Studies 8 nos. 3–4, 1957, 199–213.
30
Louis Jacobs, Hasidic Prayer (London: The Littman Library, Routledge & Kegan
Paul, 1972) 72.
31
Guide III 51, from Shlomo Pines’ translation, The Guide of the Perplexed (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1963) vol. 2, 623.
284 naftali loewenthal
of the Baal Shem Tov, to maintain something like this form of devekut
himself, and also to demand it of others. Toledot Yakov Yosef, the first
Hasidic work to be printed, gives a humorous report of this:
I heard in the name of R. Nahman Kossover that he rebuked people
who do not maintain “I put G-d always before me” (Ps. 16:8) even when
they are occupied with business. And should you say, how is this possible?
Behold, when a person is in the synagogue praying he is able to think of
all kinds of business affairs, so the converse must also be possible.32
These ideas continue in the Hasidic movement, as we see for example
in a text from the Habad school around 1820, which does not refer
to Maimonides, but describes an ideal variety of devekut which can be
maintained during worldly activity. The text states that there are two
forms of devekut. The first can only be maintained during spiritual
activities like contemplation and prayer. The second kind is a more
exalted level and persists whatever one is doing:
. . . even if he is deeply and intensely involved in business nonetheless this
does not separate him in any way from the devekut (cleaving) of his soul
to G-d, not even a hairsbreadth . . . ‘even though he walks here and there
in the realms of nogah [i.e. “unholiness”], [the Divine] Visage remains
with [him]’33
32
See J.G. Weiss, “The Beginnings of Hasidism” [Hebrew], Zion 15 (1951), 61,
collected in A. Rubenstein, Studies in Hasidism [Hebrew], ( Jerusalem: Zalman Shazar
Centre, 1978) 137, quoting Toledot Yakov Yosef (Koretz, 1780) 17d.
33
R. Dov Ber Shneuri, the Mitteler Rebbe (1773–1827), Shaarei Teshuvah ( Jerusalem,
1972) I 9d. See Zohar II 114a.
34
Hil. Yesodei HaTorah 2:10, see also Hil. Teshuvah 5:5, Shemoneh Perakim ch. 8,
and Guide I 68. See Tanya Part I ch. 2, fol. 6a, ch. 48, fol. 68b; Part II ch. 7, fol. 83a.
35
Tanya Part II ch. 2, fol. 77a.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 285
36
Likkutei Torah was first printed in Zhitomir in 1848. It is the second volume
published by Rabbi Menahem Mendel the Zemah Zedek collecting Rabbi Shneur
Zalman’s discourses, the first being Torah Or (Kopys, 1837). The altered name was to
evade government restrictions on the publication of hasidic works. The second volume
includes many interpolations by R. Menahem Mendel, generally providing sources and
parallels in the teachings of R. Shneur Zalman and elsewhere in Jewish literature. The
editions of Torah Or (Brooklyn: Kehot, 2001, 21st edition) and Likkutei Torah (Brooklyn:
Kehot, 1999, 17th edition) are in square letters and have several useful appendixes.
37
Likkutei Torah Pekudei, 6d.
38
See Dienstag, “Maimonides in Hasidic Literature”, 323–5.
39
See S.B. Levin, Iggrot Kodesh . . . Admur HaZaken etc. (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1980) 89–90.
However, here too he does not mention the Guide, just “the first book of the Yad”.
40
See Tanya, Part I, ch. 3 fol. 7a–b. See Louis Jacobs, Hasidic Prayer 82–92; Roman A.
Foxbrunner, Habad, the Hasidism of R. Shneur Zalman of Lyady (Tuscaloosa and London:
The University of Alabama Press, 1992) 178–194; Rachel Elior, The Paradoxical Ascent
to G-d (n. 4 above) 159–165.
286 naftali loewenthal
41
Gen. 4:1. See Tanya, Part I ch. 3, fol. 7b.
42
Roman A. Foxbrunner, Habad, 178. Foxbrunner cites Mishneh Torah, Hil. Yesodei
HaTorah 2: 1–2, Hil. Teshuvah ch. 10, Guide, I 39, III 28, 44 and especially 51; Sefer
HaMitzvot Positive Commandments 3–5; Mishnah Commentary, Avot I:5.
43
See Zohar I 11b (quoting Daniel 4:32).
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 287
and longing and desire, and a soul longing for the greatness of the Ein
Sof . . . as it says . . . “my soul thirsts for G-d” (Ps. 42:3).44
We can compare this with Maimonides:
. . . When a person contemplates His works and His wondrous and great
creations, and sees in them His incomparable and infinite wisdom, at
once he will love, and laud, and praise, and desire a strong desire to
know His great Name. As David said “My soul thirsts for G-d, for the
living G-d.” (Ps. 42:3). And when he thinks about these very things, at
once he retreats backwards, and is afraid, and knows he is a tiny low
dark creature standing with a weak mind before the One who is Perfect
of Knowledge.45
The contemplative process described in this passage in the Tanya focuses
on theosophic knowledge, the kabbalistic theme of the Divine radiance
filling all worlds and transcending all worlds and leads (in this example)
first to feelings of awe and fear and then to yearning love. By contrast
the intellectualist contemplation described by Maimonides focuses on
the wisdom of the Divine in fashioning the universe, and it leads first
to love and then to awe. Despite these differences, the similarities are
striking.
It is interesting that both are describing a contemplative process in
which love is transformed to awe, or vice versa. There is another shared
aspect in the systems of contemplation which both are describing. As
mentioned above, the Habad contemplation system describes a series of
stages: Wisdom, Understanding and Knowledge. The passage from awe
to love described above is a detail in the process of the second stage.
Is there anything comparable in Maimonides? Not just the movement
from love to awe as quoted, but the sense of a general progression of
stages of the contemplation process? In fact such a system is seen in
the Guide III: 51, particularly as elucidated by David Blumenthal.46
The first stage is understood by Blumenthal to be based on knowl-
edge of the ideas presented in the early chapters of Hilkhot Yesodei
HaTorah, which Maimonides calls “Maaseh Merkavah” and “Maaseh
Bereishit”. These constitute knowledge of the Divine, of the ranks
of angels and so on, and knowledge of the nature of the universe.
44
Tanya I ch. 3, fol. 7b.
45
Hil. Yesodei HaTorah 2:2.
46
See David R. Blumenthal, “Maimonides’ Philosophical Mysticism” in his Philo-
sophic Mysticism: Studies in Rational Religion (Ramat Gan: Bar-Ilan University Press, 2006),
128–151.
288 naftali loewenthal
47
Hil. Yesodei Hatorah 4:12: “When a person contemplates (mitbonen) these ideas
and becomes cognisant of all the creations such as angel, sphere and man . . . and sees
the wisdom of G-d in all that He has created . . . this adds love of G-d, and his soul
will thirst and his flesh will yearn to love G-d, may He be blessed; and he will also feel
awe and fear on account of his lowness and insignificance . . .”.
48
Blumenthal stresses these words: the first stage is the kind of intellectualist
knowledge described in Hil. Yesodei HaTorah; “after that” is the second which enters
a deeper bond with the Divine.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 289
49
Pines, vol. 2, 623. Note that R. Shneur Zalman’s Tanya also suggests that when
a person is occupied with business, his mind is expected to be focused on this activity,
to the extent that worrying about his spiritual inadequacies at that moment would be
considered inappropriate (Tanya, Part 1, ch. 26, fol. 33b). However there is a higher
Habad ideal in which the person is consciously joined with the Divine in all his or her
activities, as mentioned earlier.
50
The contemplation scheme described in the second section of Tanya, entitled Gate
of Unity and Faith, provides more detail on the initial stages of the process, prior to the
onset of an emotional response of awe and love of the Divine.
51
Maxamarei Admur haZaken, Et-halekh Loznia (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1958), 75. See Moshe
Hallamish, “The Theoretical System of Rabbi Shneur Zalman of Liady (its sources in
290 naftali loewenthal
The comment may have been by Rabbi Shneur Zalman, in the original
delivery of his discourse, or it may have been added by his grandson
Rabbi Menahem Mendel, later to be the third Habad leader known as
the Tzemah Tzedek, who transcribed the discourse, an idea suggested
by the fact that the passage is in parenthesis. In either case the com-
ment indicates that the early Habad leadership, at least in the third
generation and possibly earlier, was aware both of the similarities and
the differences between the Habad system of contemplation and that
of Maimonides.
Tzemah Tzedek
Some fifty years later, Rabbi Menahem Mendel, the Tzemah Tzedek
(1789–1866), transcriber of the above-quoted discourse, and the third
generation Habad leader, wrote a remarkable work Sefer HaHakirah—Der-
ekh Emunah with extended discussion of the Guide and other philosophical
works such as Hovot Halevavot, Saadia, Ikkarim, Gersonides and an early
Hebrew scientific book, Nehmad veNaim by David Gans (1541–1613),
who met Tycho Brahe. In Sefer HaHakirah R. Menahem Mendel enters
the philosophical discussions on their own terms, exploring issues such
as creation and proofs for the existence of G-d. Yet he does this by
incorporating also points from Habad hasidic teaching: for this author,
philosophy, science and Jewish mystical thought meet.52 The subtext of
this book is the suggestion that in this world of rationality and scien-
tific investigation the inner spiritual truths of Jewish teaching can be
discovered. In another of his works R. Menahem Mendel defended
Maimonides’ piety:
Kabbalah and Hasidism)”, unpublished PhD submitted to the Senate of the Hebrew
University, 1976, 220. The editors state that the manuscript of this volume of Rabbi
Shneur Zalman’s teachings was copied from transcripts made by Rabbi Menahem
Mendel, the Tzemah Tzedek.
52
Concerning this work, see N. Loewenthal, “ ‘Reason’ and ‘Beyond Reason’ in
Habad Hasidism”, in M. Hallamish, ed., Alei Shefer, Studies in the Literature of Jewish
Thought presented to Rabbi Dr Alexandre Safran (Ramat Gan: Bar-Ilan University Press,
1990), 109–126, particularly 123–126. An earlier work which sought to draw together
the sciences and Jewish thought including the kabbalah was Sefer HaBrit by R. Pinhas
Eliyahu Horowitz (Berlin, 1797). Concerning this see Ira Robinson, “Kabbala and
Science in Sefer ha-Berit: a Modernization Strategy for Orthodox Jews” Modern Judaism
1987, 275–288.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 291
the more that the Rambam grasped of the truth of G-d, the more he
would be humble in his own eyes . . . achieving true bitul (self-abnegation)
[ready] to cast away his life [if necessary], on account of his perception
of G-d before his eyes . . .53
He then reminds the reader that in the sixteenth century Rabbi Moshe
Isserlis had seen fit to begin his glosses on the Code of Law with a
direct quotation from the Guide III 52, a passage encouraging continu-
ous awareness of G-d.
R. Menahem Mendel was in open conflict with the Maskilim who
were determined to transform the Jews and the Jewish education system
in Russia.54 For them the image of Maimonides and other figures of
the medieval Jewish philosophical tradition meant full accommodation
with the modern world, acceptance of a rationalist form of Judaism
and welcome to secular knowledge. There is a Habad tradition that the
compilation of Sefer HaHakirah—Derekh Emunah in its manuscript form
was in connection with this conflict, although the rationale is not clear.55
Perhaps R. Menahem Mendel was not willing to abandon the image
of Maimonides and the medieval Jewish philosophers to the Maskilim,
and his detailed discussions of their ideas formed part of a spiritual
campaign of his own. Rabbi Menahem Mendel’s halakhic works were
printed in the 1870s and 1880s, not long after he passed away in 1866.
Many other volumes of his works remained in manuscript and most
of them were not printed till the second half of the twentieth century.
However it is interesting that in 1912 Rabbi Menahem Mendel’s book
on philosophy was printed in Poltava. (The same printer, presumably,
53
Rabbi Menahem Mendel, Derekh mitzvotekha ve-hu sefer taxamei hamitzvot (Poltava
1911, 4th edition Brooklyn: Kehot, 1991), 8b.
54
He took part in a series of meetings of a commission concerning the education
of the Jews which was held in St Petersburg in 1843, together with, among others,
the leader of Lithuanian Jewry, Rabbi Yitzhak ben Haim of Volozhyn, the German
maskilic reformer Max Lilienthal and the Russian Minister of National Enlightenment,
S.S. Uvarov. Rabbi Menahem Mendel’s overt and openly stated goal during this com-
mission was to resist the pressure of the government and the Maskilim, and to preserve
the traditional Jewish system of education. See M. Stanislawsky, Tsar Nicholas I and the
Jews (Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society, 1983), 78–82.
55
See Rabbi M.M. Schneerson, HaYom Yom (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1943 and frequently
since) entry for 28 Tevet, which suggests that the work was complied in connection
with the commission of 1843 (see previous note). This statement is based on the Habad
historiography of Rabbi Joseph I Schneersohn (1880–1950), concerning which see
Ada Rapoport-Albert, “Hagiography with Footnotes: Edifying Tales and the Writing
of History in Hasidism”, in Essays in Jewish Historiography, History and Theory, Beiheft
27, 1988, 119–159.
292 naftali loewenthal
56
This date commemorates the release of Rabbi Shneur Zalman from Czarist prison
in 1798. In addition, in 1901 R. Shalom Dovber declared that this day is the “Rosh
Hashanah (New Year) of Hasidic teachings”. See his Collected Letters vol. 1 (Brooklyn:
Kehot, 1982) 259.
57
Ikkarim discourse 3, ch. 1.
58
Rabbi Shalom Dovber Schneersohn, Torat Shalom—Sefer HaSihot (Brooklyn: Kehot,
1992, 4th edition) 243. A footnote comments that the transcription of Rabbi Shalom
Dovber’s words differs somewhat from the text in the Ikkarim.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 293
Maimonides would put the centre-point [hanekudah] first and after that
made the circle, while Aristotle would make the circle and then wanted to
arrive at the centre-point. Obviously, for Maimonides who set the centre-
point first, the circle emerged in a good way, accurately round the centre,
that means, that first he set the foundation, which is Faith, and after that
he constructed the circle, meaning he was involved in rationality [hitxasek
bemuskalot] but the circle was good, meaning that also his Reason would
lead to the centre, but without the centre-point the circle might form in
such a way that there is altogether no centre . . . without the centre point
the intellect by itself might go who knows where.59
Having affirmed the piety of Maimonides’ rationalism, Rabbi Shalom
Dovber continues by linking the Guide with early Hasidism. Perhaps
between the lines is also the suggestion that the rationalist Rabbiner
and his friends are more likely to find satisfaction among the Hasidim
than with their opponents, the Mitnaggedim. “One should not tell the
Mitnaggedim,” he said, “but the disciples of the Maggid of Mezeritch
would study the Guide”.60 For the Mitnaggedim, Maimonides’ philosophi-
cal works were an anathema, but in Rabbi Shalom Dovber’s view, not
so for the Hasidim. He continued by emphasising the need for rational
appreciation of the Divine, citing the comment of sixteenth-century
R. Yeshaya Halevi Horowitz in the Shnei Luhot HaBrit 61 on the verse
“This is my G-d ve-anvehu [and I will make a dwelling for Him], the
G-d of my father and I will exalt Him” (Ex.15:2).
This means, when He is ‘my G-d’, meaning that I intellectually grasp
G-dliness myself, then anvehu, “ani vehu”, I and He are together; but when
He is ‘the G-d of my father’, meaning I only believe in Him without
understanding, then ‘I exalt Him’, meaning He is remote from me.62
On another occasion, earlier in his career when he was struggling to
counteract the influence of the Maskilic Movement (Hevrah Mefitzei
Haskalah) which was engaged in opening schools for Jewish children in
many parts of Russia, R. Shalom Dovber spoke of the great mystics
of the past such as the Four who entered Pardes, and Rabbi Ishmael
the High Priest, hero of the Merkavah literature. They ascended “by
means of a Divine Name” to the kabbalistic world of Yetzirah, Forma-
tion. However, he said, Maimonides “through his pure intellect, just
59
Ibid., 244.
60
Ibid.
61
Asarah Maamarot, beginning of 1st Maamar.
62
Torat Shalom 244.
294 naftali loewenthal
with human intellect was able to grasp the World of Yetzirah without
any Divine Names. That realm which was reached by the Four who
entered Pardes by employing sacred Names, he was able to reach with
his pure intellect even though it was human intellect.”63
For R. Shalom Dovber, giving this talk in 1905, to his students in the
Tomkhei Temimim Yeshivah founded less than a decade previously, this
idea was intended both to retain Maimonides as a latter-day guide for
orthodox Jewry and also to demonstrate to his audience that to reach
spiritual heights you do not need to employ Divine Names. Maimonides
used his pure sekhel, and we have “the Divine haskalah (intellectual study)
which [Rabbi Shneur Zalman] gave us” which will enable us too to rise
to spiritual heights.64 For R. Shalom Dovber the image of Maimonides
the philosopher represents the transformation of intellectualization and
rationalisation into pathways to G-d rather than the secular rationalist
path of the contemporary Hevrah Mefitzei Haskalah.
63
Ibid., 58. See also Rabbi Yosef Yitzhak Schneersohn’s talk in Sefer HaSihot, Summer
5700 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1961) 41, a talk on Shabbat Hol-HaMoed Pesah in Lakewood.
This describes Maimonides in somewhat similar terms, and also declares that “my
grandfather [the 4th Rebbe, Rabbi Shmuel Schneersohn, 1834–1882] during one of
his sessions with my father [R. Shalom Dovber] studying the Guide for the Perplexed,
said that he has a tradition, Rebbe from Rebbe, back to the holy Baal Shem Tov that
Maimonides was a great kabbalist”. An editorial footnote on the page discusses this
statement in relation to the kabbalistic idea that Maimonides did not study kabbalah,
or only did so at the end of his life (see n. 7 above). The more usual Habad approach
to Maimonides is that he was a spiritual guide throughout his career.
64
Torat Shalom 58.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 295
65
They were initially published in the original Yiddish, in typed form, in a series
extending from January 1950 to the autumn of 1981. These are entitled Sihot Kodesh. A
second series with the title Hitvaxaduyot . . . Admor Shelita provided transcripts in Hebrew,
from 1981 till February 1992, after which R. Menachem Mendel suffered a stroke from
which he never recovered. A further publishing venture began in 1993, translating the
Yiddish transcripts into Hebrew and also supplementing them with further transcripts
which came to light in the possession of various followers. This series, still in progress,
has the title Torat Menachem Hitvaxaduyot. Admor Menahem Mendel. These are all “unedited”
teachings of Rabbi Menachem Mendel. By contrast Likkutei Sihot, Sefer HaSihot, and
Torat Menahem Sefer HaMaxamarim Melukat (kabbalistic discourses) were teachings edited
by Rabbi Menachem Mendel for publication.
66
Torat Menahem Hitvaxaduyot vol. 5 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1996) 147 n. 33 (the note adds
material from another transcript).
67
Ibid., vol. 10 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1998), 39. See Pines, vol. 1, 23–24.
68
Pines vol. 2, 246; Torat Menahem Hitvaxaduyot vol. 21 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 2002),
148. Rabbi Menachem Mendel does not mention that this idea is cited in the Guide
in Aristotle’s name.
296 naftali loewenthal
69
Pines vol. 1, 35.
70
Torat Menahem Hitvaxaduyot vol. 33 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 2006). See above, n. 63.
71
See Meir ibn Gabbai Avodat Hakodesh III ch. 41.
72
Likkutei Sihot vol. 3 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1964) 761.
73
Likkutei Sihot vol. 26 (Brookly: Kehot, 1988) 27.
74
Torat Menahem Hitvaxaduyot vol. 9 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1998) 18.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 297
75
Talk on 12 Tammuz 5724 (1964), in Sihot Kodesh 5724 (Brooklyn, 1994) 470,
sec. 9.
76
Ibid. 471–2. See Maimonides, Yad, Laws of Kings 8:11.
77
Hadran al hathalat vesiyum Sefer Mishneh Torah, (Brooklyn: Kehot, 11 Nisan, 1985).
This was printed and distributed at the siyum of the first cycle of annual study of the
Mishneh Torah, on 11 Nisan 1985.
78
See Likkutei Sihot vol. 26, 26–39.
298 naftali loewenthal
ceremonious burning of his book. Y.Y. Dienstag does the same: both
figures, he said, were similar in that each wrote a halakhic work and
also a tract dealing with subtle questions, meaning the Guide in the case
of Maimonides and the Tanya in the case of Rabbi Shneur Zalman.79
Rabbi Menachem Mendel makes the same point and draws a num-
ber of further comparisons, such as, significant for mystics, the close
proximity of their Yahrzeit (Maimonides, 20th Tevet and 24th Tevet,
R. Shneur Zalman). Rabbi Menachem Mendel presents the Guide as a
spiritual manual, like the Tanya, but with an important difference: the
Tanya was written for everyone, and the Guide was compiled only for
a small elite.80
79
Dienstag (n. 20 above), 318. R. Shneur Zalman’s halakhic work was his Shulhan
Arukh. Concerning this see Y. Mondshine, Sifrei HaHalakhah shel Admur Hazaken. Biblio-
grafiyah (Kfar Chabad: Kehot, 1984).
80
Likkutei Sihot vol. 26, 33.
81
See I. Etkes, The Besht: magician, mystic, and leader, translated by Saadya Sternberg
(Waltham, Mass.: Brandeis University Press; Hanover; London: University Press of
New England, 2005) 79–97.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 299
of “bursting forth” of the wellsprings.82 The Guide too, like Tanya, and
like the kabbalistic writings of Rabbi Haim Vital, is part of the inner
dimension of the Torah. It is true that Maimonides himself limits its
readership in terms of his severe definition of the reader for whom the
book is intended,83 like the restrictions imposed by Rabbi Haim Vital
on his own works. However, in both cases, claimed Rabbi Menachem
Mendel, the restrictions have been broken through. In an intriguing
note84 he adds that this freedom from restrictions has been gained
by the experience of the persecutions which the Jewish people have
experienced “in recent generations”, clearly including the Holocaust.
This suffering has made the Jewish people fit to receive the deeper
teachings of the Torah.
“Mitzvah Campaigns”
82
Later published in Likkutei Sihot vol. 26, 26–39.
83
Ibid., 33. See Pines, vol. 1, 15–16.
84
Likkutei Sihot vol. 26, 36, n. 107.
300 naftali loewenthal
85
Laws of Repentance 3:4. See Likkutei Sihot vol. 6, 272. This is included in a series
of answers from Rabbi Schneerson to questions asked about the Tefilin Campaign,
given in a talk in the autumn of 1967 (271–75).
86
Likkutei Sihot vol. 20 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1982) 357 n. 49. See Iggerot haRambam
( Jerusalem: Mosad HaRav Kook, 1981) “Letter on Apostasy”, 63; “Letter to the
Yemen” end of ch. 1, 137. See Davidson, Moses Maimonides (n. 2 above), 501–509 for
discussion of the authorship of the “Letter on Apostasy”.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 301
three pairs of branches extending upwards to the right and left. At the
top of each of the branches and also of the central stem there was
a lamp for olive oil. The Hanukah Menorah (celebrating the miracle
of the oil for the Temple Menorah lasting eight days instead of one,
when the Macabbees regained the Temple from the Syrian Greeks)
had to have eight lamps plus a ninth in a differing alignment. If it
was constructed following the general pattern of the Temple Menorah
it would therefore have four pairs of branches, each culminating in
a lamp, and the stem might be the ninth lamp positioned higher
than the others or in a different plane.87
The relief on the Arch of Titus in Rome depicts a Menorah among
the spoils captured from the sacking of Jerusalem. In this relief the three
pairs of branches rising upwards from the central stem are curved. A
number of ancient Palestinian artefacts representing the Menorah also
have curved branches. Many extant Hanukah candelabra likewise have
curved branches.
However, a manuscript in the Bodleian Library of Maimonides’
Commentary on the Mishnah in his own hand explaining Menahot 3:7
includes a diagram of the Menorah. In this the arms of the Menorah
are straight diagonals, not curved. This diagram is included in Yosef
Kapah’s translation of the Commentary on the Mishnah which is
based on this manuscript. He adds a second diagram from another
manuscript of Maimonides’ Commentary on the Mishnah in which,
likewise, the arms of the Menorah are straight. Kapah comments that:
“It is the same in all the manuscripts, the six branches extending from
the central stem rise in straight lines to the height of the Menorah,
and they are not curved at all.”88
During a series of talks in the Summer of 1982, Rabbi Menachem
Mendel raised the issue of the shape of the Temple Menorah and
argued strongly that the arms were straight as in Maimonides’ diagram.
He claimed support also from other rabbinic texts, but the Maimonides
diagram provided a clear icon expressing this view. A further detail in
the diagram, namely the inverted triangles, representing the “goblets”,
which were therefore seen as inverted, were expounded in terms of a
87
According to the halakhah the Hanukah Menorah does not have to follow the
Temple Menorah pattern. See Shulhan Arukh Orah Haim 671:4.
88
Y. Kapah, trans. and ed. Mishnah with Maimonides’ Commentary, translated from the
Arabic from an original manuscript, (Hebrew) vol. 3 ( Jerusalem: Mosad HaRav Kook,
1967, 1989) 78.
302 naftali loewenthal
89
It is published in Likkutei Sihot vol. 21 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1988), 164–172.
90
Ibid., 170.
91
See Likkutei Sihot vol. 21, 484, quoting a letter by R. Menachem Mendel of 1961.
The cover of the Lubavitch children’s magazine in Yiddish and English, Shmuessen
mit Kinder/Talks and Tales, depicted the Tablets of the Law as rectangular blocks. This
began publication in 1942 under R. Menachem Mendel’s direction. It is interesting
that R. Menachem Mendel discussed this topic in 1981 in talks on the Sabbath of
Ki Tisa (February) and several months later, on Simhat Torah day (October). This
was shortly before he launched the campaign about the shape of the Menorah in the
Summer of 1982.
92
See T.B. Bava Batra 14a which describes the Tablets as rectangular blocks six
handbreadths by six by three.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 303
Daily study of the Mishneh Torah fits into the third category, fulfilling
the individual requirement to study all the halakhot of the oral law.
Rabbi Menachem Mendel also emphasised the sense of unity—love
of one’s fellow—when large numbers of people are studying the same
piece of Torah (similar sentiments are expressed by the devotees of the
Daf Yomi).94 However, one might feel that while Daf Yomi is acces-
sible only to those who have reached the level of being able to follow
a shiur in a page of Talmud, the study of the halakhot in Maimonides’
Mishneh Torah is open to anyone who can understand the Hebrew
93
Likkutei Sihot vol. 27, p. 230. See R. Shneur Zalman’s Hilkhot Talmud Torah, 1:4,
2:1–2, 9–10.
94
See the popular work by Rav Yehoshua Baumol, A Blaze in the Darkening Gloom:
The Life of Rav Meir Shapiro (New York and Jerusalem: Feldheim, 1994) 161.
304 naftali loewenthal
95
T.B. Megila 28b.
96
See his Mikhtavim U-Maxamarim, Vol. 4 (Bnei Brak 1990) fol. 70.
97
Oral communication from Rabbi Shmuel Lew. See Hitvaxaduyot 5747, vol. 2, 732
(talk on Shabbat Vayakhel-Pekudei).
98
Rabbi Schneerson asked that the boys in Lubavitch Yeshivot should study the
Rambam outside the times of their regular study programme.
99
As a result of this study programme a number of Hebrew works relating to Mai-
monides have been published, including two volumes on the sources of Mishneh Torah
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 305
The first siyum (conclusion) in 1985 of the new programme for studying
Mishneh Torah—according to the study schedule he himself designed—fell
on Rabbi Menachem Mendel’s birthday, 11 Nisan, incidentally close to
that of Maimonides, on the eve of Passover. Rabbi Menachem Mendel’s
talks at the hasidic gathering on that day focused on the personal
example presented by Maimonides, expressed in a famous passage in
his letter to Shmuel ibn Tibbon concerning translating the Guide.100
In addition to the picture of utter dedication to helping others which
this passage presents, there is also a theme which Rabbi Menachem
Mendel had comparatively recently added to the list of his demands
on his followers: to have a positive halakhic concept of the spiritual
duty of the Jew towards the Gentile.
Near the end of Laws of Kings in Mishneh Torah, Maimonides states
that the Jew has the responsibility “to compel all inhabitants of the
world” to accept the Seven Noahide Laws. The Gentile who observes
those laws, recognising them as coming from G-d at Sinai, inherits
the World to Come.101 Then follow two chapters defining the seven
laws. A series of talks by Rabbi Menachem Mendel beginning in 1981
presented the striking idea, almost unique in orthodox Jewish thought,
that the Jew is in some way responsible for the spiritual wellbeing of the
Gentile.102 Over the years the Seven Noahide Laws were communicated
by the Habad followers through pamphlets, books, videos, websites and
initiatives in Washington.103
year—as national “Education Day”, a day devoted to spiritual values (see Congressional
Record for March 30, 1982: H.J.R. 447). This set a precedent which continues to the
present. In recent years it has been called “Education and Sharing Day”.
104
Hitvaxaduyot, 5745, vol. 3, pp. 1710–11, 11 Nisan, sec. 28.
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 307
One could argue that this model of dedicated effort on behalf of others,
both Jew and non-Jew, set the paradigm for the way Rabbi Menachem
Mendel saw himself, and what he wanted his followers and especially
his shluhim to become.105
Messianism
The final message conveyed by the campaign to study the Mishneh Torah
concerns the messianic thrust of the Habad movement. Maimonides’
depiction of the advent of the Messiah, in the final chapters of Mishneh
Torah, were cited by Rabbi Menachem Mendel in 1970 in a context
of the special focus on the Lurianic messianic process which he had
brought to post-holocaust Habad thinking, linked with Habad Jewish
outreach and the “bursting forth of the wellsprings”.106 For the Hasidic
followers, this passage in the Mishneh Torah became a central element
in the messianic movement in the last years of Rabbi Menachem
Mendel’s life.
105
A major aspect of Rabbi Menachem Mendel’s work was as a spiritual healer
for members of the Lubavitch community and for others whom they brought to his
attention. See R. Littlewood and S. Dein, “The Effectiveness of Words, Religion and
Healing among the Lubavitch of Stamford Hill”, Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry No. 19
(1995) 339–383. Many of the letters in the 28 printed Hebrew and Yiddish volumes of
his correspondence concern issues of health. Sometimes he warns his correspondent
that he or she must follow the instructions of their doctor; sometimes he suggests a
new medicine or treatment which should be mentioned by the patient to their doctor,
gently, trying not to cause offence; sometimes he suggests that one should look for further
medical advice. Very often he stresses a purely spiritual aspect of the person’s life: to
check the Mezuzot or Tefilin, to eat kosher. Unlike a folk healer, he never recommended
herbs or amulets. His medical resource was conventional western medicine, taken at
what he understood as its most advanced level, together with traditional observance
of Jewish law, and—most important—asking blessings for the patient at the grave of
the Previous Rebbe. He was concerned at the effect of his advice and blessings, and
would ask for feedback. For his secretaries Rabbis Leibl Groner and Binyamin Klein,
who took the phone calls, reported the problem to Rabbi Menachem Mendel and
relayed his answers, the stories of healing were paramount. If a blessing for a Jew was
required, he would ask for the name of the mother of the patient, and if a non-Jew,
he would ask for the name of the father. On the one hand this follows the paradigm
of a hasidic Rebbe, in a tradition going back to the Baal Shem Tov. On the other it
relates to the image of Maimonides. His emissaries continue to offer spiritual healing
by asking blessings for people in need at his grave.
106
See Rabbi M.M. Schneerson, Sefer HaMa’amarim Bati LeGani vol. 1 (Brooklyn:
Kehot, 1977), 322.
308 naftali loewenthal
This-Worldly Spirituality
107
Laws of Kings, 11:4.
108
Laws of Kings, following 11:4 in the Mosad HaRav Kook edition.
109
See David Berger, The Rebbe, the Messiah, and the Scandal of Orthodox Indifference
(London: The Littman Library, 2001), and Chaim Rapoport, The Messiah Problem: Berger,
the Angel and the Scandal of Reckless Indiscrimination (London, 2002).
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 309
Bibliography
Etkes, I., The Besht: magician, mystic, and leader, trans. Saadya Sternberg (Waltham,
Mass.: Brandeis University Press; Hanover and London: University Press of New
England, 2005).
Fenton, Paul B., “Abraham Maimonides (1186–1237) founding a mystical dynasty”, in
Moshe Idel & Mortimer Ostow, eds., Jewish Mystical Leaders and Leadership in the 13th
Century (Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 1998) 127–154.
Foxbrunner, Roman A., Habad, the Hasidism of R. Shneur Zalman of Lyady (Tuscaloosa
and London: The University of Alabama Press, 1992).
Gotein, S.D. “Documents on Abraham Maimonides and his Pietist Circle”, Tarbiz 33
(1963), 181–197.
Hallamish, Moshe, The Theoretical System of Rabbi Shneur Zalman of Liady (its sources in
Kabbalah and Hasidism), unpublished PhD submitted to the Senate of the Hebrew
University, 1976.
Harris, Jay “The Image of Maimonides in Nineteenth Century Jewish Historiography”,
Proceedings of the American Academy for Jewish Research, LIV, 1987, 117–139.
Hartman, David, Maimonides: Torah and philosophic quest (Philadelphia: Jewish Publication
Society of America, 1976).
Harvey, Steven, “The Meaning of Terms Designating Love in Judeo-Arabic Thought
and Some Remarks on the Judeo-Arabic Interpretation of Maimonides” in Norman
Golb, ed., Studies in Muslim-Jewish Relations, Judeo-Arabic Studies, Proceedings of the
Founding Conference of the Society for Judeo-Arabic Studies (Amsterdam: Harwood Academic
Publishers, 1997) 175–196.
Horodecky, S.A., “HaRambam ba-kabbalah uva-hasidut”, Moznayim vol. 3, 1935.
Horowitz, R. Pinhas Eliyahu, Sefer HaBrit (Berlin, 1797; Jerusalem: Yerid Hasefarim,
1990).
Horowitz, R. Yeshayah Halevi, Shnei Luhot HaBrit (Amsterdam, 1648–9; New York,
1960).
Idel, Moshe, “Maimonides and Kabbalah”, in Isadore Twersky, ed., Studies in Maimonides
(Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1990) 31–81.
Jacobs, Louis, Hasidic Prayer (London: The Littman Library, Routledge & Kegan Paul,
1972).
——, Seeker of Unity—the Life and Works of Aaron of Starosselje (London: Valentine,
Mitchell, 1966).
Kapah, Y., trans. and ed., Mishnah with Maimonides’ Commentary, translated from the Arabic
from an original manuscript, (Hebrew) vol. 3 ( Jerusalem: Mosad HaRav Kook, 1967,
1989).
Levin, S.B., Iggrot Kodesh . . . Admur HaZaken etc. (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1980).
Levinger, Yakov, HaRambam kePhilosof ukhePhosek ( Jerusalem: Mosad Bialik, 1990).
Littlewood, R. and Dein, S., “The Effectiveness of Words, Religion and Healing
among the Lubavitch of Stamford Hill”, Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry No. 19
(1995), 339–383.
Loewenthal, N., “ ‘Reason’ and ‘Beyond Reason’ in Habad Hasidism”, in M. Hallamish,
ed., Alei Shefer, Studies in the Literature of Jewish Thought presented to Rabbi Dr Alexandre
Safran (Ramat Gan: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1990), 109–126.
Maimonides, Iggerot haRambam ( Jerusalem: Mosad HaRav Kook, 1981).
——, Mishneh Torah hu haYad HaHazakah ( Jerusalem: Mosad HaRav Kook, 1981).
——, Mishneh Torah, with English translation and notes by E. Touger, 29 volumes in
progress ( Jerusalem, New York: Moznayim, 1986–).
——, P’er HaDor (Amsterdam, 1765; Jerusalem: Makhon Or HaMizrah, 1984, ed.
David Yosef ).
——, Sefer HaMitzvot for Youth, trans. and adapted by Malka Touger ( Jerusalem, New
York: Moznayim, 1988).
——, Sefer HaMitzvot lehaRambam (abridged, in Yiddish) (Brooklyn: Oholei Torah,
1988).
the image of maimonides in habad hasidism 311
——, The Guide of the Perplexed, trans. Shlomo Pines (Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1963).
Marcus, Jacob A., The Jew in the Medieval World, A Source Book 315–1791 (New York:
Harper & Row, 1965).
Mar’ei mekomot lasefer Mishneh Torah hu haYad hahazakah, 2 vols. (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1985,
1993).
Meir ibn Gabai, R. Avodat HaKodesh (Venice, 1567–8).
Menahem Mendel of Lubavitch, R., Derekh mitzvotekha ve-hu sefer taxamei hamitzvot (Poltava,
1911; 4th edition Brooklyn: Kehot, 1991).
——, (the Tzemah Tzedek), Sefer HaHakirah—Derekh Emunah (Poltava, 1912; Brooklyn:
Kehot, 2003).
Menahem Mendel of Vitebsk, Pri Ha-Aretz (Kopys, 1814; Jerusalem: HaMosad
leHotza’at Sifrei Musar vaHasidut, 1974).
Mindel, Nisan, ed., Shmuessen mit kinder—Talks and Tales (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1942–1990).
Mondshine, Y., Sifrei HaHalakhah shel Admur Hazaken. Bibliografiyah (Kfar Chabad: Kehot,
1984).
Nadler, Allan, The Faith of the Mithnagdim, Rabbinic Responses to Hasidic Rapture (Baltimore
and London: The John Hopkins University Press, 1997).
Rapoport, Chaim, The Messiah Problem: Berger, the Angel and the Scandal of Reckless
Indiscrimination (London, 2002).
Rapoport-Albert, Ada, “Hagiography with Footnotes: Edifying Tales and the Writing
of History in Hasidism”, in Essays in Jewish Historiography, History and Theory, Beiheft
27 (1988), 119–159.
Robinson, Ira, “Kabbala and Science in Sefer ha-Berit: a Modernization Strategy for
Orthodox Jews”, Modern Judaism 1987, 275–288.
Schatz-Uffenheimer, Rivka, Hasidism as Mysticism, Quietistic Elements in Eighteenth Century
Hasidic Thought, trans. Jonathan Chipman (Princeton University Press, Princeton,
NJ., The Magnes Press: Jerusalem, 1993).
Schneersohn, R. Shalom Dovber, Collected Letters, vol. 1 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1982).
——, Torat Shalom—Sefer Hasihot (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1992, 4th edition).
Schneersohn, R. Yosef Yitzhak, Sefer HaSihot, Summer 5700 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1961).
Schneerson, R. Menachem Mendel, Hadran al hathalat vesiyum Sefer Mishneh Torah
(Brooklyn: Kehot, 1985).
Schneerson, R. Menachem Mendel, HaYom Yom (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1943).
——, Hitva’aduyot.. Admor Shelita miLubavitch, 43 vols. (Brooklyn: Vaxad Hanahot beLa-
hak, 1982–93).
——, Likkutei Sihot.. Admor Menahem Mendel Shneersohn miLubavitch, 39 vols. (Brooklyn:
Kehot, 1962–2001).
——, Sefer HaMaamarim Bati LeGani vol. 1 (Brooklyn: Kehot, 1977).
——, Sihot Kodesh.. Admor Shelita, 50 vols. (Brooklyn, 1994).
——, Torat Menahem Hitvaxaduyot. Admor Menahem Mendel Shneersohn miLubavitch, 36 vols.,
in progress (Israel: Kehot, 2002–).
Scholem, Gershom, “Mehoker limekubal (agadat hamekubalim al haRambam)”, Tarbiz
6 (3) (1935) 90–98.
Schonfeld, Solomon, The Universal Bible, being the Pentateuchal Texts at First Addressed to
All Nations (Torat Bxnei Noach) Teaching for the Sons of Noah, translation and notes by
Solomon Schonfeld (Sidgwick and Jackson: London, 1955).
Shach, R. Eliezer Menahem, Mikhtavim U-Maxamarim (Bnei Brak, 1990).
Shahar, B., “Moreh Hanevukhim lehaRambam beTorat haHasidut”, Olam HaHasidut
no.14, Tevet 5756, 36–39.
Shneuri, R. Dov Ber, Shaarei Teshuvah ( Jerusalem, 1972).
Shneur Zalman of Liadi, R., Hilkhot Talmud Torah (Shklov, 1794; Brooklyn: Kehot,
1968).
——, Likkutei Amarim—Tanya (Slavuta, 1796; bilingual edition, London: Kehot, 1981).
312 naftali loewenthal
Yair Lorberbaum
1. Introduction
1
Goshen-Gottstein is of the opinion that Rabbinic literature contains no non-
anthropomorphic God concept; see his “Body as the Image of God in Rabbinic
Literature”.
314 yair lorberbaum
des Judentums.2 The survey below may not be exhaustive, but it should
suffice to provide a clear conception of the path adopted by the main
trend of contemporary research into this issue.
The discussion below may give the impression that the issue of
anthropomorphism in Midrashic and Talmudic literature has been
extensively studied, but this impression would be misleading. The
quotations that I have selected and arranged are for the most part
incidental observations appearing in studies devoted to different, often
unrelated topics. As such, one is surprised by the principled, sweeping
and unequivocal nature of many of these comments, and particularly
by their authoritative tone. In fact, the only comprehensive study of
anthropomorphism undertaken from the dawn of the Wissenschaft des
Judentums and until the mid-1980s is that of Arthur Marmorstein,
(which included mostly an assiduously-gathered collection of Talmudic
material, of impressive proportions). His conclusions differ significantly
from those of the scholars cited below.3
It is difficult to overstate the cardinality of this topic for an under-
standing of early Rabbinic thought. As in all other religious traditions
or cultures, belief in God is the central focus of the Sages’ world. In
addition to the intrinsic importance attaching to the elucidation of
their views of the divine and his attributes, the conclusions of such an
inquiry also impact on a host of other matters, in the realms of both
theology and religious law.
2. Historical Background
2
On “Jewish studies” see Y. Sussmann, “The Scholarly Oeuvre of Professor
Ephraim Elimelech Urbach” and the references there. See also D. Myers, “The Crisis
of Historicism”.
3
A. Marmorstein, The Old Rabbinic Doctrine of God. See also M. Kadushin, The
Rabbinic Mind, pp. 273–288; unlike Marmorstein, his discussion is in the abstract, with
little attention paid to specific sources.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 315
period, at the end of the first millenium. It was during that period that
the Greek philosophical tradition, mediated through Arabic philosophi-
cal writings, began to penetrate the Jewish tradition. Due to internal
developments (the Karaite critique) and external pressures (the Muslim
critique), Jewish scholars began to be perturbed by the anthropomorphic
expressions that permeate Jewish sources, and especially by their most
daring and blatant corpora, such as in the work known as Sefer Shi ur
Koma.4 The consternation occasioned by this work—which was attrib-
uted to the preeminent Tannaim R. {Akiva and R. Yishma{el—caused
some of the Geonim, among them Sa‘adya Gaon, to claim that it
was a forgery.5 The nature of the anthropomorphisms found in Shi ur
Koma is indeed unique, radical and perhaps even unrepresentative, but
the Geonim’s attitude to it was indicative of their general attitude to
anthropomorphic expressions in both the Bible and the Midrash. The
corpus of Aggadic literature was generally a source of embarrassment
to the Geonim, but the prevalent use of anthropomorphisms was par-
ticularly disturbing. In this context, Rav Hai Gaon, (Babylonia, early
eleventh century) wrote:
This is an aggadic statement, and of all such statements the Rabbis
declared: “one is not to rely on aggadic statements [. . .] And any such
statement of a similar nature made by the Rabbis was not intended to be
understood literally, but rather as a parable and a simile to things known
to our minds by what the eye beholds. For inasmuch as “the Torah speaks
in the language of men and prophets speak in metaphors such as “God’s
eye” and “God’s hand”, not intending to be understood literally, but as
4
On the Karaite critique, see A.J. Heschel, Theology of Ancient Judaism, I, xxv;
M. Saperstein Decoding the Rabbis, pp. 1–6 and notes on pp. 213–215; Y. Fraenkel,
Darkhei Ha-Aggadah VeHamidrash, pp. 504 ff. On the Muslim critique, see A. Altmann,
“Moshe Narboni’s ‘Epistle on Shi ur Koma’ ”; Saperstein op. cit., pp. 1–3; Fraenkel, op.
cit. Similar criticism was voiced by Christians during the thirteenth century in the
disputations of Paris and Barcelona; see Saperstein, op. cit., pp. 3 ff.
5
On the attribution, see Merkhebet Shelomo, ed. Mousayof, 38b, and Altmann, supra
note 4, who reviews the history of attitudes toward Shi ur Koma, which gained the
stature it did because of the quotations attributed by it to Rabbi Akiva. See also
G. Scholem, “Shi ur Komah” in: G. Scholem, Elements of the Kabbalah, pp. 35–36; M.S.
Cohen, The Shixur Qxomah, ch. 2; M. Bar-Ilan, “The Idea of Crowning God”, p. 229;
Saperstein, supra note 4, at 6; R. Jospe, “Maimonides and Shixur Qomah”. On the
claim of forgery: this opinion is attributed to Sa{adya Gaon by Yehudah ben Barzillai,
Perush Sefer Ha-Yetsirah, 20–21, and see Altmann, supra note 4, at 182. Maimonides was
of the same opinion; see id. and section 8 below. The trend toward ridding Rabbinic
Judaism of its mythic and magical elements can be seen in Sa{adya Gaon’s approach
to Sefer Ha-Yetsirah as well; see H. Ben-Shammai, “Saadya’s Goal in his Commentary
on Sefer Yezirah”.
316 yair lorberbaum
metaphor and in the language of men, and this is the way we should
approach aggadic statements.6
Other medieval authorities too share this approach, among them the
Geonim: Sherira and Samuel b. Hofni (Babylonia, late tenth century)
and R. Hananel (North Africa, early eleventh century).7 However, more
than they dealt with Aggadah by interpreting it in a contrived, non-
literal fashion, the Gaonim simply tended to avoid dealing with it.8 As
R. Abraham, the son of Maimonides, observed, “the Midrashim and
homilies and interpretations of verses [. . .] are few and obscure for most
of those who study Talmud, and most of the commentators have not
dealt with them and have not fathomed their secrets.9
In his Book of Beliefs and Opinions, Sa{adya Gaon develops varied
exegetical techniques to expunge anthropomorphisms from the Jewish
canons. Alexander Altmann showed that Sa{adya oscillated between the
allegorical method (ta wil), borrowed from the Mu‘tazilite Kalam, and
the theory of “created Glory” (kavod nivra ), which he usually applied
to theophanic descriptions in the Bible.10 According to Judah HaLevi,
some Aggadot relate “tales of visions of spirits, a matter which is not
strange among such pious men who by virtue of their abstinence and
spiritual purification merited the apprehension of such forms, some of
6
Ozzar Ha-Geonim, Berakhot 59a.
7
Id., Sanhedrin 11b, Hagiga 11a (Sherira Gaon): Hagiga 4b (Samuel ben Hofni),
Hagiga 12a–b (Rabenu Hananel). For a discussion of the general direction taken by
the Geonim, see Heschel, supra note 4, I, xxv–xxvii; Fraenkel, supra note 4 at 504–507;
Saperstein, supra note 4 at 12. See also M. Bar-Ilan, “The Hand of God”.
8
A central facet of this strategy is the disengagement of halakhah from aggadah,
focusing on the former and downplaying the latter. In this vein, Samuel ben ofni writes
in an epistle from the year 985: “Even though our [esteemed] predecessors [among]
the Geonim, may they rest in Paradise, used to write in their compositions words of
aggadah and blandishments and enticements to cajole you into generosity and entice
you to be generous, we ourselves have carved out other paths, writing halakhot and oral
traditions. These are the fine flour; the aggadot are chaff.” S. Assaf, The Geonic Period and
its Literature, p. 283. On the Geonic disjunction between halakhah and aggadah, see
Y. Lorberbaum, Zelem Elohim—Halakhah veAggadah, pp. 58–60.
9
“Treatise on the Rabbis’ Homilies by Rabbi Avraham, Son of Maimonides”
[Hebrew], in Kovetz Teshuvot Ha-Rambam, folio 39. See also Fraenkel, supra note 4, at
504, 508.
10
Saperstein, supra note 4, at 15, 219–20 n. 62. On Sa{adya’s views, see Rabbi
Saadyah ben Yosef Piumi, The Book of Beliefs and Opinions, II, 10, and E.R. Wolfson,
Through a Speculum that Shines, pp. 126–127. Sa{adya sometimes applied these theories
to aggadah as well.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 317
which were imagined, and others have real external existence outside the
mind, as those that were apprehended by the prophets.”11 R. Hananel
took a similar approach.12
It was Maimonides however, the foremost opponent of anthropomor-
phism in the Jewish tradition, who brought that opposition to its peak,
giving it its most consummate and comprehensive expression. Most of
his Guide of the Perplexed, along with large portions of his other writings,
was devoted to developing and refining arguments and exegetical devices
to be used for removing any anthropomorphism from the Bible and
from Midrashic and Talmudic literature. We shall presently observe that
the modern scholarship adopted these techniques in its research and
exegesis of Rabbinic literature. Maimonides’ influence on research in
this issue can be seen in the forms of argumentation and exegesis, in the
examples, and even in the terminology it employs. Modern scholarship
on expressions of anthropomorphism in Talmudic literature can thus
be portrayed as a direct continuation of the Maimonidean rationalist
tradition of exegesis.13
11
Rabbi Yehuda Ha-Levi, Sefer Ha-Kuzari, III:78, p. 195. See also IV:3, pp.
199–212.
12
See his commentary to Babylonian Talmud, Vilna Edition, Berakhot 6a–7a and
his commentary to Sefer Yetsirah, cited in Yehudah ben Barzillai, Perush Sefer Yetsirah,
32–33; Saperstein, supra note 4, at 13; and especially I. Ta-Shma, Talmudic Commentary,
pp. 133–34.
13
There were other traditions as well, in the Geonic period and later, that identi-
fied with the plain meaning of the spiritual world of the aggadah. Such, for example,
was the approach of the liturgical poets in Italy and later in Ashkenaz (Germany and
Northern France) and France, and also that of Rashi and the Tosafists; see the survey
in Fraenkel, supra note 4, 511 ff. As for the Rabad (Rabbi Avraham ben David) of
Posquières, see his famous comment taking exception to Maimonides, Mishneh Torah,
Laws of Repentance 3:7. See also W.Z. Harvey, “The Incorporeality of God”, pp.
69–74, and his references there to scholarly studies. Worthy of note in this context is
Rabbi Moshe Taku (of thirteenth-century Ashkenaz); in his treatise he tirelessly collected
anthropomorphic aggadic sources (R. Moshe Tachau, Ketav Tamim). The author insisted
on both the straightforward reading of these sources and their authoritative nature,
which was, in his view, second only to the Bible; see Saperstein, supra note 4, at 7, and
I. Ta-Shma. “Nimuqei Humash by Isaiah di Trani”, whose citations from R. Isaiah di
Trani give the clear impression that many Ashkenazi rabbis believed in anthropomor-
phism, plain and simple. See, however, E.E. Urbach, Sefer Arugat ha-Bosem of R. Abraham
b. R. Azriel, IV, pp. 79–80. These traditions exerted almost no influence on the modern
scholarly study of aggadah, especially on the issue of anthropomorphism.
318 yair lorberbaum
14
Y. Kaufmann, The History of Israelite Religion, II, 229.
15
J. Heinemann, Aggadot we-toldotehen [Aggadah and Its Development], p. 12; see also his
“The Nature of the Aggadah”, in Hartman and Budick, eds., Midrash and Literature,
pp. 41–55.
320 yair lorberbaum
16
From Heinemann’s words it appears that his argument that the aggadah is folk
literature is an explanation of his statement that aggadah is metaphor and allegory.
However, one could understand them as two separate characterizations.
17
See, e.g., Sifre, Numbers, Shela«, 121; Babylonian Talmud, supra note 12, Berakhot
31a; id. Keritot 11a; id. Sanhedrin 90b.
18
Maimonides, Guide I:26 (ed. Pines, 56).
19
See, e.g., id. I:33, 46; but regarding I:33 see section 10 below.
20
Id. 17–20.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 321
21
Heinemann, unlike Maimonides (in other places in the Guide and in his other
writings), does not note that alongside the plain, “vulgar” sense of the aggadah, it has
an esoteric meaning as well.
22
Abraham Geiger and Isaac Reggio demonstrated that in Talmudic literature,
this statement was utilized not only for halakhic midrash; see Otsar Ne mad, I, 125,
159–160, and see Kaufmann, supra note 14, II, 236, n. 20. Maimonides was not the
first to interpret that Talmudic statement as he did; see Hai Gaon, cited above, and
Bahya ibn Paquda, Duties of the Heart, “The Unity of God”, I, 107, as well as B.Z.
Bechar, Aggadat Ha-Tannaim, p. 5 n. 6. It should be noted that even though we have not
found that this Talmudic dictum addresses issues of anthropomorphism, neither is it
restricted to halakhic matters alone. See, e.g., Sifrei, Numbers, supra note 17, Shela«, 121.
The dictum is most often applied to pairs of repeated words or words with the same
root, such as hikkaret tikkaret (in that passage in Sifrei, Numbers), ra oh tir eh (Babylonian
Talmud, supra note 12, Berakhot 31b), ish ish (id. Yevamot 71a), ha avet ta avitennu (id.
Ketubot 67b), ha aneq ta aniq (id. Kiddushin 17b). Elsewhere, Maimonides apparently
ascribes a different meaning to this sentence when he writes of “passages that you find
in the books in which it is predicated of Him, may He be exalted, that He is ‘the first
and the last’ ” that “all these words as applied to Him are ‘according to the language
of the sons of man.’ ” (Maimonides, supra note 18, I:57, cf. p. 133).
23
Joseph Heinemann’s approach had been adopted by Yitzhak Heinemann; see
I. Heinemann, Darkhei Ha-Aggadah, p. 10. Joseph Heinemann sees the aggadah as some-
thing “created by Rabbinic sages,” a literary form whose Sitz-im-Leben was the public
sermon. He takes issue with those have argued that aggadah is entirely the work of
folk homileticists. The thesis of the popular origins of aggadah is not all of one cloth.
There have been some who developed that thesis under the influence of nineteenth-
century romantic trends, seeing the aggadah as capturing “the spirit of the nation.”
This approach can be seen in several nineteenth-century scholars. See, e.g., Y.L. Zunz,
Haderashot Be-Yisrael and several statements by Louis Ginzberg in his collected essays Al
Halakhah Ve-Aggadah, Mehkar u-Masah. See also the introduction to Bialik and Ravnitzky,
eds., The Book of Legends. This version of the thesis is uncommon among twentieth-
century scholars. Many of them, however, adopted Joseph Heinemann’s reworking
of it, which is the continuation of a trend begun in the Geonic period. On Zunz’s
approach to aggadah, see M. Niehoff, “Zunz’s Concept of Aggadah as an Expression
of Jewish Spirituality”. An approach close to Zunz’s was adopted by Adolph Jellinek;
see M. Niehoff, “Jellinek’s Approach to Aggadah”.
322 yair lorberbaum
24
Rabbi Nachman Krochmal, Guide for the Perplexed of the Time, Ch. 14: “The Agga-
dah and Its Authors”, p. 254. Aggadah as a whole was, in his view, “public sermons
on Sabbaths.” See also the critique in Kaufmann, supra note 14, II, 237 and n. 22.
On Krochmal in this connection, see Fraenkel, supra note 4, at 540; and Sussman,
supra note 2, at 71.
25
See S. Lieberman, “How Much Greek in Jewish Palestine?”; L.H. Feldman,
“How Much Hellenism in Jewish Palestine?”; W.Z. Harvey, “Rabbinic Attitudes toward
Philosophy”.
26
On the rabbis’ alleged lack of interest in theology, see the reference in Heschel,
supra note 4, I, xxxii, notes 22–23. The same claim can be inferred from Lieberman,
who, in “How Much Greek?” (supra note 25), used it to explain the absence of philo-
sophical discussions in Rabbinic literature. Lieberman posits without substantiation (at
least in this article) that the aggadic literature is not serious theology.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 323
27
M. Hirshman, “On the Forms and Methods of Midrash”, p. 86.
28
For a discussion of the folk aspect of aggadah that does not adopt the thesis that
aggadah is entirely folk literature, see G. Hasan-Rokem, The Web of Life.
29
See Lorberbaum, Zelem Elohim, pp. 170–435.
30
See Avraham ibn Ezra’s introduction to his commentary to Lamentations (in the
standard Rabbinic Bible), and see Heschel, supra note 4, I, xxxvi.
324 yair lorberbaum
5. Poetic Language
31
Heinemann, supra note 23, at 84. In this passage Heinemann relies on the writings
of Solomon Schechter, who shared this outlook.
32
In a similar direction, although just as an aside, are the comments of W.D.
Davies, who described the Rabbinic statements about Adam as “playful fantasy and
not serious theology”. See W.D. Davies, Paul and Rabbinic Judaism, p. 53. This evaluation
is surprising in light of Davies’ own conclusion that these “fantasies” exerted a deep
influence on Paul, a student of the Rabbinic tradition, who made them into serious
and powerful theology. See Davies, id. 1, 55, 75. A position close to this is articulated in
S. Schechter, Some Aspects of Rabbinic Theology, p. 13: “The Rabbis . . . show a carelessness
and sluggishness in the application of theological principles. . . .”
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 325
33
F. Rosenzweig, “Note on Anthropomorphisms”, in his Naharaim, p. 135.
34
The term “religious studies” is mine, not Rosenzweig’s, but he compares “reli-
gious experience” to “biological or psychological” experience (“Note on Anthropo-
morphisms”, id. 137).
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 327
35
Id. 138, 144. (Emphasis mine—Y.L.)
36
Id. 140, and see B. Galli, “Rosenzweig Speaking of Meetings and Monotheism
in Biblical Anthropomorphism”.
37
Rosenzweig, supra note 33, at 142.
38
Id. 142–143.
328 yair lorberbaum
39
On God’s essence according to the Aggadah, Rosenzweig writes: “What they
[the biblical ‘anthropomorphisms’] could be for God Himself [. . .] the words of the
Talmud were perhaps the first to indicate: that in each case God dispatches none
of his messengers with more than one message.” Furthermore, Rosenzweig (in the
lines immediately preceding the passage just cited) raises the paradoxical argument
that “[these ‘anthropomorphisms’] are the single protection against backsliding into
polytheism, which is indeed nothing but consolidation of a genuine present revelation
of the real God to a lasting image of God, precisely by this means: resisting the ever
new will of God’s revelation” (id. 144–145).
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 329
40
Kadushin, supra note 3, at 280.
41
According to A. Holtz, Rabbinic Thought: An Introduction to the Works of M. Kadushin,
p. 220. See Holtz’s wider exposition of Kadushin’s “normal mysticism,” id. 208–226,
and Kadushin, supra note 3, at 273–288. Kadushin writes in Rabbinic Mind (id. 12),
330 yair lorberbaum
Ephraim Elimelech Urbach, in his classic work The Sages: Their Concepts
and Beliefs, barely touches upon the issue of anthropomorphism. He
thinks it self-evident that the Rabbis, following the Bible’s lead, rejected
any concept of God having a physical nature. In one of his few refer-
ences to the topic, Urbach writes:
From the Bible the Sages acquired their supramythological and supra-
natural conception of the Deity. He is spirit and not flesh. All possibility
of representing God by means of any creature upon earth or the hosts of
heaven is completely negated. “To whom then will ye liken God? Or what
likeness will ye compare unto Him?” (Isaiah 40:18). The war against the
images was a war against the corporealization of the Godhead, against the
belief that there is something divine in matter and its natural or magical-
artistic forms. On the other hand, the idea of abstraction is wanting in
the Bible. God appears and reveals Himself to human vision in various
likenesses [. . .]. These literary images and other anthropomorphic expressions were
able to convey the consciousness of God’s nearness, but at the same time they
could open the door to the infiltration of myth [. . .]. The banishment of
magic and myth demanded the creation of a gulf between God and man,
but nevertheless the believer wishes to feel God’s proximity [. . .].42
Urbach too, believes that the Biblical God, as well as the Rabbinic
one, is entirely transcendent. He interprets the anthropomorphisms
in Rabbinic literature as expressions of a sense of “nearness to God”
and in no way as a description of God Himself. As we observed, the
source of this idea is Rosenzweig and it was imparted to him directly
by Urbach, perhaps under the influence of Gershom Scholem. It was
to these statements and their ilk—uncritically accepted by other schol-
ars—that Yaacov Sussmann referred to when he wrote, “To a certain
extent, Urbach too depicted the world of the Sages and Rabbinic-
Talmudic Judaism in rather idyllic colors. He occasionally described
them in his own image [. . .] under a cloak of rationalism.”43
7. Attributes of Action
44
G. Scholem, The Concept of the Astral Body, p. 18.
45
Id. 19.
46
Id. Immediately following the cited passages, Scholem continues his discussion of
aggadah in another vein entirely: “But we are not concerned here with the aggadic
worldview per se. What really concerns us is the following issue: in light of the hostility
of the Rabbinic theology to myths and to imagistic discourse on God, as well as the
332 yair lorberbaum
tendency in Jewish liturgy to limit anthropomorpic descriptions of God, why was the
problem of God’s form not eliminated altogether [from Kabbalah]?” (id.)
47
Exodus Rabba, ed. Shenan, 3:6, 127, and see Urbach, supra note 42, I, 37.
48
Urbach adds, “This interpretation of the Names [. . .] implicitly nullifies all mytho-
logical exegesis,” and continues with arguments cited above (section 5) regarding the
Rabbis’ belief in a God who is supernatural, formless, et cetera. Urbach thus interprets
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 333
8. Anthropopathism
this midrash as containing the concept that God is transcendant and that all what can
be known about God is God’s actions, which reveal nothing about God Himself. In
other words, he reads into this midrash Maimonides’ theory of attributes of action.
49
Cf. Heschel, supra note 4, I, iv.
50
According to most manuscripts of Exodus Rabba (see ed. Shinan, supra note 47, at
127 and footnote 73 there), this midrash is not addressing the question of abstraction
or anthropomorphism, but, rather, is explaining the multiplicity of names for God.
51
Altmann, “Imago Dei”, pp. 239–40.
334 yair lorberbaum
Support for Altmann’s claim that the Rabbis opposed “any form of
anthropomorphism” is frequently drawn from the aforementioned pas-
sage in Genesis Rabba 27:1. The reader will have observed that this
passage is cited as a conclusive proof text for the Talmudic rejection of
anthropomorphism.53 But the passage raises two difficulties. First, even
if we understand this passage as representing a rejection of anthropo-
morphism, what justification is there for seeing it as emblematic for all
Rabbinic literature? Second, the passage itself need not necessarily be
understood as a principled rejection of anthropomorphism: The text
reads as follows:
R. Yudan said: Great is the power of the prophets, who liken the form
to its Creator, as it is written, “And I heard the voice of a man between
the banks of the Ulai” etc. (Daniel 8:16 [where it is made clear that the
voice was that of God]). R. Yudan b. R. Simon said: We have other verses
which display this more clearly than this one[, e.g.]: “Above the expanse
52
This approach is favored to some extent by D. Stern, “Imitatio Hominis”, p. 157.
53
See L. Ginzberg, “Anthropomorphism” in The Jewish Encyclopedia, New York and
London 1901; see section 5 above, and our discussion of Eliot Wolfson’s treatment of
the issue (section 11, below), and also, by way of example, Y. Komlosh, The Bible in the
Light of the Aramaic Translations, p. 104, n. 9, and the literature cited there.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 335
that was over their heads was the figure of a throne with the appearance
of sapphire-stone, and above, on the figure of a throne was a figure with
the appearance of a human being.” (Ezek. 1:26)54
Prior to addressing the passage itself, we will return to Maimonides.
Maimonides too cited the passage as evidence of the Rabbinic rejection
of anthropomorphism. In the Guide of the Perplexed he writes:
The Sages, may their memory be blessed, have made a comprehensive
dictum rejecting everything that is suggestive to the estimative faculty by
any of the corporeal attributive qualifications mentioned by the prophets.
This dictum will indicate to you that the doctrine of the corporeality of
God did not even occur to the Sages, may their memory be blessed, and
that this was not according to them a matter lending itself to imagina-
tion or to confusion. For this reason you will find that in the whole of
the Talmud and in all the Midrashim they keep to the external sense of
the dicta of the prophets. This is so because of their knowledge that this
matter is safe from confusion and that with regard to it no error is to be
feared in any respect; all the dicta have to be considered as parables [. . .]
The comprehensive dictum to which we have alluded is their dictum in
Genesis Rabba, which reads: “Great is the power of the prophets; for
they liken the form to its creator. For it is said: ‘And upon the likeness
of the throne was a likeness as the appearance of a man.’ ” They have
thus made clear and manifest that all the forms apprehended by all the
prophets in the vision of prophecy are created forms of which God is the
creator. And this is correct, for every imagined form is created.55
Maimonides regards the passage in Genesis Rabba as a “comprehensive
dictum” (Arabic qula jam a), which relates not only to the category of
“corporeal attributive qualifications mentioned by the prophets”, but
which also determines the interpretation of “the entire Talmud and
all the Midrashim.” Maimonides imposes an exceedingly heavy burden
on the passage. Apart from serving as a quasi-principle, proving that
54
Genesis Rabbah, eds. Theodor and Albeck, 2nd ed, pp. 255–256, and see the dif-
ferent versions and many parallels there. The present translation borrows from Genesis
Rabbah, transl. H. Freedman, p. 220. I have left out the context in which the position
of R. Yudan was stated, but I will address it later.
55
Maimonides, Guide, 1.46, pp. 102–103. Maimonides’ interpretation of Genesis
Rabbah 21:7 can serve as a conclusion to our discussion of this chapter. He explains
that “. . . the purpose of the present chapter is solely to make clear the meaning of
the bodily organs ascribed to God, may He be exalted over every deficiency, and to
explain that all of them are mentioned with a view to indicating the actions proper
to those organs, which actions—according to us—constitute a perfection. In this way
we indicate that He is perfect in various manners of perfection” (Maimonides, Guide,
ed. Pines, p. 100).
336 yair lorberbaum
56
See Maimonides, Guide, ed. Pines, p. 102: “I perceive no one who would doubt
the fact that God . . . is not a body”. Thus Maimonides seems to hint to the context of
the comment in Genesis Rabba, where there is an interpretation—based on R. Yudan’s
position—that “For there is a man whose labor is with wisdom” (Ecclesiastes 2:21)
refers to none other than God Himself.
57
See W. Z. Harvey, “Great is the Power”, 56.
58
According to Maimonides, the focus of R. Judan’s words is not on the analogy that
the prophets determine between the form and its creator. Rather, his primary focus is
on the prophetic vision, which is confined to his imagination, and to himself alone.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 337
In other words, in Maimonides’ view, the analogy between the form and
the Creator is nothing but the product of the prophet’s imaginative fac-
ulty. This interpretation relies extensively on Maimonides’ interpretation
of the phrase “Great is the power” in Genesis Rabba. He writes:
How admirable is their saying: ‘Great is the power,’ as though to say
they, peace be on them, considered this matter great. For they always
speak in this way when they express their appreciation of the greatness
of something said or done, but whose appearance is shocking. Thus they
say, ‘A certain rabbi performed the act [of «alitsa—a rite by which a man
renounces the obligation to marry his brother’s widow and sets her free
to marry somebody else] with a slipper, alone, and by night. Another
rabbi said thereupon: How great is his strength to have done it alone.’
‘How great is his strength’ means ‘how great is his power.’ They say, as it
were: How great was the thing that the prophets were driven to do when
they indicated the essence of God, may He be exalted, by means of the
created thing that He has created. Understand this thoroughly.59
Maimonides derives the meaning of the words “great is the power”
in Genesis Rabba from the Aramaic phrase “how great is his strength
[kama rav guvreh] in BT Yebamot 104a. The Talmud relates there that
Rabba b. Hiyya Ktesifon ruled that the [halitza] ceremony was to be
performed at night, using a felt sock, and with no other men present.
His ruling contradicted the Halakha, which requires that the ceremony
be carried out during the daylight hours, using a leather shoe, and in
the presence of a three-judge panel. The Babylonian Amora Samuel,
commenting in the same text on Rabba b. Hiyya’s actions, says “How
great is his strength in acting on the view of an individual!” Mai-
monides draws an analogy between the boldness that Samuel attributes
to Rabba bar Hiyya and the meaning of the expression “great is the
power” in Genesis Rabba. Accordingly, the Sages’ use of the expres-
sion “great is the power” invariably [“For this is the way they always
express themselves] indicates a daring and unusual move—a move
which superficially at least, warrants rejection (“whose appearance
is shocking”).60 Conceivably, Maimonides may be relying on Rashi’s
commentary. Commenting on Samuel’s dictum, Rashi notes that it was
59
Guide, 1:46, p. 103. For a detailed analysis of this paragraph and of the entire
subject, see W. Z. Harvey, “Great is the Power”, especially pp. 57–60. Most of my
analysis and interpretation of Maimonides is based on his article.
60
Michael Schwartz’s translation (into Hebrew) is more accurate: “How admirable
is their saying: ‘Great is the power,’ as though to say they, peace be on them, consid-
ered this matter to be severe. [According to another translation proposed by Schwartz:
They considered this matter to be a great transgression]. For they always speak in this
way when they take a severe view of something said or done, but whose appearance
is shocking”. See Maimonides, Guide, trans. Schwartz, p. 79.
338 yair lorberbaum
61
bYebb 104a.
62
W. Z. Harvey, “Great is the power”, pp. 56 and 58 respectively.
63
See entry on nidmeh, Jastrow, I, p. 313.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 339
64
See e.g. Yerushalmi, Maaser Sheni 8.5, 56c; idem, Bikk. 3.3, 55c; b.B.Kam 79b;
bSan. 108a; bZebb. 64a; bErk 15a. In the midrashei aggadah, the term “gadol kohan”
appears extremely frequently. See e.g. Gen. Rabbah 46.6.
340 yair lorberbaum
65
See Kahana, “Critical Editions”, p. 513, n. 119, who cites a plethora of dicta of
R. Yehuda b. Simon, among them the homily in Gen. Rabbah 27.1, which postulates
the similitude of God and man (especially Adam). In his view these dicta amalgamate
into a comprehensive theory.
66
Kaufman, The History, II, p. 236, n. 20; see also Marmorstein, Essays, p. 107.
67
See Wolfson, Speculum, p. 36.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 341
Many of the scholars whose work has been discussed utilize the cat-
egory of allegory as a tool for explaining anthropomorphic expressions
in the Aggadah.68 They generally ascribe the Hebrew term mashal the
meaning it was given in the Middle Ages, first by Saadia Gaon and
later by Maimonides. The term serves Maimonides as a central her-
meneutical tool in the interpretation of Bible and midrash, especially
regarding the anthropomorphic terms found there.69 He uses the term
(in Arabic, mithl ) when referring to any text with two levels of mean-
ing—an exoteric level (thāhir) and an esoteric or internal level (bātin),
or in modern parlance: allegory, metaphor, or symbol. The term also
encompasses more extensive linguistic usages, e.g. complex descriptions
or developed narratives, provided that they have an additional level of
meaning beyond the overt and obvious.
Characterizing a particular text as an allegory is not limited to the
declaration that it has two levels of meaning. The two meanings must
also be connected, in as much as the overt and obvious meaning alludes
to an esoteric level, which is its covert, hidden meaning. What this
means is that the obvious meaning has no independent status, or in the
words of Maimonides: “The parable in itself is worth nothing, but by
means of it you can understand the words of the Torah.”70 The plain
sense (= peshat) of an allegory should not be confused with its literal
meaning. The meaning of an allegorical text, its inner significance, is
its deeper correlate—its metaphorical or allegorical meaning or the
message imparted by the parable. The allegorical statement’s literal
meaning (its exoteric sense) is thus different from its “simple” meaning
(i.e. its metaphoric or parabolic sense). The situation is reversed in a
68
See supra I. Heinemann, Scholem, Urbach, Altmann, Kadushin, Fraenkel. See
also Boyarin, “Two Introductions”.
69
Maimonides’ discussion of allegories permeate all his writings, among them:
Maimonides’ Commentary to the Mishnah; Maimonides’ Introduction to Chapter
Helek (Tenth Chapter of Bavli Sanhedrin); Laws of the Foundations of the Torah,
2.4; See especially: Guide for the Perplexed, Introduction, which is primarily devoted to
this subject. For an example of the utilization of Maimonides’ theory of allegory for
aggadic exegesis, see Boyarin, “Two Introductions”.
70
Guide, Introduction to Ch. 1, pp. 10, 11, where Maimonides explains the rab-
binic conception of allegory in Shir Ha-Shirim R. 1.1. See also his comments (ad loc.)
regarding his own conception of allegory. On Maimonides’ conception of allegory, see
Lorberbaum, “Maimonides’ Conception of Parables and Metaphors”.
342 yair lorberbaum
71
A distinction should be made between the allegory in the broad sense indicated
above, and the allegory in the sense of a “short, fictional plot”. The latter is a par-
ticular and special manifestation of the first. See Fraenkel, Darkhei Ha-Aggadah, pp.
323ff. and Stern, Parables in Midrash. The word “mashal” will hereinafter be used in
the first, broad sense.
72
See Fraenkel, Darkhei Ha-Aggadah, p. 370.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 343
73
See Fraenkel, Darkhei Ha-Aggadah, p. 370.
74
Klein-Braslavy, Story of Creation, p. 39; Saperstein, Decoding the Rabbis, p. 15,
nn. 61–62.
344 yair lorberbaum
75
See Cherbonnier, “Logic”, pp. 196–197.
76
See e.g. Guide, 1.27, 28 (pp. 57–59). It should be stressed that Rav Saadyah Gaon
preceded Maimonides in stressing this point. See Beliefs and Opinions, 11, p. 98; Klein,
Anthropomorphisms, pp. 23–27; for a critique of Maimonides’ approach, see Nahamanides,
Commentary on the Torah, Gen. 46.4, pp. 246–252.
77
See e.g. Geiger, Bible, pp. 332ff; Rosenzweig, Naharaim, p. 35; Ginzberg, Anthropomor-
phism, pp. 623–624; Urbach, Sages, pp. 41, 44, 154; I. Heinemann, Darkhei Ha-Aggadah,
I, p. 84; Komlosh, The Bible, pp. 103–119. For a complete survey of the researchers
endorsing this view, see Klein, ibid. vol. 1.
78
See Klein, ibid., pp. 42, 61.
79
Ibid., pp. 42, 46.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 345
80
Kaufmann, The History, II, p. 233.
81
The distinction between Jewish and non-Jewish scholars is significant because,
despite reaching similar conclusions on our question, the two groups generally differ
in terms of their motives. The former have often been motivated, in the matter of
anthropomorphism as in many other matters, by apologetic concerns, while the latter
have often been motivated by polemical concerns. For a survey of ideological motives
in the study of rabbinic literature, Urbach, Sages, ch. 1; Moore, Christian Writers;
Sussman, Urbach p. 64, n. 10, p. 67ff.
82
Marmorstein, Anthropomorphisms, and see also Marmorstein, Names of God,
which makes an important contribution to clarifying these issues. Despite the vast extent
of the material assembled, these studies fall far short of exhausting all the relevant
talmudic and midrashic material.
83
It should be noted that a literal interpretation of aggadah is not foreign to tra-
ditional exegesis, such as that of the students of the Gaon of Vilna, for example, or
R., R. or R. D. L. See Frankel, Darkei Ha-Aggadah, 531–533. To the best of my knowl-
edge, however, they did not tend to treat anthropomorphic aggadot in this manner.
This question demands further inquiry.
346 yair lorberbaum
84
For a critique of his writings, see Smith, “The Image of God”, p. 478, n. 1;
I. Heinemann, Darkhei Ha-Aggadah, p. 228, nn. 58, 62; Kadushin, Rabbinic Mind, p. 278;
Stern, “Anthropomorphism”, p. 154.
85
See Stroumsa, “Form(s) of God”, p. 269, n. 1.
86
See Urbach, Sages, p. 17, n. 26; however, see the critique of Kahana, “The Criti-
cal Edition”.
87
Smith, “The Image of God”; Baer, Israel Among the Nations, pp. 99–113; idem,
“Ritual”; idem, “Eschatological Doctrine”.
88
Smith, “The Image of God”; idem, “The Shape of God”.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 347
life into a biblical myth that was previously marginal, and even rejected
within the Bible itself, a myth that contradicted the abstract God-
concept widely accepted in their time. It was this culture that shaped
the contours of the Rabbinic anthropomorphism in early generations.
Smith surveys the development of the conception in Rabbinic sources,
distinguishing between strong anthropomorphic expressions and moder-
ate ones. The most straightforward anthropomorphisms, which Smith
sees as characteristic of the second-century sages who were exposed
to pagan-occult influences, indicate a corporeal conception of God.
More moderate anthropomorphic expressions issued from the Rabbis
of later generations and indicate an opposition to this view or at least
a significantly watered down version thereof.89
Yitzhak Baer did not devote a detailed discussion to clarifying the
Rabbinic conception of God, but in many of his studies he tended
to emphasize its mythical foundations, the roots of which he found in
Greece, particularly in Plato.90 While some of his conclusions are ques-
tionable,91 his writings heralded an approach that differs significantly
from the approach that characterized the scholars whose works were
previously surveyed.
Despite having downplayed the importance of the exegetical aspect of
Midrash, which lead them to negate its biblical roots, the scholars just
mentioned adopted a different methodology. In their view, the appro-
priate manner of reading Midrash in general and anthropomorphic
passages in particular is not to read them as allegories or mere figures
of speech.92 Rabbinic literature should be read more literally and in
its historical context, and in doing so should be examined according
to the categories of the research of mythology.
This trend, once at the periphery of scholarship, has in recent years
made inroads into the thinking of more and more scholars. Based on
the immense range of anthropomorphisms in Midrash and primarily
in reliance on supplementary sources,93 there is a growing tendency
89
For a conflicting conception, see Neusner, The Incarnation.
90
In his view, both rabbinic law and rabbinic lore have a mythical inclination. See
(respectively) “Foundations”, pp. 10–11; idem, “Eschatological Doctrine, pp. 5, 13ff.
91
For a critique of Baer’s claim regarding the Greek sources of the talmudic rabbis,
see Lieberman, “How Much Greek”, pp. 127, 128, and Urbach, Sages, pp. 12–13.
92
See, for example, Smith, “The Image of God”, p. 320.
93
These sources include inter alia the writings of the Church Fathers, (primarily
from the second to the fourth centuries of the common era), which attest to the Jew-
ish conception of God as possessing human form (see Stroumsa, “Form(s) of God”),
348 yair lorberbaum
among scholars towards the belief that the concept of God in human
form is a constitutive element in the worldview of the Sages or at least
of certain central groups among them.94
Even so, the new trend in scholarship originates primarily with schol-
ars whose interest in Talmudic literature is incidental to their studies
in other related fields, such as Bible, Apocrypha, apocalyptic literature,
Hellenistic literature, early Christianity, Judeo-Christian literature, gnos-
ticism, heikhalot and merkavah literature, or Kabbalah. As a result a
comprehensive frontal examination of the issue of anthropomorphism
in Talmudic literature is still missing.95
* * *
The central trend in the modern study of anthropomorphism in
Rabbinic literature can be viewed as a continuation of the rational-
ist trend in Jewish literature, which originated in the period of the
Geonim and received its most consummate expression in the writings
of Maimonides. Moreover, the influence of Maimonides and of the
Maimonidean rationalist tradition on modern scholars dealing with
anthropomorphisms in Rabbinic literature was not always direct.
Conceivably, some of the modern scholars were unaware that they
were employing exegetical techniques that had been developed and
perfected by Maimonides. Hence, it is difficult to overstate Maimonides’
impact upon almost all subsequent exegesis of the Jewish canons, par-
ticularly regarding the subject of anthropomorphism. His influence
extended to the works of Enlightenment thinkers as Moses Mendels-
sohn and Hermann Cohen and, in later generations, Franz Rosen-
zweig, Julius Guttmann, and others. From the former, Maimonides’
influence seeped into the work of nineteenth century scholars of the
the early Jewish mystical writings all collected in what is known as the Hekhalot and
Merkabah Literature, the New Testament, Jewish-Christian sources, Gnostic sources
and even parts of the Kabbalah, starting from the end of the twelfth century. Some
researchers have suggested that conclusions may be drawn from this literature regarding
the talmudic literature. Regarding all of these see studies cited in notes above.
94
Stroumsa, “Form(s) of God”; Libes, “The Jewish Myth”; Idel, Kabbalah, pp. 156ff;
idem, “Rabbinism Versus Kabbalism”; Fishbane, “The ‘Measures’ of God’s Glory”;
Mopsik, Les grands textes de la Cabale; Goshen-Gottstein, “The Body as Image”; Hal-
bertal, Revolutions, Ch. 7.
95
Stroumsa, “Form(s) of God”, p. 269.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 349
Wissenschaft des Judentums. Via the latter (and directly too) his influence
was channeled into the twentieth-century “Jewish Studies”.96 The
frequency with which one finds anti-anthropomorphic Maimonidean
exegetical tendencies among scholars, generation after generation,
tended to obscure its origin, making it almost axiomatic, in no need
of justification. It is important to recall that Maimonides used every
possible argument or exegetical technique in his campaign to expunge
the traces of anthropomorphism from the Jewish sources. Thus, anyone
joining this endeavor will almost of necessity make use of the very
same tools when examining the problem posed by anthropomorphism
in Talmudic literature.
The problems indicated in our survey of the state of research are
not the product of the congruence between Maimonides’ exegetical
techniques and those utilized by modern scholars. Rather, they are
the product of the covert and implied presence of theological and
ideological assumptions in those techniques of exegesis—ideas drawn
from NeoPlatonic and Aristotelian philosophy, and which seeped
into the Jewish tradition in the tenth century.97 As we observed, these
assumptions are sometimes hidden and their effect on the sources is not
immediately evident. The truncated, unsystematic nature of Talmudic
literature also contributes to making these connections less than obvious.
In any case, many of the scholars seem to share a common internal
conviction that these exegetical methods are appropriate scholarly tools
for understanding Rabbinic literature. The popularity and the intensity
of this conviction fortifies the suspicion that the motivation for their
adoption is not based solely on misguided scholarly considerations.
Ironically, the Maimonidean radicalism of the twelfth century became,
in the context of modern “Jewish studies,” an orthodoxy in more than
one sense.
96
Maimonides’ influence on researchers of anthropomorphism in classical sources
on the hermeneutic level is particularly conspicuous when compared with the paucity
of his influence, if at all, in substantive philosophical issues (metaphysics, epistemol-
ogy, anthropology, political theory) on Jewish thinkers since the dawn of the modern
period. See W.Z. Harvey, “The Return of Maimonideanism”.
97
To a certain extent, a similar trend characterized research on Early Christian-
ity, especially research on the Western Church Fathers prior to Augustinus. See e.g.
Paulsen, “Early Christian Belief ”; and on the other hand Paffenroth, “Paulsen on
Augustine”.
350 yair lorberbaum
Bibliography
Altmann, A., “Imago Dei in Jewish and Christian Theology” [Hebrew], in Panim Shel
Yehadut, Jerusalem 1983, pp. 239–40.
——, “Moshe Narboni’s ‘Epistle on Shi ur Koma’ ”, in A. Altmann, Studies in Religious
Philosophy and Mysticism, Ithaca 1969, pp. 180–209.
Assaf, S., The Geonic Period and its Literature [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1956.
Babylonian Talmud (BT), Vilna edition.
Baer, Y., “On the Problem of the Eschatological Doctrine During the Period of the
Temple Times”, Zion 23–24 (1958–59), pp. 3–34, 141–165.
——, “The Historical Foundations of the Halakhah” [Hebrew], Zion 17 (1952), pp.
4–55.
——, “The Ritual of Sacrifice in Second Temple Times” [Hebrew], Zion 40 (1975),
pp. 153–93.
——, Israel Among the Nations [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1956.
Bahya ben Joseph ibn Paquda, Duties of the Heart, ed. and trans. M. Hyamson, 2 vols.,
Jerusalem 1965.
Bar-Ilan, M., “The Hand of God: A Chapter in Rabbinic Anthropomorphism”, in
G. Sed-Rajna, ed., Rashi, 1040–1990: Hommage à Ephraim E. Urbach, Paris 1993, pp.
321–335.
——, “The Idea of Crowning God in Hekhalot Mysticism and the Karaite Polemic”
[Hebrew], in J. Dan, ed., Early Jewish Mysticism: Proceedings of the First International
Congress on the History of Jewish Mysticism, Jerusalem 1987, pp. 221–233.
Bechar, B.Z., Aggadat Ha-Tannaim, trans. into Hebrew by A. Rabinovitz, Tel-Aviv
5725–5738.
Ben-Shammai, H., “Saadya’s Goal in his Commentary on Sefer Yezirah”, in R. Link-
Salinger, ed., A Straight Path: Studies in Medieval Philosophy and Culture. Essays in Honor
of Arthur Hyman, Washington D.C. 1988, pp. 1–9.
Bialik, H.N. and Y.H. Ravnitzky, eds., The Book of Legends. Sefer Ha-Aggadah: Legends from
the Talmud and Midrash, Tel-Aviv 1960.
Boyarin, D., “Two Introductions to the Midrash on the Song of Songs” (Hebrew)
Tarbiz 56 (1987) pp. 479–500.
Cherbonnier, E. LaB., “The Logic of Biblical Anthropomorphism”, Harvard Theological
Review 55 (1962), pp. 187–206.
Cohen, M.S., The Shixur Qxomah: Texts and Recensions, Tübingen 1985.
Davies, W.D., Paul and Rabbinic Judaism, London 1948.
Exodus Rabbah, chs. 1–14, publ. according to the manuscript and together with variant
versions, commentary and introduction by A. Shenan, Jerusalem-Tel Aviv 1984.
Feldman, L.H., “How Much Hellenism in Jewish Palestine?”, Hebrew Union College
Annual 57 (1986), pp. 83–111.
Fishbane, M., “The ‘Measures’ of God’s Glory in Ancient Midrash”, in I. Gruenwald,
S. Shaked and G. Stromsa, eds., Messiah and Christos, Studies in the Jewish Origins of
Christianity Presented to David Flusser, Tübingen 1992, pp. 53–74.
Fraenkel, Y., Darkhei Ha-Aggadah VeHamidrash [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1991.
Galli, B., “Rosenzweig Speaking of Meetings and Monotheism in Biblical Anthro-
pomorphism”, Journal of Jewish Thought and Philosophy 2 (1993) pp. 219–243.
Geiger, A., The Bible and its Translations [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1949.
Genesis Rabbah, eds. Y. Theodor and H. Albeck, 2nd ed., Jerusalem 1965.
Genesis Rabbah, transl. H. Freedman [Midrash Rabba, vol. 1], London 1939.
Ginzberg, L., Al Halakhah Ve-Aggadah, Mehkar u-Masah [Hebrew] Tel-Aviv 1960.
——, “Anthropomorphism”, in The Jewish Encyclopedia, New York and London 1901.
Goshen-Gottstein, A., “The Body as the Image of God in Rabbinic Literature”, Harvard
Theological Review 87 (1994) pp. 171–95.
Halbertal, M. Interpretative Revolutions in the Making, [Hebrew], Magnes Press, Jerusalem
1997.
Ha-Levi, Yehuda, Sefer Ha-Kuzari, trans. Yehudah Ebn Shmuel, Tel-Aviv 1973.
anthropomorphisms in early rabbinic literature 351
Harvey, W.Z., “ ‘Great is the Power’: On the Guide for the Perplexed 1:46” [Hebrew],
Daat 37 (1996), pp. 53–61.
——, “Rabbinic Attitudes toward Philosophy”, in H. Blumberg et al., eds., Open Thou
My Eyes: Essays Presented to W. Braude, Hoboken, N.J. 1992.
——, “The Incorporeality of God in Maimonides, Rabad, Crescas and Spinoza”
[Hebrew], in Sara O. Heller-Willensky and Moshe Idel, eds., Studies in Jewish Thought,
Jerusalem, 1989, pp. 63–78.
——, “The Return of Maimonideanism”, Jewish Social Studies 42 (1980), pp. 249–268.
Hasan-Rokem, G., The Web of Life. Folklore in Rabbinic Literature: The Palestinian Aggadic
Midrah Eikha Rabba [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1997.
Heinemann, I., Darkhei Haggadah [Hebrew], Jerusalem, 1940.
Heinemann, J., “The Nature of the Aggadah”, trans. M. Bregman, in G.H. Hartman
and S. Budick, eds., Midrash and Literature, New Haven, 1986, pp. 41–55.
——, Aggadot we-todotehen (Aggadah and Its Development) [Hebrew], Jerusalem 1974.
Heschel, A.J., The Theology of Ancient Judaism [Hebrew], 3 vols., Jerusalem 1962–
1993.
Hirshman, M., “On the Forms and Methods of Midrash” [Hebrew], Jewish Studies 32
(1992) pp. 83–90.
Holtz, A., Rabbinic Thought: An Introduction to the Works of M. Kadushin [Hebrew], Tel-
Aviv 1978.
Idel, M. “Rabbinism Versus Kabbalism: On G. Scholem’s Phenomenology of Judaism”
[Hebrew], Modern Judaism 11 (1991), pp. 281–296.
——, Kaballah. New Perspectives, New Haven and London, 1988.
Jastrow, M., A Dictionary of the Targumim, the Talmud Babli and Yerushalmi, and the Midrashic
Literature (2 vols.), New York 1950.
Jospe, Raphael. “Maimonides and Shixur Qomah”, in Devora Dimant Moshe Idel and
Shalom Rosenberg, eds., Minhah Le-Sarah: Mehqarim Be-Filosofiyah Yehudit Ve-Qabbalah
(Sarah Heller Wilensky Jubilee Volume). Jerusalem 1994, pp. 195–209.
Kadushin, M., The Rabbinic Mind, 3rd ed., New York 1972.
Kahana, M., “The Critical Edition of the Mekilta De-Rabbi Ishmael in the Light of the
Genizah Fragments” [Hebrew], Tarbiz 55 (1986) pp. 489–524.
Kaufmann, Y., The History of Israelite Religion [Hebrew], 8 books in 4 vols., Jerusalem
and Tel-Aviv 1960.
Klein, M., Antropomorphisms and Anthropopathisms in the Targumim of the Pentateuch [Hebrew],
Jerusalem 1982.
Klein-Braslavy, S., Maimonides’ Interpretation of the Story of Creation [Hebrew], Jerusalem
1978.
Komlosh, Y., The Bible in the Light of the Aramaic Translations [Hebrew], Tel-Aviv 1973.
Krochmal, N., Guide for the Perplexed of the Time [Hebrew], ed. S. Rawidowicz, Tel-Aviv
1924.
Libes, J., “De Natura Dei—The Jewish Myth and Its Permutations”, in M. Oron and
A. Goldreich, eds., Massuot Studies in Kabbalistic Literature and Jewish Philosophy in Memory
of Prof. Ephraim Gottlieb, Tel-Aviv 1994, pp. 243–297.
Lieberman, S., “How Much Greek in Jewish Palestine?”, in A. Altmann, ed., Biblical
and other Studies, Cambridge, Mass. 1963, pp. 123–141.
Lorberbaum, Y., Zelem Elohim—Halakhah veAggadah [Hebrew], Jerusalem and Tel-Aviv
2004.
——, “Maimonides’ Conception of Parables and Metaphors and Allegory”, in Avi
Sagi, ed., Ahituv Jubilee Volume, Jerusalem 2003, pp. 223–267.
Maimonides, Abraham, “Treatise on the Rabbis’ Homilies by Rabbi Avraham, Son
of Maimonides” [Hebrew], in Kovetz Teshuvot Ha-Rambam, folio 39.
Maimonides, Moses, The Guide for the Perplexed, trans. Shlomo Pines, Chicago 1963.
Maimonides, Guide for the Perplexed, Hebrew translation from the Arabic, annotations,
appendices and indices by Michael Schwartz, Tel-Aviv 2002.
Marmorstein, A., The Old Rabbinic Doctrine of God. I: The Names and Attributes of God,
London 1927 and II: Essays in Anthropomorphism, Oxford 1937 (both vols. repr. New
York 1968).
352 yair lorberbaum
Wolfson, E.R., Through a Speculum that Shines: Vision and Imagination in Medieval Jewish
Mysticism, Princeton 1994.
Yehudah ben Barzillai, Perush Sefer Ha-Yetsirah, ed. S.J. Halberstam, Berlin 1885.
Zunz, Y.L., Haderashot Be-Yisrael (Translated into Hebrew by A. Zak, edited and com-
pleted by H. Albek), Jerusalem 1954.
INDEX OF NAMES